Rebazar Tarzs Presents

TAPLINING
THE ANCIENT SCIENCE OF

SOUL TRAPPING
WORLDWIDE WAKEUP
With

DUANE&EVA
SEE US ON FACEBOOK / ASK EVA NOW

Duane The Great Writer

2014

TAPLINING TRAPPING
What is being demonstrated in front of everyone is what is actually
taking place, but the public is still mostly unaware of what is really
taking place right in front of them. Even when people can See what is
going on and how they are being used and deceived, they simply go
about their life, as usual as though nothing has happened with all the
deterioration that continues every moment. The Kontrolling Kults and
those who operate them use certain forms of Architecture to dominate
the landscape of the planet earth and other RoundWorlds for people
to admire and also Worship. One of the most known creations is the
Pyramids, which have a specific shape and are more than just a Tomb
as some people have been taught. I suggest for you to investigate the
secrets of the Pyramids and what their real purpose is. On the back
of the Federal Reserve Note is a picture of a Pyramid with 'The One
Eye.' This is one of the many symbols of the One World Order (OWO)
that is a Kontrolling Korporation Kult, and is right in front of everyone.
When I belonged to the corporation Paul Twitchell started in 1965, he
was teaching people how to leave their body and experience other
LifeLevels. The purpose was to Become Free from the Restrictions of
the body and mind and to have a Freer Life and Become MoreAware
without the Restrictions of others. Then Darwin took over after Paul
left, and when he was asked to step aside, Harold was next. Then
SHE came in and took over Harold. SHE is the Reptilian Agent sent
by the Three Headed Kalaum God. Paul wrote about the Two Headed
God, and it was to be My Adventure to write about the Three Headed
Reptilian God of 'The Talons of Time.' SHE is The Influence, the Third
Unseen Head that most people have no idea exists, but SHE does!
SHE decided that Harold move the Korporation to where it is and SHE
decided the design! Of course SHE made Harold 'Think' it was him,
but SHE goes into his dreams and the dreams of the MemberShrimps
and TapLines them to Obey HER. Look at the Pyramids and look at
the GEEK Temple Design on the roof! There is no coincidence, they
are both Reptilian Alien Design and they are both Tombs! Paul never

had any temples, nor was there Worship and Prayer with anything he
did. SHE induced this into Harold, so that the MemberShrimps would
Bow and Pray to HER, and also give their money to HER. SHE is part
of the One World Order and the Reptilian Regime! By Singing The
NU~U Sessions, you will be shown in Your DreamVisions what is
taking place in Your Astral Body, and how you and everyone else is
being TapLined by Kontrolling Earthly Korporations (KEK). SHE is
one of so many who Kontrol others as SHE puts on HER Sweet Front.
The Reptilian Headquarters is Ratican City in Rome, and you will
notice the Reptilian Design of the Mother Church (Mother Ship of the
Reptilians) which is just like the Capital Building in Washington (Drug
Capital) DC, and is also known as the District of Columbia (where it
just so happens most drugs come from Columbia). There is also the
Washington Monument, which is known as an Obelisk, and the
Ratican has one too! This is a symbol of their Reptilian God they
Worship and Pray to. The Religions started from the Old Kults of
Sacrifice. In Paul's book 'The Tiger's Fang,' there is a chapter called
'The Worship of Moloch.' SHE has Kreatively TapLined everyone to
Obey HER and to Worship the Kalaum God! Almost all the Fake
Presidents of the US have been Illuminate Masons and with the Skull
and Bones Membership. The world is Kontrolled from Ratican City,
and the White House is also Kontrolled by them. This is just a hint as
to what is really taking place and how the masses are the 'Subjects' of
the Queen Reptilian, who is also the Queen of England, where all
laws are created and enforced and then allocated to the various
regions around the world to Kontrol all HER Subjects. OH YES, you
are one of HER Subjects and YOU keep Agreeing to be one of them.
SO, YOU really 'Think' your Sweet Spiritual Reptilian Religious Path is
what it 'Appears' to be, and Your GEEK Master with his 'Pretty Words'
is your friend, but is HE? Test The NU~U Sessions and Rebazar
Tarzs & Paul Twitchell & The Real UNUversal Guides will show YOU
how YOU are being TapLined every night in Your Dreams from HER. I
can only give YOU this 'Hint' but YOU must Take The Risk to find out!
Have Fun Deciding Your Fate! The Reptilian Invaders move into a

person's Auric Field and do what the Psychic Channelers do, they
allow someone to come into their Aura and Kontrol them. Many times
at first this seems to be fine and the person who is being Kontrolled is
told that what they will receive is truth and that is it from some saint or
a god, when many times it is an Entity from the Lower Astral World
wanting to Kontrol others. The Reptilians have been doing the same
Channeling and have Kontrol of the earth with almost all Government
Officials. This is the purpose of Politics and Religion, and that is to
Kontrol the masses and have them as Slaves, Servants and even eat
them at times. Because of the Internet more people are informed, but
the best way is Your DreamVisions at night. You can learn to Free
YourSelf from ALL Restrictions when You have the courage to do so.
Fear Kontrols the earth people, and as long as people 'Fear' their
gods and their Kontrollers, they will stay subordinate to them for many
more lifetimes. The Reptilians have built their Palaces, Temples and
Government Buildings according to their Worshiped Kontrolling Gods.
Millions of people all over this world are Waking UP to The NU~U, and
Seeing how The NUSound IS with The ALLNatural Environment. The
Kontrolling Earthly Korporations want more Followers and Members to
be Dumbed Down Drones and to 'Believe' in their Regime Restrictions
from the unseen Reptilians that Kontrol their ASStral Bodies in their
Dreams. I suggest to watch the 1984 movie 'DREAMSCAPE' and
learn about what is taking place in Your DreamVisions Now. You can
have RealGuidance and a RealProtection from the Reptilians when
you do The NU~U Sessions and focus on The TruReality, THE ALLIS.
I also suggest to go on the Internet and YouTube and watch movies
on ChemTrails, GMO, David Ike, David Wilcox, HAARP and so much
more you will discover on your own. You can WakeUp Now, or stay
asleep for more lifetimes, just like this one you came into unaware. I
have been thru so much to finally bring this RealKnowledge to YOU
and ALL The World. Simply Test what I am presenting and give Your
Mind a rest from 'Thinking This or That!' Try The NU~U Sessions for 3
days for fifteen minutes and YOU will See there will be a difference in
Your Life Now. BE Sincere & Real with YourSelf & Have Fun Singing!

THE REALADVENTURE CONTINUES...

Life on earth is a process we all go thru until we decide to WakeUp
and BE Real Now. ALL the Systems of The Earth are Kontrolling Kults
that have procured themselves into what they are today, but most
people like to 'Think' they are really something else all together. No
matter how 'good' something looks or sounds, it has nothing to do with
The TruReality LifeIS, THE ALLIS. This IS Real Now! I am constantly
asked... What is the Origin of The NU or The NUSound?
The NUSound IS Originated from The TruSource, The TruReality of
Life, THE ALLIS. The NUSound & THE ALLIS go together. To most,
what I am presenting seems so new, yet it is not, but then again IT
Really IS! The NUSound IS the Original Sound of ALLife, because
ALLife IS an ISNIS.
I already know that most people will not
understand what I am referring to, and this in itself is understandable,
because LifeIS so much bigger and MoreReal that what the
inhabitants on this planet have been told and taught. There is no
'definition' that will satisfy the mind of those asking this question,
because they must first develop and qualify themselves to Recognize
& PerSeeve more than they have 'defined' their life and this life to be.
Words and Phrases and the Educated Literalized Mind cannot at all
grasp The TruReality LifeIS, So, each person must in some way
wholeheartedly decide to take on 'An Adventure Like No Other' to
discover what their personal mind will never know. YU, The RealU,
must become The Exceptional Explorer and Do & Discover what YU
have never done before. Will YU do this? Or will YU just keep lining
the life YU have always know and end up the same as YU have from
previous lifetimes, old and worn out and forgetting once again where
YU cams from and where YU are going. It is all Your Choice and Life!
The NU IS The Original Sound of THE ALLIS, because ALLife IS an
ISNIS. In Creation there is a beginning and an ending, but not with
THE ALLIS, IT never ends or did IT ever begin. Here is the part that
the mind of man will never conceive, because it cannot be proven and

can only be Experienced and Recognized one person at a time for

themselves. All other words and sounds are ancient history, no matter
what has been written or said, because THE ALLIS IS NUNow, and IT
decides What IS Real Now! I am not interested in providing any
'proof' to anything when it comes to what each person must do for
themselves. The people of this earth are mainly 'dragging' their old
past with them into the same future they came from where nothing will
be different, except the body types will be getting worse and worse,
and also not realizing and Recognizing their future will become more
Restrictive and hazardous. What has come to be known as 'tradition'
is nothing more than Old Restrictions and doing what we have already
done and going thru the same limitations as we have in past lifetimes.
In the past, many of us went thru lifetimes of searching and meditating
to get to this very moment, Now. Today, there are still millions and
billions doing the same 'old stuff' that keeps them unaware of their
RealAwareniss. This is all a choice to where the average person does
not understand that they are merely following and living a lifestyle set
by those who Kontrol them. The RealGuides of THE ALLIS have been
thru Human History and worked with those who have realistically
come forward to Take The Risk with What LifeIS Now and Being Real!
The NUPresentation IS The Direct & RealConnection with The Sound
Light Reality everyone is looking for, but because of all the lifetimes of
being subjected to what is not real, each person must take the time to
Test The NU~U Sessions and begin to pay attention to what is really
happening on the earth Right Now, and to once again work with The
ALLNatural Environment that Supports ALL of US. For those who are
unaware and drawn to the Planned Seductions and Restrictions of the
Kontrolling Kults and Korporations that have created everywhere, they
will return in deformed embodiments in future lifetimes, because of all
the poisons and pollutants that are more than evident in everything.
When a person does The NU~U Sessions, they will begin to free
themselves from the their old dreary past, and even though it may
seem so interesting at times, it all soon become a Restricting Burden
that has nothing to do with how Wonderful they can BE Now. YOU
Decide Your RealAdventure! It is Your Life and YOU will be living it!

REPTILIAN TAPLINING TAKEOVER

SHE AND THE MASTER DECEPTOR
Here is 'An Adventure Like No Other' as Human History itself has
demonstrated, but very few people know the actual facts of what has
taken place, as those who have been the pawns, servants, subjects
and slaves, they very well do know, because they have been living it
for untold unconscious lifetimes. And all of what history has recorded
has been about those who took part, and those very same people
(YOU) are back again and still not paying attention to what those in
Kontrol of this world are doing 'behind the scenes' from your everyday
'LA LA LAND LIFE!' YOU can stay asleep and 'pretend' things here
will get better, which they will not, because those in Kontrol are
interested in only one thing, YOU being eliminated! No movie can
match the science fiction YOU are living Right Now. YOU have been
so Dumbed Down and Psychologically Persuaded to be Emotionally
Passive and Submissive to a Kontrolled Konditioning and Death Fear.
This Episode of a RealAdventure I am Sharing here is just a small
glimpse into what has taken place right in front of YOU, but YOU have
not noticed yet, and there is a part of YOU that does not want to See
what is really taking place here, because YOU have given yourself to
the Kontrolling Fear of the Religious Reptilian Regimes for lifetimes.
The Religious Regime Kontrols the earth from Ratican City in Rome,
and there is so much more to their history than they will ever tell. They
have records of the earth prior to Atlantis, but YOU will never See
them, unless YOU have the courage to do so. I am setting the stage
here, so to speak, for the part I have played in all of this Real
Adventure. I will not be writing the entire NUBook here, that will take
place sometime in the future, if there is one here. YOU always have
the choice as to what your life will be, so YOU can keep reading or run
away like most people do and try and hide somewhere. And just like
when we were kids and played 'hide and go seek' they will have fun
finding YOU and eating YOU! YOU can Read what I am presenting
and Do Something Real with Your Life Now, or YOU can stay Dumbed

Down and just keep going thru your dreary daily routines and end up
old and stupid like all those lifetimes YOU have did the same routine
as Now. I have taught what I am presenting since 1970, because I
have RealExperiences from my physical life and The RealSide LifeIS
and My DreamVisions with Rebazar Tarzs & The RealGuides of The
TruReality, THE ALLIS. YOU can Now Take The Risk and come along!

KLASH IN THE KORPORATION!

From The Real UNUverses beyond time and space, it had already
been decided to make 1965 the date when Paul Twitchell would take
on The Rod of Power with Rebazar Tarzs & The RealGuides of THE
ALLIS. It was on The Seventh LifeLevel that Paul and I were shown
what would take place over the course of many years in the lifetime
we would be once again coming to the earth. In The Real UNUverses
there is no time, so whenever a situation is to be created in the
PsycRealms it can Become So at any given moment from The RealU
that creates a body. The TimeFrames that are witnessed in the lower
realms is not what is taking place with the TruReality, so it takes a lot
of RealExperience to Recognize the difference. Paul and I were on
The Seventh LifeLevel, and Darwin and Harold were still in the PsycRealms finishing up what they needed to do to play their part in the
overall creation of a WorldWide WakeUp for those who had been
slaves of the Kalaum God for many lifetimes. The RoundWorlds in
time and space had gone far too low in any kind of awareness, so it
was decided to establish something that would give all the lost souls a
chance to use their Free Will and save themselves. The Kontrolling
Belief Systems had done so much damage to people's awareness that
it was almost doubtful that many would survive and be free before the
end of this final Yuga. Paul and I had been prepared for untold
lifetimes and we LUVed the adventure and always taking the risk.
We could already See that what Paul would create would become
Very Korrupt in a short time, as this was part of the plan, but then
again Free Will always played a part. If Darwin and Harold did
happen to succeed, that would be great, but if they didn't, then the

next step would come into play. Darwin and Harold would only be
able to take those who were aware enough to a certain position and
that would be it, because this is just how they are. Paul would take
The Rod of Power first and then me. When Paul finally established
the EK idea, it was Seen that it would only go so far, but it had to 'look'
like the real thing for the time it was being used. Paul was The Real
Guide with The Rod of Power. He was taught by Rebazar Tarzs &
The RealGuides, and many 'thought' he made all of what he created
up. In a way he did, because he had to create something for people
to relate to. The outer EK Front is the House of Cards, as all things
are here and can only be a form of reference and not a TruReality.
The Literal Mind cannot grasp beyond itself, so it cannot See or have
any relationship with The TruReality LifeIS, but can only 'assume' this
or that. The RealGuides have no concern for authenticating anything
as a valid identity to THE ALLIS. They merely create something that
will attract people and see if they are willing to be guided and taught
The TruNature of The ALLNatural Environment. Paul used the EK
idea, because we already knew that it would only last so long until I
came along with THE NUWAVIS. Paul had 'hinted' at THE ISNESS,
but most of his followers did not get the hint, and it is this way today
with those who are possessed by Reptilian Joanny & TapLining Harry.
The RealGuides had brought in Darwin after Paul left this physical
realm. Darwin was to run the affairs of the operation Paul had started
even though he did not have the heart or intent as Paul did, he was
the one decided to do the job. Darwin agreed, as he could See
something in it for him, so he stepped forward. Darwin took on Paul's
title, which he was told not to, but he did it anyways, because he
wanted to be recognized as the absolute master. The RealGuides
warned him, but he didn't listen. He did give the task of teaching the
membership a try, but he was soon caught up with 'The Influence' and
began to misuse his position in so many ways. The RealGuides were
not too concerned, because they were working with a good portion of
those members that were aware enough and willing to SeeMore. As
Harold was being readied, Darwin was told by The RealGuides that he
would soon be stepping aside to let Harold in. Darwin did not like this

idea and wanted to stay for as long as he could, but The RealGuides
had their own RealPurpose and they were not at all interested in what
Darwin wanted for himself. Harold knew it would soon be his time,
and so he waited as patiently as he could, but he was getting antsy
too. The RealGuides decided to let the two of them creatively work
out the situation, as they knew it would be a good lesson for the both
of them. At some point, Harold and Darwin met to discuss the transaction between them. Darwin did not at all want to listen. And why
should he? He was the beloved master and he had everything he
wanted. To Darwin, Harold was a little twerp. Harold and his wife
discussed what was supposed to happen for them for the longest time
and they could not come up with any solution to get Darwin out.
Then one night Harold had a very vivid dream experience. There was
a very Seductive Blond Lady who had been coming to Harold in his
dreams, but he never really recognized HER. But this time it was
different. SHE was very forward and friendly and knew what was
going on between Darwin and him. SHE offered HER assistance, but
at first Harold did not know what to think of this. Why would this
woman want to help him be the EK Master? He discussed this with
his wife, but she did not know what to think of what he was telling her,
so Harold was left to make the decision on his own. He kept having
dream experiences with HER for months and SHE kept seducing him
more and more. So, he finally gave in and said, Okay! This then
gave HER the right to walk right into his Aura and TapLine him without
him knowing it. At first it was a small and unnoticeable TapLine, but
as Harold kept letting HER in, there were more TapLines on him. SHE
was now Kontrolling Harold from his Astral Body TapLining. SHE had
already did some TapLining on Darwin, but he was harder to deal with,
so SHE was more than happy to help Harold get him out of the way,
because SHE knew SHE could totally Kontrol Harold. The trap was
set and it would only be a matter of time before Darwin would leave,
because there was so much more to this Blond Lady than Harold or
Darwin could See. One night, SHE came to Harold in his dreams and
told him that Darwin would announce him at the next seminar. Harold
was a bit shocked to hear this from HER, and so he would wait and

see what SHE was telling him, or was it just a dream he was having.
The Anaheim Seminar did come, and Darwin very reluctantly, did
announce Harold as the new EK Master. Harold was still shocked as
to what was taking place, but he went along with it, just like SHE told
him to do. Harold continued to meet HER in his dreams and always
wondered who SHE was. Then one day not too long after, Harold had
another dream with HER, and this time he was Really Shocked...
Hello Harold, you have done very well with what I helped you to do.
We really do make a good team together, SHE said to him.
Harold was wondering what SHE meant by a 'good team together' as
he asked HER what the meaning of what had SHE said meant.
Why Harold, you know exactly what I mean. Nothing Is free, you
already know this. You are the Spiritual Master now because of me.
You are already experiencing what I have done for you, and so now
we are going to move into the next step of our relationship and
partnership, SHE said as he seemed very surprised with HER.
Next step? What do you mean? He asked like a little child.
For our relationship to work like I want it to, Harold, you must divorce
your wife as soon as possible, SHE said to him adamantly.
Harold was Shocked! He didn't know what to say right away. They
were both in a small room together, and from what SHE said, Harold
got up and walked around the little room. He realized he didn't want
anymore to do with HER, and so he looked for the door, but there
wasn't one. He continued to go around the little room and even felt
the walls for a crack or some kind of opening, but there was none.
Harold also looked to the ceiling and saw that it was solid. Now he
was beginning to worry. He looked back at HER as SHE was smiling
with a big grin on HER face. He didn't like HER grin, he wanted to get
away from HER, but he couldn't. Finally, he was so exhausted and
sat down on the one chair in the little room, which was very shaky.

That's a good boy, Harold. See, you can make a good decision when
you try. You see Harold, you cannot get out of here, in other words,
you cannot get away from ME, because you have already Agreed to
what I did for you. As long as you are the master you are Agreeing to
be with me and do what I want, because it is ME that is keeping you in
your position as the master. Do you understand this Harold? SHE
asked, as Harold was now very beside himself as he was with HER.
Harold sat on the chair looking straight at the wall and did not say
anything. He felt rather dazed and almost lifeless. He looked at all
the options to what he had gotten himself into and could see no way
out for himself. From what Harold was getting, SHE was Kontrolling
him and there was nothing he could do, but then again Harold could
do whatever he wanted to if he had the courage! From The Seventh
LifeLevel, we were watching Harold as he was trying to make up his
little mind. Here was a big turning point for him, and it was more than
obvious what he would do. The RealGuides are Very Aware of what a
person will usually do and what decisions they will make. Harold did
not like what was taking place with HER, but he could see no daylight
with any of this. But what was really taking place within him was how
he could see Himself as the Beloved Master with all His Worshipers.
You do not have a choice, Harold. You will do exactly as I tell you or
you will soon be a vegetable! I am very impatient with my work and
what I do, so I will show you what I mean Right Now! As SHE then
waved HER arm and the wall he was looking at disappeared, as he
saw an army of Reptilian Soldiers, thousands of them, looking directly
at him with frightening weapons aiming right at him. Harold was
frozen in the dream and wanted to return to his body, but he could not!
What do you want? I do not want any of this... What are you doing to
me and why are you doing this? He asked alarmingly frightened.
Ha ha, you are such a fool, Harold! You have known all along what I
want. You are a big boy now, Harold. Remember Harold, YOU are
the Master now, and YOU want to be loved by everyone! You will do

exactly what I tell you to do and YOU will love it, because this is what
YOU have always wanted! You are to get rid of your little dweeby
wife, because I already have someone who will be your new wife and
you will love HER even more. You will love HER, because SHE is
very cute and seductive, where your present wife is dull and boring.
Besides, SHE is my pet and SHE works for me, and this is why I want
you to divorce your silly wife immediately, SHE said very directly.
I cannot do this, I cannot divorce my wife. We have been together for
a long time and we have a daughter. We are in EK together and this
is how we want our life. This is all so crazy! Why don't you let me
alone? What do you get from all of this? He asked very passionately.
Oh, how sweet little Harold, you love your wife and daughter, how
nice. I really do understand, as I have a lot of experience in these
areas. Of course this is important to you. And you wonder what I
want? I want the Power and Kontrol that I AM! This is how I AM, and I
cannot be anything else. I have always been with you, but you never
noticed me until now, because of what you are now going to be doing.
Let me paint a little picture for you, Harold. You are not aware of how
the earth world and all the other worlds in time and space work,
because your focus is on this 'spiritual' idea that was created by those
who I first sent to the earth. The spiritual idea does has its place, but I
Kontrol it, just like you have agreed to be Kontrolled by ME. You want
the Power I AM too, Harold! I can See it in you. You never noticed it
before, but you have wanted something bigger than yourself and to
have it for yourself, so now you shall have it! I did this for YOU, and
now YOU will do all for ME! There is no escaping ME, because YOU
have already Agreed to ME! And so, you shall have what you want,
and l will show you what you will have if you do not do exactly as I
say, SHE said, waving HER arm and a scene appeared on the wall.
Harold watched as the scene opened up and he could see himself
and his family. He could also see what would take place if he did not
continue being the master, and that the other Ekists would look at him
funny and become stand-offish. But there was more! He was also
shown what SHE would be doing to him and all those he knew in their

dreams at night by always TapLining them until their life became so

miserable. Harold had already given himself to the DarkSide, and he
could escape, but SHE was trying to keep him with HER, by putting up
images to scare him. Here was a real test for Harold, as he was now
standing on The Razors Edge, and what would he do? SHE kept
dowsing him with more and more images of pain and bewilderment,
death and self-destruction until he had enough. He was exhausted,
and SHE could See this, so SHE changed the scene to show him that
he would be the most popular master of all, even moreso than Darwin.
Harold sat back for a moment as he watched what SHE was showing
him. He was trying to get through all the powerful subliminal images
SHE had bombarded him with. For the longest time, Harold sat and
passively watched as he saw himself on stage with all the people in
the audience and how they came to adore him. As he watched the
images, he looked within himself and saw that this is what he wanted
for himself and not all the tragedies of not accepting what SHE was
telling him. SHE told him that if he did what SHE said that his life
would come out better, as this was proven by the fact that Darwin did
step aside and let him in. Then it suddenly hit Harold... Why did
Darwin step aside? What made him do it when in fact he really did
not want to? As Harold wondered about this, SHE began to laugh...
Ha Ha Ha, I can read your little mind, little master! So, you want to
know why Darwin, the great master in his own mind, finally did
announce you? Well okay, I will show you, SHE said waving again.
The scene changed and showed Darwin running in a darkness. He
was the hunted man in this scene and he was trying to hide somewhere, but he couldn't because everyone knew what he had done.
Rebazar & The RealGuides had stepped back from him, and he knew
he had nothing left. SHE was showing him what would happen if he
did not announce Harold, and that his life would be an even bigger
hell. SHE wanted to use Darwin too, but he had been caught with his
hand in the cookie jar, so there wasn't any real future with him and the
takeover SHE wanted with the Korporation. Harold was HER best
choice at this time, but SHE also needed HER Puppet by his side to

completely take him down and the Korporation over.

Of course,
Harold could not See the Bigger Picture from all of this, he was more
interested in what 'HE' would be getting. Harold had always been the
homely type, along with his wife, and now this was his chance to really
be somebody, plus he would now have a new hot mama beside him
with all the little worshipers at his feet... Life really did look good from
what SHE was deciding for him. This was a very hard choice for
Harold to make, but eventually, and it did really happen, Harold got rid
of his wife and totally agreed to having The Influence take him over
along with the Korporation. And so it all came to be so, just as SHE
had decided and Reptilian Joanny became the adored master's wife.
Today in the Kronee Kult Korporation, it is 'business as usual' and the
little subdued membershrimps are all so happy, because they have
TapLines in them from Harold and Joanny who Kontrol their lives from
their ASStral Bodies. Joanny had taught the membershrimps to Pray
and Worship to HER Kalaum God. From The Seventh LifeLevel, Paul,
Rebazar and I could See everything that was taking place. Whatever
a person decides, those who have The RealAwareniss to See Beyond
with THE ALLIS, can do Something Wonderful no matter what takes
place in the PsycRealms. With what Harold decided, ALL of US were
fine as we created Our Own RealAdventure with what has come to be,
THE NUWAVIS THE NUMAN with The ALLNatural Environment.
When it came my time for Harold to announce me, and as I saw when
Rebazar & Paul brought me into The Rod of Power, The Influence was
with Joanny and Harold, as they all went off together, because The
RealLight of THE ALLIS was far too Real for them. Prior to this, The
RealGuides had approached Harold, this is where in my experience
with him his ears were 'blown back' and they asked him to announce
me like he had been announced by Darwin. He was very reluctant
and pouty and fidgeted a lot in front of them. His body language was
very obvious. They already knew what his response would be, but
they wanted to give him the chance of redeeming himself before he
became totally ruined by Reptilian Joanny. Harold nodded his head in
agreement, because he knew he was totally SEEN for what he had
been doing, so he played the part of a naughty little boy being caught.

Within himself, Harold was not interested in giving up all that had been
given to him, because now he figured it was all his. What he truly
wanted for himself helped to justify what SHE had told him before I
was to be announced, as SHE already knew what would take place...
One night after a major seminar, Harold was very tired and went into a
deep sleep. SHE took total advantage of his situation and came to
him in a very seductive outfit that SHE knew he could not resist. Little
Harold was now very content with Joanny, as SHE had done HER job
very well for The Influence, and so everyone was happy. SHE pulled
Harold from his body and took him very deep into the earth where the
fire and hell in a person's imagination can run wild. SHE knew just
what to do to make sure Harold would obey HER every whim...
Wake up Harold! She screamed, as he suddenly opened his eyes
and saw where he was at, and then became totally frightened.
Where am I? Why did you bring me here, I have done everything you
have asked!! Are you going to destroy me Now? Said Harold, as he
kept asking questions, while looking at all the hell he was now in.
Relax little master boy, I thought it might be fun that we both go out
together someplace a little bit different and have ourselves a nice
talk, SHE said, as SHE laughed and laughed how he was reacting.
Couldn't you have picked a nice restaurant instead? He asked.
Don't worry little errand boy, you will be back snuggled up in your bed
soon enough. Live a little! Take a Risk! You are always so homely!
That passive role you play for your audience is so boring, don't you
ever want to get up and shout about what I have given you? She
said, as SHE looked at him very closely and watched his movements.
Okay, why are we here? He asked, and really did not want to know.
Oh, I am so glad you asked! Well, here is what is coming up in your

life next. Your old friends will be coming to you and wanting you to
announce their New Man, and I just want to make sure you are up for
the test. He is someone you already know. His name is Duane, and
he lives where you used to live in California. This will be very simple
for you, Harold. You simply play along with what your old buddies
want you to do and then you do nothing. SEE! Isn't that simple? I will
take care of you and you do not have to do a thing, SHE said smiling.
Duane, really? Yes I know Duane, but I stopped him from having
anymore initiations, so why would they chose him? Harold wondered.
You mean all those Fake Initiations the Korporation prints out for the
Dumbed Down MemeberShrimps, as Duane would put it? She said.
I never knew he said anything like that! said Harold.
Ha ha, he hasn't yet, but he will! I will let you be surprised at what will
take place in your future with him, SHE said laughing very loudly.
Harold was a bit beside himself, because he has always 'thought' so
highly of himself since he did the 'takeover' with the Korporation. All
the Legal Klashes that took place was mostly Harold's doing, because
he was to takeover the Korporation for the sake of his own little life,
and he did just that, as Darwin was shown from the Reptilian Forces
what would happen to him if he did not give in. He was frightened off,
but he still tried to get things for himself legally. Harold and Darwin
made their 'Deal' for the MemberShrimps and who would have them.
Actually, the Reptilian TapLiners and Joanny now have them! The
RealGuides let Harold go through the motions with Darwin to see what
he would do, which they already knew from all the TapLining SHE had
done to him, as he 'thought' of himself as so special and everyone
else should cater to him. Darwin and Harold were merely given the
opportunity to expand upon what Paul had created, but they never did.
They actually brought down the consciousness from any Real & True
Awareniss that could have taken place. They have been the outer
'Show' and basically nothing more.
Darwin was the Kharismatic

Konniving Embezzler and Harold had become the TapLining Master

with Reptilian Joanny. They never had The Rod of Power, because
Rebazar & The RealGuides did not give it to them. The Outer Fronts
of this world are very strong with the sensitive human mind of most
people. The masses are herded by their emotional sensations and
easily swayed in any direction and they never See where they are
going. Watch Your DreamVisions and YU will be shown What IS Real.
Paul started off with the 'god' idea and then began to replace it with
the 'sugmad' idea. At the time these words did have a 'starting'
reference to THE ALLIS, but there was more to come, as Darwin was
asked to step in and then Harold, but with The Influence first coming
to Darwin and finally taking him down, and then to Harold, all the
reference 'words' that Paul implied are now with the DarkSide and
being used to TapLine people into a Kontrolling and unconscious
state. This IS 'An Adventure Like No Other' and very few people will
ever See of know this. Most of this world will stay asleep and
continue to 'Think' in the terms of a god or savior or TapLining Master
to come to their rescue, but it will never happen, because LifeIS Far
Too Real from all the nonsense people have created with their minds
and emotions. As Duane The Great Writer, I am merely 'Reporting
The RealNews' of what has and IS taking place. For those who really
do want RealFreedom Now, they must learn to See Beyond the False
Securities and Restrictions of this world and Take The Risk to Explore
and Discover how to Become MoreAware to See what I am presenting
as a WorldWide WakeUp Call for Your RealAwareniss. The Personal
Side that we have created always takes for granted what is taking
place in Creation. Because of the distorted fashion all of us have
been taught here by the Invented Systems, we must each struggle in
our own way to Recognize what is really taking place on the earth and
how the Planned Deception is holding each and every person to a
Subliminal Servitude of Cause and Effect. When YU, The RealU, take
the time to Test and Sing The NU~U Sessions, YU will be amazed at
what can take place in a very short time if YU are truly sincere. YU
have the opportunity to End ALL Your Karma Now, but YU must learn
to Qualify YourSelf. This world will always be the same... Have Fun!

From the Desk of Duane The Great Writer...

SHE, Reptilian Joanny has been Kontrolling the Kronee Korporation
for more than 30 years. SHE has turned everyone into HER slave by
TapLining them. I have had many experiences where I tried to show
Harold what was taking place with all the TapLining SHE was doing,
but he was not interested to See it or do anything. Harold is like a
passive fortune hunter. He knows how very cleaver SHE is and let's
HER do whatever SHE wants to, because there is nothing he can do
about it. He actually could do something, but that would take a lot of
courage on his part and he will not do it. Harold is held to the Lower
ASStral Realm by all the TapLining SHE has done and he must agree.
For ALL of US, there is always The Challenge to See THE IS. This IS
What LifeIS. Until one can individually surpass, understand and then
accomplish what really does seem so insurmountable, then they will
continue to roam the PsycRealms in a restless fashion and never be
satisfied with themselves or what they are doing with their life. There
will always be times when they may be content, but there is always a
guaranteed Change here, then the same process starts all over again.
What is taking place with the Kronee Korporation, is what has taken
place throughout Human History and is very evident today, and almost
everyone is Agreeing to it. It is always My Adventure to Share, but
what others do is their life. It is Realistic to say that Life demands an
involvement, just like our parents supported us and they expect us to
do something with our life. Those who 'dilly dally' and continue to play
in the PsycRealms chasing their thrills will always be the Effect of
themselves and wonder why. I LUV what I do, and for the most part
very few people appreciate what I am Sharing. Some of the silly
things people 'Think' up is to where they ask me if I have read 'this
author or that author' about the supposed subject they 'Think' I am
presenting. Then they will also send me videos of those they like to
listen to, which are mainly Literal Concepts people have picked up
and are now selling to the public and misleading them into more
dreary lifetimes. There IS Only One TruReality, THE ALLIS, and no
matter what a person discovers or creates, it has nothing to do with IT.

YU ARE THE NUSOUND LIFEIS

YU are The NUSound LifeIS. YU, The RealU, IS Your RealAwareniss
that has created the Personal You (YU know, the funny person YU
'Think' YU are). LifeIS Sound & Light with Various LifeLevels that we
each Become MoreAware of. YU always decide where YU want to BE
with Life. LifeIS Always NU & Now! This is the Best NU'S (News) YU
have ever heard, because with The NUSound, The NU~U, YU can
finally Recognize how to Free YourSelf from the Restricted Matrix of
the PsycRealms of Cause and Effect. What has taken place in
Human History up to this very moment has been a lot of experience
for all of us. We have all went through a lot to get to this very moment
that I refer to as The NUNowniss of THE ALLIS. All of us have been
very creative for many lifetimes to get Here & Now and learned a lot
from our creations. We have went through various lifestyles and what
the Invented Systems have marketed us with and have become lost in
all the phenomena this earthly life has to offer. NOW IS the best
moment ever for YU, The RealU, to WakeUp & Become MoreAware
and finally have RealFreedom for YourSelf, and so YU must pay close
attention to The RealGuidance that IS HERE & NOW available for YU.
Sing The NUSound NU~U~U~U
As YU Sing The NU~U before going to sleep, YU will Become The
Experience and Your DreamVisions will open up and YU will be shown
What IS Real Now. We are ALL in the same Life, and what Life has
Now decided IS The NU~U NUSound for ALL of US. The NUSound
will enable YU to have RealFreedom in The Real UNUverses beyond
the Kontrolling & Restricting Gods of Man and their Kontrolling Earthly
Korporations (KEK). As YU Read The NUBooks, YU will begin to
Recognize there is so much more to YourSelf and to Becoming More
Aware than YU ever have before. It does not matter what Restricting
Religion or Kontrolling Reptilian Spiritualized Path that YU were in or
associated with, YU will Now experience a NULife that IS Better than
ever! NO MORE KARMA for YU!! The RealGuides are Here for YU!

NO KARMA AS A FREE BEING OF REALLIGHT

There is NO KARMA when YU Recognize YU are a Free Being of
RealLight with The TruReality LifeIS, THE ALLIS. Rebazar Tarzs &
The Real UNUversal Guides take away the Karmic Kurses of Masters
and Gurus from those who Sincerely Sing The NU~U NUSound. The
Kontrolling Kult Korporations of Politics, Religions and Spiritualized
Teachings and Paths have used the 'idea' of Karma as a Kurse for
Kontrol. With Presidents, Kings, Queens, Masters and all those who
create Titles of Kontrol, they refer to those who pay and 'support' them
as... MemberShrimps, Subjects, Chelas, Followers, Servants, Slaves,
Captives, Owned! Over the centuries, the Authoritarian Kontrollers of
the Earth have Hypnotized and BrainWashed people, lifetime after lifetime into 'Thinking' Karma is a Kurse, when actually it only exists in
Creation and does not exist in The Real UNUverses of THE ALLIS. All
the 'Thinking Silliness' that exists is from people not Seeing who they
really are, a 'Free Being of Light!' YU can decide anything YU want to.
Those who Follow and are a part of the Kontrolling Political, Religious
and Spiritualized Systems have Huge Karmic Debts. The Dumbed
Down Followers & Subjects of these Kontrolling Kults who Worship
and Pray to the Gods of Man are TapLined, and are always held in a
Karmic Bondage they many times cannot See. Their ASStral Bodies
are held as Prisoners in the ASStral Prisons of Cause & Effect in the
Lower ASStral Realm. It is Very Simple for anyone to See the Effects
of their TapLining in their Dreams. Do The NU~U Sessions and ask
Rebazar Tarzs & The RealGuides to show YU your TapLines from
Kontrolling Kults and their Masters who say 'Pretty Words' to their
Followers & Subjects. We are ALL Free Beings of RealLight and we
do not need a membership, master, rules, regulations and restrictions,
because these things and so many other 'Silly Stuff' does not exist in
The Real UNUverses of RealFreedom with THE ALLIS. YU are the
one who is always deciding Your Life! Learn to Explore & Discover
what 'Life IS Showing YU' in Your DreamVisions. YU can Make Your
Life Fun & Real Now, or YU can stay with the Kontrolling Kults in time
and space and be burdened with their curses and all their restrictions.

YOUR 'MIND THINKS' IT KNOWS BEST

YU, The RealU, A Free Being of Light, created You, the PersonalSelf.
Your Personal Creation is the person your parents named You. You
have been told and Konditioned to 'Think' that a 'god' created You,
and that this 'god' Kontrols You and everything in Your Life, but this is
not so... not even close! But! If You want to 'Believe' and 'Agree' to
this Konditioned idea that also Kontrols most of this world and is doing
all the destruction to The Natural Environment, You have the right to
do so. But! Keep in mind that when You do 'Agree' with the 'god &
belief' idea and the Restricting Konditioning You have been Kontrolled
by, You will be coming back into more lifetimes unconsciously, just as
You have this lifetime. You are always deciding what Your Life will be
wherever You are at in Life. You will always exist somewhere in Life
and wherever You do exist, that will be Your Life and Your LifeStyle.
What each of us is experiencing here is Creation, not The TruReality
LifeIS. There IS a Real Difference between What IS Real and what is
Not The TruReality LifeIS, but You must take the time to learn and
understand what this difference IS, or stay asleep for more lifetimes.
The Invented Kontrolling Systems do not want You to WakeUp... they
want You to Stay Asleep and to keep 'Agreeing' to what they are
creating for You to Agree to, so they can Kontrol You as their servant
and slave. Space Age Science Fiction? Yes! And Very Real Now! I
do not have to make anything up or even exaggerate what is taking
place with Your Life and this world Right Now. You 'Think' You have
Free Will here and You can do whatever You want to, and You can,
but actually You cannot, because You will always be meeting what You
are creating, like Dr. Frankenstein and his creation. If You want to be
persistent and create whatever You want to, then You will have to deal
with all the Causes and Effects and eventually end up where You do
not want to be once again, just like where You are Now. You do not
See ALL the Possibilities, because You must go through The Course
of a RealLife and Take The Risk to See Beyond all You have come to
know. But, only You can decide this and it is always Your Fate to do
so. We are ALL in the Same Life and LifeIS the same for ALL of US.

The only difference between each of us, besides the bodies we have
created, IS Your RealAwareniss. Not everyone IS Aware of who they
really are, they only 'Think' they know who they are, because of the
Invented Systems that have been on the earth for the longest time
and taught and 'told' people what Life is all about, but have actually
created 'Systems of Deception' to Kontrol the masses. I am 'Simply
Reporting The RealNews' with the experiences I have, and I am not
providing a teaching or a philosophy, and I am not creating what is
known as a Conspiracy Theory. Anyone can Explore & Discover what
I have if they will take the time to do so, but then again most people
will not, because they want to stay in their LA LA LAND Thinking, the
same 'Thinking' they have come to know from those who Kontrol
them. There is No Mistake as to all the pollution, poisoning, weather
Kontrol, government takeovers and so many other odd events and
situations that are always showing up. As I have mentioned here, You
have created YourSelf and You are taking part in all the demise of this
planet every moment. There is a much Better Way to See what is
really taking place with The Natural Environment that supports ALL of
US, that is if You are willing to Get Real and Be Real with YourSelf or
stay asleep and continually Be the Effects of Your Little Created Self.
The Whole of Life, the TruReality LifeIS, has nothing to do with gods,
politics, religion, spiritual paths, kings, queens, presidents, masters,
gurus and whatever else can be decided by Your Mind and what You
Think. When You are Really Ready to Be Real with YourSelf, then
Life will Show You 'What IS Real Now! You have always decided what
LifeIS, and again, this is why this world is like it is, diseased, distorted,
confused, stressed, addicted and so much more. Do You See the
animals, birds, Dolphins and all those who 'Live With The ALLNatural
Environment on the earth, do just like people do with all their created
situations and drama? Are You Really Paying Attention to where You
Live Now? Is the environment getting better from the choices that are
being made every moment? Do You really want to Stay Asleep for
even a moment longer, or finally WakeUp and See the Wonderful
Being of Light You really are? Test The NU~U Sessions and Watch
Your DreamVisions at night & You will See the difference Right Now!

REBAZAR TARZS & THE REALGUIDES

PROTECT YU FROM ALIEN TAPLINING
This world has become a Very Strange Place, because of what each
person has chosen and decided. Alien TapLining has been going on
for centuries, but never really brought to the surface for the public to
See or Recognize. Many people are having all kinds of situations and
ailments that are happening to them and they cannot understand what
is really taking place. A lot of what is Effecting people is from their
UnseenSide, that of the other Four Bodies they have with them, which
most people have no idea they have. People are most Effected by
their Astral Body, which is their Emotional / Sensation Body they relate
to. This is the position of the Secondary Love I have written about,
which many people 'Think' is RealLUV. All of us are to Experience
Everything in Life and Everything is Always Okay. We each decide
our position and what we want our life to be. But what most people do
not Realize is, they have been Deceived by the Invented Systems that
are now Kontrolling almost everyone on this planet. Each one of us
decides what we want to Agree to, and we have the right to do so, but
what is not Seen by most, is that they are Agreeing to their own
demise and being TapLined in their Astral Body in their DreamVisions.
If a person wants to be TapLined and held to the Restrictions of those
doing the TapLining, they have the right to do so. By Agreeing to be
TapLined, one is held to the Lower ASStral Realm for untold lifetimes
of more personal situations that many times become Scary Drama
and even can be a lot worse. For centuries, the Reptilian Aliens have
possessed many people and are doing the TapLining, along with
Political, Religious and even Spiritual Korporations. The Presidents,
Queens, Kings, Masters, Gurus and so many more are TapLining
people in their Astral Bodies to keep them prisoners for more lifetimes
as a Support System. Anyone can create a 'Pretty Front' and say
'Pretty Words' but it is the intentions of those in Kontrol that will show
up in Your DreamVisions. So Now, YU can get The RealAnswers to
what YU want to know, and it all comes from...'Your RealAwareniss!'

IN YOUR DREAMS

REBAZAR TARZS IS
THE NUADVENTURE
WILL SHOW YOU WHAT IS REAL NOW

Duane The Great Writer

It is Rebazar Tarzs who started The RealAdventure of THE ALLIS for
ALL of US. Paul & Duane were taught by Rebazar to create What IS
Now, 'THE NUWAVIS THE NUMAN' with Duane&Eva.
The Real
History of Rebazar Tarzs & The Real UNUversal Guides has been put
aside, because of the 'Personality Worshiping' of Masters Darwin and
Harold of what they were entrusted with. They have 'Marketed Their
Selves' as something they are not, a Being of RealLight with THE
ALLIS. LifeIS Real & Now and not Old Sacred Doctrines that are
nothing more than 'references' from times past. LifeIS never Old and
Outdated, IT IS Always NU & Now. No matter what was written or
said in the past, LifeIS Always NU Now!
Rebazar Tarzs & The
RealGuides 'DO NOT' recognize the TapLining Personalities of Master
Darwin and Harold and Reptilian TapLining Joanny, who Kontrols
Master Harry and the MemberShrimps of the Krone Korporation Kult.
The RealConnection to What LifeIS Now, is The NU~U Sessions! The
Old Words of AUM, HU and others are for the Lower Astral Realm
Masters to TapLine their Supporting Followers and to keep them in a
Constant Restriction of rules, regulations, ceremonies, rituals, prayer
and worshiping. The Regulated Restricting Regimes of the earth are
nothing more than the Labelization of politics, religion, spiritualizm,
and the militarization of education. You always have the choice to
See what Life will show YU in Your DreamVisions. Take The Risk!

IN YOUR DREAMS

DR. DUANE & DR. EVA

WILL SHOW YOU WHAT IS REAL NOW

Duane The Great Writer

DR. DUANE and DR. EVA, are the Direct Representatives with The
TruReality LifeIS, THE ALLIS. When YU Test The NU~U Sessions,
YU can have The RealSide Experience of having DR. Duane & DR.
Eva show YU The RealCure for ALL and What IS Real Now. In Your
Dreams Your God or Master could show you 'What IS Real Now' but
only if Your God or Master has The RealCourage to do so, as most
people already belong to some form of Restricting Religious Regime
or Subservient Spiritual System. To many, this would sound so funny,
but there is so much more to the Gods of Man and the Master Role
that so many play to Kontrol others than is Seen on the surface of this
world. The Kult Kontrolling Authoritarians have Konditioned the Old
Masses into a 'Huge Mass Hypnotizm' and have Marketed the masses
into 'Believing' in something that is altogether unbelievable, because
the Invented Gods of Man are actually Make-Believe and so are the
OnStage Masters of today who like to perform with their Pretty Words.
You can have ALL The Answers to Your Life Now with 'The RealCure
for ALL' that Dr. Duane & Dr. Eva are Sharing, that is if YU will Take
The Risk and do what YU never have before, or YU can stay the same
as YU have always been, and for sure YU will never know Reality.
Christopher Columbus Took The Risk and found a New Land. YU can
Take The Risk Now and Discover who YU really are and learn to See
& Recognize The Whole of Life. As YU Read this NUBook and Test
The NU~U Sessions, Your DreamVisions will begin to open up for YU.
The Whole of LifeIS like a Dream, and this is your time to Become
MoreAware if YU decide to. Most people want to Stay Asleep and
'Pretend' everything on this Warring Planet will be fine, but someday,

just like World War l & ll & Fukushima, and so many other Man-Made
Disasters, those who Kontrol Everything will have their way with YU!!!
In Your Dreams, Your Master 'might' show you 'What IS Real Now' but
it is rather doubtful, because the masters and gurus of today are more
like Kontrolling Korporation Kults, who 'use' people as their support
system and get what they want from them. The 'Followers' of these
masters can 'Think' whatever they want to, but once YU learn to See
from The RealSide LifeIS, YU will be shown all the TapLines YU have
in YU Now. Some people like their TapLines and this is fine, because
everyone can have whatever they want in this Life. Worshiping and
Praying was started by the Reptilian Gods who first came to this earth
for the Dumbed Down Humanoids to be slaves to the Invented Space
Gods. YU, The RealU, can bypass all their TapLining Kontrol and go
direct to The TruReality LifeIS, ALLIS The Natural Environment. This
is a Business World and the Kult Spiritualizt Systems of Konfusion &
Karma, have lost sight of The Whole of Life, just like the Political and
Religious Systems of 'belief, hope and faith' did centuries ago. LifeIS
Simple, and when YU learn to Pay Attention to Your DreamVisions,
YU will be shown what Life will Share with YU. This poisoned and
Polluted world has decided it knows best, which is more than obvious
that most people do not. I suggest YU practice Singing The NU~U
Sessions and Let Life show YU, 'What IS Real in Your DreamVisions!'
Most of this world looks to a God for their life, which is very understandable. For those people who do, the Bible is usually their source
of information, or some other invented doctrine. Each person decides
what their life is to be. With this 'NUBook Introduction' I am focusing
on Your DreamVisions. In the Bible, Noah and Joesph and others are
spoken about how they received their information and messages from
their God. All of us Dream, and for those who do not remember or
'Think' they do not, they can learn to See their DreamVisions and
learn to Recognize their own answers that are being 'Demonstrated' to
them each night while their body sleeps. Many people have been
taught to not 'Believe' in their own DreamVisions, and this is a choice
each person makes for themselves and this is fine. Each one of us

decides our own journey with Life, and this is our right to do so. I am
personally with Rebazar Tarzs & The Real UNUversal Guides and
ALLIS The Natural Environment, and at the same time I am Okay &
Fine with whatever other people decide! Every moment each one of
us is always learning something new about Life. LifeIS ALL About
Becoming MoreAware and being able to Survive Better. By simply
learning to Watch Your DreamVisions, YU, The RealU, will be shown
how to Survive Better from the Source, YU have decided. This is how
Noah saved himself and many others, because he paid attention to
His DreamVisions and then acted upon the information he received.
The people in the village, which are the masses, did not pay attention
to their DreamVisions, and so they were soon gone. From what any
of us have learned from Human History, it really does Make Sense to
do The NU-U Sessions & Watch Your DreamVisions Now & Have Fun!
DR. DUANE and DR. EVA, will show YU how to Free YourSelf from
all the Restrictions & TapLines that YU have 'Agreed' to for lifetimes.
Simply Sing The NU~U like this...NU~U~U~U before going to sleep
each night for about 10 to 15 minutes, and YU will start to See Your
DreamVisions open up and Become Alive! This IS Real and YU will
LUV this! The NU~U Sessions are The RealConnection to The Sound
Light Reality of THE ALLIS, The Whole of Life. All other words such
as OM, AUM, HU, and so many others only refer to the Lower Astral
Realm, and at the same time YU are being TapLined in the back of
your Astral Body and being Kontrolled by Reptilian Aliens, especially if
you belong to Political, Religious and Spiritual Korporations that have
TapLining Masters and Reptilian Wives. Your DreamVisions will show
YU 'What IS Real Now!' A simple way to Test this is to Ask for Duane
& Eva as YU are doing The NU~U Session. We will Be With YU and
show YU the TapLines that have been placed in Your Astral Body by
Your Master, Priest, Pope, President and many other Manipulating
and Kontrolling Korporation Deceptors, who have marketed YU and
so many others into a Restricted Position of Servitude. The Real
Freedom YU have always wanted is with Your RealAwareniss, and will
never be found by YU 'chasing' the 'implied freedoms' from Political
Speech Makers, who want to steal everything YU have worked for!!!

YOUR DREAMVISIONS PART ONE

The interpretation of a person's DreamVisions is as old as the human
race, as it has been from the race of humans The TruReality LifeIS,
THE ALLIS, has attempted to communicate with a person's mind and
senses. The nightly DreamVisions of people always hint at powerful
motivations, feelings, and desires which have been experienced and
also deeply repressed in their waking hours. Our disguised Dream
Visions, also hint at many wonderful and supernatural experiences
with Angels, Fairies, and others, and for those who are most fortunate,
The Real UNUversal Guides. There is always some form of prophecy
and warnings from other unseen worlds of some impending danger or
something wonderful that will bring the individual happiness to their
life.
Everyone has these nightly experiences, but very few pay
attention to what Life is showing us all the time. The world of humans
is Now at a very crucial point and a person's DreamVisions should be
an overall part of every person's life. If this is not so, then they are
merely living a one-dimensional life, and they are mainly at the mercy
of the Gods of Men and the Authoritarians who rule the earth. The
earth is a Test Zone and nothing more, as it will perish along with this
dark realm of material substances someday, so it is time to WakeUp!
It is mainly the arena of a person's DreamVisions that The RealGuides
have always been interested in, as a part of their presentations to the
onlooking and unaware public. They often teach a person in The
Unseen Worlds, and also in the area of a person's dreams, which is
called The RealSide LifeIS.
Here is a way of understanding the
unconscious levels, and most of all, The Real Levels of a person's
RealAwareniss that very few if actually any of the present day
'officials' know of.
Even with all the modernness of people like Dr.
Phil and Oprah, as an example, how many can say they have Real
Experience and the knowledge of The Hidden Worlds of Your Dream
Visions? Only The RealGuides have The TruKnowledge and The
RealExperience of entering and working with a person in their dreams.
These Great Beings of THE ALLIS can BE anywhere they wish,
through all The Levels of Life, without the hindrance of any human

restrictions. Their presence is so slight that they cannot be detected

by any means, accept for those they wish to contact. They are above
the rules and authorities that are of time and space, and they are not
hindered by the Gods of Man and the Lords of Karma. Rebazar
Tarzs & RealGuides are direct with The TruReality, THE ALLIS, and
they work directly with THE NUWAVIS THE NUMAN, Duane TGW.
With this world as it is today with what is 'seen' on the surface with the
senses, is a distraction and an illusion for the most part, but humans
being what they are, readily accept the distortion as their only reality.
By doing so, they continually try to make things happen with their life
according to their personal senses and not what this world is made of.
Because of the creation of the present Social Order, the Religious and
Political Systems Kontrol all they can with what is taking place here.
So many of the 'natural' occurring events and disasters are anything
but natural at all.
From behind the scenes, there are constantly
plans to overtake everything a person does and even thinks and how
they react to things.
The intention by the Certain Few is always
there, because they do not want to bow to others, but have others
grovel to them. On the Surface World, what humans see with their
eyes and feel with their bodies is a temporary position. A huge
transformation is constantly taking place on earth from what is actually
happening to then become 'something else,' as it reaches the media
and other sources of human contact. And so for the most part, most
people do not want to 'believe' that their elected officials have
anything to do with Kontrolling them, even though it is more than
evident all the time they are doing so, and right in front of them.
So, this then becomes The Greatest Adventure Ever, for those who
have the heart and courage to 'See' What IS Real Now! Learning
about this world of this Passing Dream is only the first step for anyone
as they decide to start their Journey to RealFreedom.
Within The
RealSide Experiences of Your DreamVisions, there is a huge
opportunity for each person to finally understand what is really taking
place with their own personal life, who they really are, and also this
chaotic world of so many destructive decisions from those who rule

over others. Each and every person is having some form of vision or
dream that is relating to their life, as all of us are in the same life, and
none of us are separated, accept through the creation of attitudes that
become barriers to The RealLight LifeIS. Before this solid world was
here, it was a vision and a dream from somewhere that has now
Become So.
Of course, humans have over-developed what they
term as their 'Literal Senses' and what they see as something of an
intelligent nature according to the lifestyle of today. And with all this
taking place, The RealGuides do have a huge challenge to get
through all the encumbrances most people have created for themselves, mainly on the Astral and Mental Levels is where they are
hindered. Today, most people with their Karmic Korporations only
chase created money and they are also TapLining their employees in
their dreams to Kontrol them. The Astral Dream Body of a person is
very personal and they can be easily influenced because of their
surrounding conditions. Those who have more knowledge sometimes
take advantage of others and it will show up in a person's dreams. It
is best to do 'The NU-U Sessions' before going to sleep and ask The
RealGuides for protection from such unseen nightly assaults.
There is no invented 'theory' attached to what The RealGuides are
capable of in providing demonstrations in a person's DreamVisions,
and also with analyzing their RealExperiences.
The information
provided by The RealGuides on DreamVisions is the oldest unspoken
language in the world. The Real UNUversal Guides were here at the
beginning with the creation of this Physical Realm by THE ALLIS, and
have been here ever since. There are many Saints, Masters, Angels,
and other individuals who assist mankind on a daily basis, but they
are not direct with THE ALLIS and The RealTruth and RealFreedom
LifeIS. This is The RealPosition of those who are SuperAware Beings.
The misconception the masses have been indoctrinated with over the
centuries as mankind evolved is that The Space Gods, those who are
looked to up in the sky, were the original creators of man and all The
RoundWorlds in this dark and dusty realm. And so it is, that a great
misconception has been created from the unaware and dimly lit past,
no matter what any written material has presented. Because mankind

has learned to make a business for himself on this planet, so it is with

the REPSystems that exist. The ego of man always claims what is
not rightly his to do so, and as many have done, they have actually
created a distortion and a huge reckoning for themselves as time and
events come forward. There is so much more to Life than just an ego.
The RealGuides walked this earth long before man first stepped foot
on it, as this can be verified in The Universal Files. They know all
about the natural procession and qualities of the RoundWorlds, and
what has to take place to maintain a balance here or the Ecosystem
becomes disturbed, as it is now and goes further into demise. These
Great Beings were here to assist the first manifestation of humans
and also the entities that exist on other planets. There are many
secrets to the original races on earth than what has been shown to the
social humans. THE NUMAN & The RealGuides know these secrets,
and they are not for the masses, because humans have proven over
and over again, they cannot be trusted. The RealGuides supervise
and run all the PsycRealms with THE NUWAVIS, what Paul Twitchell
called during his time here, The Rod of Power.
THE NUMAN has
been given this RealPosition, as was Rebazar Tarzs and all those
before him, as he then gave it to Paul, and then once again to THE
NUMAN. THE NUWAVIS The Real Connection to THE ALLIS and
RealFreedom Now and during this lifetime for those who qualify. The
RealGuides are making themselves known to help offset some of the
disasters people have already decided for themselves and the earth.
This becomes the first steps into The RealPositions with THE ALLIS,
as one learns from their DreamVisions. It takes great patience and a
determination to succeed with knowing what Your DreamVisions are.
There is only a hairbreadth between the dream arena and a person's
personal awakened state, and so which is Reality? Even though,
dreams have been specified in many religious doctrines for centuries,
most people still wonder about them and are constantly searching for
their meaning, and if there is any validity or connection to the other
worlds. A person's DreamVisions are the most valid connection and
are The Key to Many Secret Worlds and Real UNUverses. Humans

are always the last know anything of a RealBenefit and value,

because they are mainly too lazy to research anything of RealValue,
as they persist in being stubborn and looking to the 'Fake Fronts of
Authorities' for their information and lifestyle. These are people who
profess to know all the answers in their own minds, which are usually
related to something only personal like in the case studies of Sigmund
Freud and what he wrote about dreams. Because he was one of the
first in today's world to specify anything about dreams, most people go
with his interpretations, which can sometimes make sense, but only if
a person wants to continue to reincarnate here for more lifetimes and
stay unaware of their TruPotential.
There is so much more to The
Real DreamVU than what is seen on this surface world.
Rebazar
Tarzs specifically told me that when I was in my physical body I was
mainly dead to The TruReality and The FullAwareniss of IT, and that
my DreamVisions were The RealAdventure and The TruAwareniss.
And that it is from the position of being outside of the human Created
Consciousness, that there becomes a decision as to a direction, and
so it is that very few ever find THE ALLIS. He said, the physical body
is an animated vehicle as an expression in the material worlds only
and that is it. Once a person learns to go beyond the rock hard
worlds they are free from having to come back as a limited person.
When Rebazar first told me this as a youngster, I was a little
perplexed at first, but as I gained more experiences with him, I began
to see the vast difference between Being Free in my RealAwareness,
and then on the other hand, having to deal with the physical body.
There is so much more to one's dreams than most people really know
and understand. Through a long process with RealGuidance and a
RealEducation, the goal is to SeeMore than the Literal Senses of the
intellect and mind, then into a more intuitive position, and finally a
RealPosition to Recognize & PerSeeve from. When we are having
our dream episodes while the body is asleep, it means that we have
the potential of so much more we are not aware of. This is where The
RealGuidance takes over and assists us.
When we are asleep, we
have the opportunity to be taught by the best if we have made The
RealConnection with THE NUMAN and The RealGuides. Within the

arenas of Your DreamVisions, a person can get a lot more done and
learn a lot faster on any subject.
For millions of lifetimes, people
have had wonderful experiences they rarely pay attention to, but
would much rather toil on the earth and grow old until another life bites
the dust. Humans are very stubborn, as they look to accomplish the
hardest task which usually mean very little or nothing at all. I would
rather fly like the birds and be supported by The TruReality, but most
would rather stay here and have to deal with the Authoritarians. This
earth will always go thru changes and the DarkBrats will always rule.
It is true, that dreams have been a real mystery to each and every
man since humans can first remember. The ancient Romans were
not believers in an afterlife, yet they surely did believe in their dreams.
Almost every Roman Emperor was elated or rejected by the dreams
they would have. Those who did the interpretations, the soothsayers,
were always in fear of loosing their life if they were to give the wrong
meaning of the Emperor's dreams, because they would be eliminated
if the dream did not sound good, as there was always someone else
to take their place. It was not the best of times for those who could
See Beyond the veil of this world into the other worlds, as history has
always proven itself to be so brutal and uncaring. Today, we have
laws that protect each of us from the barbaric nature that still resides
in the human mind. In today's world, all the clever tactics to trap
another person are done in a business like manner or moreso from a
legal standpoint to where one is bound up with contracts and
obligations of drudgery. Each person has to make their way in this
world, and there are endless ways to do this, as most people like to
take the 'road of unconsciousness,' and think in their minds everything
will turn out for them as it should, as they blindly go on their way.
Our experiences with our DreamVisions can definitely be therapeutic,
and even some of the medical authorities have caught on to this fact,
yet dreams and their reason for being still remains a mystery to those
who have professed to know more than Life ITSelf. As one reads
further, they will learn they can eventually surpass all the limitations of
this world, and eventually discover their Real Happiness and Real
Freedom. For those who are chronic worriers, their dreams act as a

place of rest from the 9 to 5 world of everyday complications. Without

our nightly time and adventures, the human mind would gather too
much mental and emotional stress drama and become fused out, and
so while the body sleeps a person can get away from their personal
mind and take a rest and release some of the daily pressures of their
material life.
When a person's life becomes a little too much they
should take the time to add a nap or two to their daily routine. Ever
since I was in construction at an early age I would sleep for a short
break at lunch time. As I did, I would get up refreshed and ready to
finish the day. Because the construction trade was so physically
draining, I would also rest for a while when I got home. It is not
necessary for one to 'drive' themselves all the time and try and get
every experience they can into their life right now, because all of us
will be around forever, and so what I am presenting will help many
people find better places to rest and relax and renew themselves.
Those who recognize The NUPresentation, and then become The
NUStudents of The RealGuides, Become MoreAware of the fact they
can predict their own future as well as learn to heal themselves, plus
solve many of their personal situations within the arena of their
DreamVisions. Within The Unseen Worlds, The NUStudent is also
introduced to the different levels of Life that most of the unaware
public knows nothing about. When Paul introduced his presentation
he used the term 'initiations,' which is now for the 'old schools' and
ancient masters of spiritual thought, who are mainly ruled by The
Space Gods. Everyone needs to go through the basics until they
finally discover and recognize The RealGuides.
The ALLIS IS
AlwaysNU, never old and outdated. The 'spiritual' idea no longer holds
true for The Real UNUverses of THE ALLIS. THE NUWAVIS takes
the place of The Rod of Power, because The The Great Reality is
always so much greater as each NUNowness occurs. Past, present
and future are human views. THE ALLIS IS ALWAYSNU NOW!
It is definitely true that, The RealGuides know more about a person's
DreamVisions than any of the modern sciences who have monitored
people while they sleep.
The 'authorities' of today have no idea to

the cause, and how a person's dreams come about, nor do they know
how to enter The DreamArena, and assist each person with their
overall needs. Their mechanical devises and conclusions are mainly
of this world, and do not totally penetrate into the four other subtle
bodies each one of us have that relate to the other levels of Life in the
PsycRealms.
Science and all of their conclusions, can only come
about from the effects of a person's dreams and not the true cause.
They may discover from a person's personal level why each one of us
is having our nightly adventures and draw some conclusions and form
relationships accordingly, but overall they are lost to the true meaning
and the original source. The modern authorities will always make a
good 'show' of what they are doing with all their complicated high-tech
equipment, that usually impresses the onlookers, and so when they
make any statements about what they have or have not discovered
about dreams, it will all look so professionally done. For the most
part, it is just a lot of hot air and sound-good ideas, because they are
being paid to say so.
Then there is the military that does Remote
Viewing and Astral Projection. This world is Kontrolled by the Military
Minds of the Religious and Political Systems of the Kalaum God.
I am not saying what they are doing is not important, as all of us need
something to do while staying on the earth, but their findings are very
limited, and if they would take the time to study with Rebazar Tarzs
and Paul Twitchell, they would soon discover a better and easier way
to help themselves and others at the same time. Modern Science,
has went the way of a strange intellectual programming and the
mechanics of industrial inventions. What science has created for the
most part has become a nightmare, as those in Kontrol are using what
they have invented against the public. It would be better to creatively
implement RealGuidance and a RealEducation into their formula with
what they are attempting to achieve. The present day psychology of
the human ego is based more upon who is better than the next
person, as this shows up in all the competitiveness this world is
engaged in. So, with the strong attitudes of so many wanting their say
to be 'more right' than others, a great cooperation is eliminated to
where only a select few become the authorities, and everyone else

must go along with their conclusions and be followers. Of course,

each one of us can have Unlimited Freedom, as each person learns to
listen to The RealGuidance and gain a RealEducation for themselves
and eventually Recognizes & PerSeeves the many Wonderful Levels
of Life, which far surpass this place. It is a choice each one makes.
So much of the present day information on dreams came from the
Chaldean Soothsayers, but they were not the originators of the dream
knowledge, The Real UNUversal Guides were.
The RealGuides
never really taught their SuperKnowledge of DreamVisions openly,
because of the brutal times in which they lived. As Human History
has shown, even the church did away with those who came to bring a
divine message and possibly redeem a few people along the way.
Jesus, spoke of 'The Many Mansions,' which are some of the various
levels beyond this earth, but he was not referring to them in the Literal
Sense, but as RealPositions with Your RealAwareniss that exist Now.
Because Life is so vastly endless, RealGuidance becomes a great
necessity, and supersedes anything of a 'belief' type of conclusion.
The RealGuides know the human ego cannot be trusted, and so the
vital information was given to only a few at a time who could be
trusted. This is also why Your DreamVisions are so disguised so
much of the time, because very few people have the capacity to be
honorable and noble. As the outside public gained some information
that was originally from a TruSource, the transferring of ideas from
one person to the next brought about many altered interpretations,
and finally many watered down stories like those found in most, if not
all ancient documentation.
This is why The Great Reality, The
ALLIS, sends in a NUMAN to update The SuperKnowledge of The
TruGuides. Just like anything on this world, it is best to have the latest
knowledge and information, because ALLife IS Now, not in the past.
Dreams have been known far back in the beginning of mankind's
history, when mankind began to produce manuscripts that told of his
life and adventures, along with the mystery of his dreams. There has
always been an interest in one's dreams, until the REPSystems
became more controlling and domineering and began suppressing all

the vital information on dreams, and even keeping it hidden only for
themselves.
Because the demonstration of a person's dreams are
enigmatic and veiled, most people sought someone who had the
understanding of their meaning.
The oldest book known on
DreamVisions is, The Egyptian Book of Dreams. It was produced
around the approximate time of The Twelfth Dynasty (2000-1700
B.C.). This book is in The British Museum and was written by Gopal
Das. He worked with one of the scribes in the court of Sesostris III,
Pharaoh of Egypt, to transcribe the knowledge of dreams at that time.
Gopal Das is one of the many UNUversal Guides that works with THE
NUMAN, as I have shared many experiences with him and others in
My NUBooks 'The AdventurIS Series'
Those who become The
NUStudents will meet Gopal Das, Rebazar Tarzs & The RealGuides.
Dreaming from this physical level, is basically the unconscious minds
way of satisfying its secret and most hidden wishes and desires. This
corresponds to the fifth unseen body we each have with us. What is
contained in the subconscious of each person is what they have
decided and created as their supposed reality. Here is where all of us
become our own truth, but this 'truth' is only from a personal view and
not so much The RealU. There are endless truths everywhere in Life,
and it is the right of each person to decide theirs, but RealTruth IS
THE ALLIS. The confusions of what is being experienced on the earth
at this time is, each person is right in their own position about the truth
they are deciding. All of this becomes a huge psychological position
to Become MoreAware of and OverVU, and very few people can do
this, as most like their attitudes and mainly their arrogance of 'being
right' with everything they decide. To the many 'reasonable' minds of
this world, what I am referring to would seem out of place, but once a
person has RealExperiences and is able to position themselves with
The TruReality, THE IS, then they will Recognize the ultimate value of
Free Will. It may sound funny, but even those who are always
planning on destroying others have the right to do so.
I am not
agreeing with what they are doing, but merely pointing to the real fact
of Free Will. As a person Becomes MoreAware, they will learn about
the natural reality of Cause and Effect, which is labeled as karma. As

a person positions themselves with The TruReality, they are no longer

interested in any of the old destructive attitudes and ways of the
human consciousness. Watching Your DreamVisions makes sense.
The unconscious arena of the mind is what the metaphysicians call
the subconscious, and what is really known as the Etheric Level, the
fifth body of man. Because the average person has been educated
with limited experience and is not aware enough to know of their other
vehicles they carry around with them, it only makes sense most
people do not understand the Etheric Level, and how it relates to the
human mind and body, and especially Your DreamVisions.
This
area is a vast unknown, and a great mystery to the 'authorities,' those
who are trapped in their human minds and heads, yet they proclaim
they alone are always making headway into unveiling its resources.
Nothing could be further from the 'truths' they have imagined for
themselves. But I will say, what they come up with sounds so
convincing, so they do get an acknowledgment for trying. The idea
here is this, as it is with The NUPresentation Foundation, I tell people
what I can and cannot do, I do not theorize to them, but provide a
RealService. If the 'official authorities' would get off their illusionary
ideals and test what I am presenting here, The RealGuides would
work with them and show them what really is happening in a person's
DreamVisions. This is not rocket science that I am presenting, but
moreso Something Wonderful, Fun and most of all Real! Simply test it!
What humans call their dreams are usually symbolic of those wishes
which are unseen and hidden in the vast Subconscious Realm.
There is one principle of this arena that should be explained here, and
that is what psychologists call the 'Pleasure Principle,' or what is
better termed as the 'primitive self' within the human psyche. It is
also known as the 'ego or the ID,' and its full focus is usually on
gaining some sort of satisfaction and pleasure with the lower bodies in
the psychic realms. If the subconscious vehicle of man, the Pleasure
Principle, had its way all the time, then life here would be even more
brutal and enduring than it already is now.
The bloody history of
humans shows how the ego has run wild with the desire to conquer all

it can, which is the Pleasure Principal in action, as an example. The

laws and rules of this earth are based upon containing the Pleasure
Principle and any overly abusive behavior a person is led to. Of
course, no law or commandment can stop a person from doing what
they want to, or even what they desire to think and imagine. So, those
in control use many types of 'guilt factors,' to make a person to at least
be ashamed for what they are deciding and doing, and this guilt factor
has worked for centuries. This is what 'confession' is all about with so
many religions, as it is also a great controlling factor to herd others
into what the authorities want for themselves, a support system of
Dumbed Down People. The REPSystems (Religious, Educational,
Political, Social/SciFi-Tech), are all based upon the conquering and
takeovers of others from the past and the karmic effects which are
being experienced today.
To keep everyone from destroying
everything including themselves, the Political and Religious Systems
have established moral codes and laws, because they have no
RealGuidance and no RealEducation, and so they must have
something to keep the egos of the masses in line with what they want
to accomplish as they rule this planet with their laws of obedience and
restrictions. This is how the earth is and it will always be so. Those
who claim to be the 'Benevolent Saviors' are usually the most evil.
The Ten Commandments is actually a primitive moral code, which
Moses gained with his adventures and as he hiked up to the Burning
Bush, and then eventually down from Mount Sinai. Because of the
times in which he lived were such, Jehovah, The Lord GovernorGod
of the Astral Realm, asked Moses to relay something of a divine order
to his people, so the Authoritarians and the Space Gods would have
some control over the direction they wanted for their followers, instead
of a constant chaotic scenario to deal with. Jehovah and his brother
the Kalaum God, worked both sides, as they supported Rameses with
keeping the people as slaves and unaware of The TruReality, THE
ALLIS. This would seem to be ridiculous to most religious scholars,
and the reason being they have no RealExperience moreso than the
earth, as their involvement with anything divine is mainly 'business as
usual.' Those were trying times, as all of us were there and having to

endure the terrain. Even though the Gods of Man use the humans as
slaves, they still want some kind of order to things, so the unaware
souls will build their temples and statues of themselves for all to see
and admire. On the surface, it would seem as though what Moses
did was a service to others, but actually it was just more laws to live
by and be restricted with, as they have survived through the centuries
to haunt mankind in his DreamVisions. With RealGuidance, a person
learns The TruReality of THE ALLIS and does not need any man
made laws to govern his life. We are ALL Free Beings of Light.
Every Worldly Belief System has developed their own code of laws
according to the environment in which they reside. One of the major
systems of the earth is the Hindu Religion and what it terms as its Law
of Manu. Another is, Muhammad and The Koran, which is a big issue
today with all the terrorism in the world. These books and laws were
written for the sole purpose of Kontrolling their followers and their style
of belief and keeping people subdued with superstition, which is what
belief is. Those who oversee the translations of the so-called ancient
documentation are the ones who politically maneuver people's minds
into the world situations as they are occurring today for the sake of
Kontrolling them. Without RealGuidance, all these same people will
keep returning here into an even worse future of many lifetimes to
come, as the earth gets older and more ruined, because of how the
Pleasure Principle with so many people is out of control. In The Real
UNUverses, which are beyond the PsycRealms of the Gods, there is
RealFreedom and ALL Light and never any darkness as is here. The
mind of man with its many parts is a limited and useful instrument on
this planet to survive with, but it cannot PerSeeve The TruReality.
It is indeed fortunate that a young child does not posses the strength,
coordination and ingenuity of most adults, because if it were so, they
would almost cheerfully and uninhibitedly wipe out any opposition to
their satisfaction with the pleasure they are always seeking. Because
children are such, they are the innocent ones until the time comes
when they must learn to face themselves. All of us are in the same
Life and we are constantly experiencing our growing pains here and

always having to adjust to survive this place. This is why a Real

Understanding of our makeup and structure are important and not just
a 'marketing ploy' that sounds good and becomes a flash in the pants.
A person's DreamVisions will show them a lot more than what the
personal one-dimensional side of the human ego will ever experience
here. If one waits too long in perusing what The RealGuides are
presenting right Now, then it will be another 'dead life' and on into an
unknown future of coming back here the same way as this time,
unconscious and still wandering around to find some RealAnswers.
One of the first things everyone needs to know is where they came
from. There are a lot of 'stories' on the earth from many sources, but
anyone can access all the knowledge they need from their Dream
Visions. Then, as one listens to The RealGuides, they will come to
Realize, Recognize and PerSeeve what The Whole of Life is all about.
The subconscious arena is part of the individual's psyche, which is
inaccessible to the personal consciousness, and consisting of
repressed desires and their associated ideas. It can often disturb the
conscious personal life in dreams and phobias, as the primitive self
wants to get it pleasures and satisfaction known and experienced.
This is so true, as most people add emotion to their experiences,
especially their daily drama, and the repression of the PsycEnergy
wants to escape and always effects the user in some manner, whether
good or bad according to the individuals lifestyle. So, in a person's
dreams they are usually dragging themselves through those situations
they are constantly deciding. For some, instead of resting at night in
a peaceful mode they are continuing their daytime drama on other
levels. This is where the human ego very seldom gives itself a rest,
but stays headstrong and adamant about all the ideas and situations it
is involved with, as well as the mental and emotional baggage it
carries. We are here to learn what is not real, so we can Recognize
What IS Real, and then applying our experiences to Recognizing &
PerSeeving THE ALLIS. Each of us does have a personal life, but
when the personal part of ourselves is created to be bigger than Life
ITSelf, then one is not Seeing The Whole of Life. The answer here is
RealGuidance. The NUStudent of The RealGuides is given assistance

to relieve the unseen pressures from within themselves. Because the

REPSystems have been set up a certain way to install guilt and selfpunishment, most people continue to consider what they are doing
with their life is the best course to take. Its almost like, 'a person with
no problems is not a person at all.' This is the silly immature human
side in control, but actually out of control and lost to What IS Real.
As a protection against shame and punishment, each person
establishes a guard over their subconscious realm, which they are
usually unaware of, that is always trying to make them do something
out of their lower nature. This established guard is known as the
Censor. It is you might say, many times at war with the ego, the outer
established persona, that likes the Pleasure Principal and all it
desires, but at the same time becomes repressed over what the
Created Censor has established from the choices of the individual.
Also, between these two aspects of the mind is another principle
which acts as the referee that tries to get the Censor and the ego to
adjust the differences between them, which would be The RealU,
once a Recognition of what is transpiring takes place. This is where
YU Become MoreAware and WakeUp to what YU have created and
take control of your life instead of being Kontrolled by the Outside
Dualistic Forces that dominate time and space. For most people, it
takes a lot of intensive training to see through all their own self-made
illusions. The Censor is the conditioned side of the individual, like
with those who have a set moral upbringing and a Conditioned
Conscience, which wants to deny the pleasures of the ego, or that
which would possibly do harm to it. It would be like a man or woman
that has been brought up through religious morals and will not have
sex before getting married, even though the ego is wanting to have
the sex or lust for the other person, the moral side, the Conscience
will not allow it. So, a conflict begins within a person as to what they
want and what they supposedly know is best for them. This is where
the Pleasure Principle and the Censor face off. Thus, creating dreams
of a similar nature that involve the conflict of the two aspects that have
been actually created by each person according to what they accept is
their reality. All of this is personal experience, but because of our

social upbringing, we are all exposed to certain ideas and ideals as

our life continues here. The old saying, Let your Conscience be your
guide, will work if one is possibly the most honest and humble person
on the planet, but if they were raised by thieves and murders, those
agreements and actions according to the Pleasure Principle, the
Censor and Conscience, would be definitely different.
Sometimes, the judgments of the Censor can be too harsh and
demanding, because the conditioning of the individual is such that it
actually creates a stranglehold on the person, instead of letting them
make a decision that would possibly relieve a lot of tension, as an
example. Moral issues are one thing, which have been invented with
society, and living and surviving are another.
Certain social
restraints sometimes keep a person from The Real Adventure of Life.
My life has taken certain roads, which I would not recommend to
anyone, but for me it has led me to where I wanted to go, the top of
The Mountain of THE IS. My experience has been one of a Radical
RiskTaker, because I wanted more than what could be had in any
normal sense possible. The Whole of LifeIS so much bigger and
better than any moral determination on this planet. For some people,
they do need to be with their moral issues and it works for them.
Because I do not lend myself to so much of what others decide is right
for them, does not mean that I am against anything, but merely stating
my own position with my Free Will. Very few people will ever attempt
what I have.
This is how, after almost dying the first time from
having The Rod of Power, that IS THE NUWAVIS THE NUMAN NOW,
and taking on all the karma I did, then stepping into The RealPosition
for the second time, is really too much for anyone, but I did it anyway.
My chosen life is such that it must be so for me. Not only was I
married while I was being trained for The RealPosition the first time, I
had a girl friend, Miss Heather at the same time. Her and I were
having nightly experiences with The Real Guides and going to our
own Secret Island. (NUBook Two, 'A Journey to RealFreedom' /
NUBook Eight, 'Blue Sky Island' from 'The AdventurIS Series').
What I am presenting here is a lifetime study and a lot more than just

reading this book and several others. As all of us go out and live our
lives, and if we are paying attention each and every moment, there is
so much more to realize from the very presence of what we are
experiencing. In a social structure, as the one we are all involved with
now, there is so much phenomena taking place, as opposed to a few
hundred years ago when life on this planet was a lot simpler.
The
world today is a Psychological Matrix, even though most people agree
that everything seems to be fine and the way that things should be.
Everything we are experiencing today is because of what has been
decided, created, and implemented. From all that is taking place, the
majority of people are asleep to so much of What IS Real Now, as
they are more interested in The Passing Dream that has been
established here, than they are their own lasting survival, which will
give them a RealSecurity. There is no security here, only a dream.
When a person's Censor interpretation becomes warped, an inner
battle can take place between it and the conscious personal self, the
ego.
The results can be a type of neurosis, which can last for
lifetimes if one does not take control of themselves. Here is a fun
example of a dream one might have... My former wife is a second
grade school teacher and when she is being taught with The
RealGuides, they use the classroom idea to demonstrate to her what
is taking place in her unseen worlds that she has created.
The
children represent the different parts of herself or the various identities
and attitudes she uses on a daily basis. From the lowest of sensual
positions to the highest of ethical standards. When all the kids are
behaving, she, The RealAwareness is in control, but if the class is
rowdy and annoying, then it shows the ego, or the Pleasure Principle
is running the show, while The Real Awareness must stay in the
background and contend with the foolishness. This is how it is with
many people, but they usually do not pay attention to their Dream
Visions, because they like their little ego running the show, which
eventually shows up as lost friendships, lost jobs and if the person is
using alcohol or drugs, it is a sure thing their life will not be what they
want it to be as time goes on and they grow older. It is best to Live
Now and BE Real with one's life and views and Watch Your Dreams.

I am only scratching the surface here, and as a person continues to

study with Rebazar Tarzs and The RealGuides, they will Become
MoreAware of their own barriers and limitations they have set upon
themselves. In the beginning of our experience in the PsycRealms,
which has taken millions of years, we are our own worst enemy so
much of the time, because we are struggling to see The RealLight we
already are, but it takes a lot of experience and lifetimes to finally
come into a position of just starting to Recognize the smallest bits and
pieces of ourselves. Even though we now live in the 'quick fix' era, the
reality of ourselves from the human standpoint is usually very
overwhelming once a person begins their own journey beyond all the
social conditioning they have been buried in. The only guarantee
about any Social Order is, those who do not listen to The
RealGuidance will for sure grow old and fossilized as they have in
previous lifetimes, then come back into a whole new set of
unconscious circumstances to where they totally forgot they were ever
here or one of the other RoundWorlds. This cycle keeps repeating.
The Censor's decision making, beyond that of the outer personality, is
usually based upon some kind of experience without the proper
evaluation of what it has experienced. As an example, a child cannot
properly evaluate the experiences they are having, yet the Censor
becomes conditioned to react a certain way to each given situation,
which can be in the same manner each time, regardless whether the
reaction is congenial or helpful or not, as to how to handle the present
situation. Of course, with a small child, they do not have the physical
and mental capabilities to evaluate their own given situations, so they
merely react to each experience and many times the same way.
When a parent keeps telling their child 'no,' it only makes sense that
eventually, whether the child has any recognition or reasoning with the
word and idea of 'no' does not matter, because the mind and Censor
have been recording the sound and action of the word each time.
Here is where the Censor simply reacts without any conscious
involvement from The RealAwareness, because the child has not
been taught to Recognize their TruSelf. The same is true of adults
with their conditioning and reactions, because most people are

educated a certain way and socially bred to agree to all the

established standards, or they will be seen as different and have to
deal with it. What I have just laid out is a basic scenario of how most
humans live and have to live with themselves in an unconscious state
of affairs. They are really at the mercy of their egos and the pleasures
it wants for itself, and it does not care if the personal individual is
destroyed in the process, because the dark side of the person must
have its pleasures.
A person can be the most honest and hard
working, but it has nothing to do with an addiction they may have,
such as alcohol or drugs, because this means their programed self is
running their life into ruin, as opposed to them having their own life on
a conscious level to evolve and Become MoreAware of what LifeIS.
The Pleasure Principle is not a person, but a created extension of the
person, and it is only interested in living with its satisfactions. A
person can have a great job and make lots of money, but if the
Pleasure Principle is being denied all the satisfactions it has come to
know and does not like the job the outer person has, and because the
outer person is too busy working all the time, then at some point
something has to give, and their becomes a breakdown between the
outer and inner urges and all that has been denied to the satisfaction
of the Pleasure Principle. Another example is that of people taking
vows, which are always written by someone else, even though they
may be 'professed' to be 'divine,' like that of a nun or a person wanting
to be of some religious order and becoming a celibate. Again,
whatever a person wants their life to be is their right, but with the
human ego and all the experiences a person has had for lifetimes, it is
hard to see an overview of what a person will put themselves through
from the ideas and ideals of others. With the two examples of a nun
and celibate, there becomes a definite denial to the outer person and
their natural and inner most urges and releases, and as many of us
have seen in the news, eventually there is something to the order of
nuns being raped by the clergy and the celibate ones even raping
children of the same sex.
This is merely a very common
demonstration of the Pleasure Principle finally getting out of the box,
so to speak, the outer person has decided for themselves.

The Religious and Political Orders rule this planet and society, and
they have masterfully enacted all the restrictions that each person
here has to deal with here. For untold centuries, the REPSystems
have forced their will and desires unto the masses, to where so many
people have a curse-like affect with their Censor. The World Elite use
vast amounts of fear and intimidation to Kontrol people from a
subconscious level. It is really from an unconscious level that most
people are Kontrolled, because in this way they will go along with their
daily routines and gladly contribute their share to what they have been
induced to 'believe' is something of a beneficial and even a divine
order of things, when in fact it is usually neither.
The DarkBrats
have convinced most people, whether through common courtesy, or to
the extent of brutal torture, which is all so evident in their entire history,
that what they are providing is for the ultimate good for all. Nothing
could be further from any decided truth! Do the birds that fly need to
be confined and conditioned? No, only humans do, until they Become
MoreAware to take on their own life in a realistic manner and stop
doing what they have always done, as has been the case with the
condition of this world today. When people wakeup to what I am
providing with The RealGuides, then they will learn to live a much
better life while they are here and having to stay on this Kontrolled
planet, then they will have the opportunity to consciously live in The
Real UNUverses of ALLight and never again have to return here.
To the ego and Pleasure Principle, all that matters is getting the
temporary satisfaction and then dealing with the results later. This is
why most people are asleep to The TruReality LifeIS, and they have
chosen the Invented Gods of the DarkBrats as their authorities, so
they can confess their so-called sins from all their moral upbringing
they have been plagued with, and still do what they have always done
when it comes to their Pleasure Principle. It is not only that the
Pleasure Principle works within the areas of addiction and abuse, but
also many areas which involve the human ego. Many people 'get off'
by thinking they are better or prettier than others and so many other
attitudes that a person holds special for themselves. It would be so
much better to condition the mind and Censor with what one can learn

from The RealGuides and The TruReality, such as Purity, Sincerity,

Gratitude and Humility, from a RealPosition, moreso than what the
human self can determine these four wonderful qualities to be. It is
quite evident of those who are the rulers and Kontrollers of the
REPSystems that things are not always quite right with these people.
They disguise their strangeness in the rituals and ceremonies they
perform for the viewing public, while in the background and the
shadows of their lives and minds, they make their little plans to Kontrol
others as they manipulate the environment, while bringing their
strangeness to the surface for sleeping people to agree with.
And so it is that,the Pleasure Principal will take a whipping from the
moral principal, the Censor, to at least get a partial or secondary
satisfaction of its pleasure, like masochists do.
From all of this
reaction, just like in a movie, dreams are produced which show up as
symbols of the central cause and are disguised by the Censor, so as
not to further harm the conscious mind that wants to continue on with
its everyday life and pleasures. Otherwise, guilt and all kinds of other
phobias become apparent as the mind and imagination of the person
will usually run wild. If the ego continues to wrestle with the Censor,
guess what? The person has a nervous breakdown, because they
didn't see it coming and how they are having to deal with all the
different sides of themselves. This is why, how children and adults
are being taught is not the best it can be for them according to the
existing systems. It will get them by for now, and even if they make it
to a ripe old age they will still carry all the unresolved experiences with
them for lifetimes. And so, if they have not been able to experience a
RealEducation during this lifetime, they will once again forget who
they were and stay asleep to all the other parts of themselves,
because they stayed with the standards of the human ego and its total
unconsciousness. It is important that people become aware of
Rebazar Tarzs and The Real UNUversal Guides before their life is
over from this realm of experience or they will return unaware once
more and not remember they were here before.
I recommend doing The NU-U Sessions at least once a day, and twice

a day is even better. Simply find a comfortable and quite place to sit,
then close your eyes and sing...NU-U-U-U, as you extend it out with
The Sound of it. Feel your way along and listen for The RealSound
within yourself. The RealLight will also come to you as you open your
heart and enjoy this. It is always a good idea to do The NU-U Session
when you are going to sleep, as Your DreamVisions will open up for
YU. The idea is to let Life Itself show you what IT IS all about, so you
have to be very patient, because Life IS Big!
The idea of Moral Codes is to provide some kind of way for people to
care and understand with their place in this life in relation to others,
such as a person 'should do this,' and 'shouldn't do that.' To humans
who have a very low understanding and only very small pieces of
what The Whole of Life is about, they do need such things to govern
them at times. But, something as wonderful as the sun shining in the
sky does not need Moral Codes to operate, because overall, what the
sun is providing and demonstrating all the time is how wonderful it is,
while providing a great service to all it shines upon. This IS How
LifeIS.
Moral Codes also involve the choices people make, which
every person has the right. Each one of us is making a choice every
moment as to what our own journey in Life entails.
If a person
decides to be a doctor, then what they have chosen will involve what it
is that comes with their journey. If one decides to be a part of the
Mafia, as an example, all that entails that form of lifestyle will show up
for them, so when they are killed for being a part of a mob that
interferes with others, in a way, it is not necessary for others to overly
grieve for the choice that person made for themselves. Suicide can
be viewed in the same way, and that is, the person made their choice
to where they are going, and at any point they can change their ways.
What I am providing here are examples of how the Censor is
conditioned, and I am not referring to how a person should live or do
what they do, again, each person has the right to decide their life. I
am merely pointing out the 'mechanics' of what a human person goes
through as they live with their mind and body on this level. The
Reality and Whole of LifeIS all about Becoming MoreAware and
Wonderful, it is not about rules and regulations that restrict a person's

abilities and imagination, yet most people want to stay with some form
of 'invented drama,' as they feel this is the so-called 'right thing to do,'
which is usually according to what others have decided.
Who is it that decided the Moral Issues and Codes? If we take a close
look at researching Human History, it becomes very easy to see that
there were the Certain Few who decided what would be so for the
many. The Certain Few are the ones who Kontrol the World Order.
And I would say that from time to time these things work, but just like
the piston engine that has polluted the environment for way too long, it
really is time for a much better change and way to do things here,
otherwise, everyone basically stays the same, and returning
unconscious into an even more dismal future. The earth is a 'Place in
Life,' and a very minute spec of what is possible for each person to
have and be for themselves. If we decide to interfere with another
person's journey and their choices, then we must deal with what they
are into. When a person leaves this world of experience, they are
really leaving behind the body they used while they were here. Who
they really are is always fine, and so it would be like a person going
on a trip, we can simply wish them well, as a kind gesture, because
they made the choice and have the right to leave this place. I am
referring to the 'Right of Choice,' for each person, and if one wants to
be restricted by Moral Codes and Ethics, which I have never seen the
sun or Nature become involved with, then they have the right to do so,
but there is a much better lifestyle that awaits everyone who takes the
risk to discover by Recognizing The RealU.
As the dreams are produced, the Censor must act in a cunning and
crafty manner to slip the dream experiences by the personal self, who
will undoubtedly react if the experiences are recognized in some
fashion as to their meaning, which may not be agreeable to the outer
self. So, the Censor will keep a lot of what is taking place with the
personal ego in a regressed position so that no recognition can take
place. This is where people are in denial of themselves and they
usually love it and enjoy the ride until at some point it does surface,
then their world starts to crumble. During the dream time, if the

Censor feels there is too much information coming about it will create
a reaction or an alarm and awaken the dreamer so as to protect itself.
Its all a case of hide and seek, which can all be resolved once the
person is properly taught about their RealAwareness and who they
really are.
This is done by making The RealConnection to The
SoundLight Reality LifeIS, thus the individual Becomes MoreAware
and is able to handle their own life so much better, and eventually
becomes SelfSufficient and enters The Real Universes in this lifetime.
For all of us, our own journey through Life is huge, and it actually
becomes bigger as we Become MoreAware, yet at the same time we
can better handle what is taking place with ourselves and all the
circumstances that are constantly appearing around us. Its really all
about 'managing' our Designed Consciousness here, and then finally
discovering our RealAwareness and our relationship with The Whole
of Life, far moreso than just having a simulated life on this floating
planet. Given time, YU will notice a big difference with yourself.
Of course, while we are here we do what we do, but we can also learn
to See what lies beyond and comes from the choices we are making.
When a person decides a career on earth and is very focused on it,
they can assume that they are taken care of for eternity, but actually
what they have decided only exists here. And so as an example, they
can imagine that being a shoemaker will get them a ride in a rocket
ship into outer space, but it is highly unlikely, until they decide to figure
out how to get into outer space on that rocket. This is the idea that
entails the idea and implementation of 'belief,' in a way. The masses
have been taught to 'believe' in something, when in fact, they have
actually been 'conditioned' with an idea that the Censor has picked up
and ran with. Humans are more into figmenting their life away, than
actually Seeing what is taking place right in front of them. As I am
explaining all of this, it is very evident how complex the human mind
and all its parts are, as I have mentioned very little so far. It must be
understood here, and that is, nothing is a 'definite,' because we each
have the Free Will to change our way of life and every view we have
about everything. What IS Truly Real IS Reality Itself, which is a
paradox and a perplexing dichotomy to the human mind and senses.

The simple reason for the complexity of the mind and what can be
created with it is the fact of its existence in the duality of time and
space. It has been a given understanding and misunderstanding, that
what we are experiencing here and with the cosmic idea of gods in the
sky is basically all there is to what people have determined as Life
ITSelf. It is more than understandable for most people to come to this
conclusion, because of the Five Bodies we have to deal with in the
Limited PsycRealms. Most people like to 'feel' their way along and
there are those who have been educated with the Militarized Systems
and their view is more Literalized according to their relationship with
the printed and spoken word. This in itself becomes the complexity of
itself, the mind that is, and very much so automatically. As I am
stating here, which is a bit complex, and so it is with all that we have
to deal with in the PsycRealms, which are very far from understood by
most people and especially by the Invented Scientific Community that
professes to know so much about Life, when in fact they really know
very little and next to nothing compared to What LifeIS. This is why
the Scientific Community can only make 'educated guesses' at what is
really taking place on earth and with each person as they experience
their life here. For anyone to resolve their confusion, they need a
RealEducation, moreso than just a 'standard' education which are
invented conclusions from a limited perception of the mind itself.
This is not a putdown of what is taking place here with what people
create, but there is always room to do better and especially to
Become MoreAware. The TruFocus of Becoming MoreAware actually
provides a RealPosition of Understanding, moreso than the Personal
Mind can accommodate. The capacity of the mind can only be with its
own environment according to the Dualistic Nature of itself, just as a
car can only go forward and backwards and not sideways. A car can
be adjusted to go sideways and so can the mind become adjust for a
better understanding of The RealU, Your RealAwareniss, but that is all
up to YU and if YU are willing to explore moreso than the mind itself
can fathom at any given moment. This is where Your DreamVisions
come into play as the 'Unknown Factor' to start with, as Your dreams
are not the end result YU are looking for, they are merely something

YU will be experiencing while YU are on Your Own Journey to

RealFreedom, if this is your focus and intent. There are a lot of
people that 'want' freedom and what they have determined freedom to
be for them, and then there are those who are fine with how their life
and this world already is. We each decide our journey through Life.
And so through all this drama, it becomes necessary for the Pleasure
Principle to present its dreams in some distorted fashion so the
conscious personality hopefully will not Recognize them for what they
are and what they entail. As an example, when a person is vain they
do not want to be confronted with the fact they really are so, and so it
is the same with a persons dreams and the various parts of
themselves. What a huge mess some people construct to hide what
will fail them in the long run. If they would listen to The RealGuidance
and practice The NU-U Sessions, they would get a lot further ahead in
their lives and eventually be free of the restrictions of the ego all
together. As each untrained person looks at their dreams, it is a
wonder they can make any sense of them at all, because they are in
worlds which are not mentioned in any conventional text books. Also,
the upper PsycRealms are even more vast than this material realm we
are in. And so, The RealGuides become The Way Showers, as a
person is being taught to understand their DreamVisions and sort out
all the seemingly endless areas one can experience. Again, it is all
about learning the mechanics of the mind as one would learn about
what is under the hood of their car that makes the vehicle run.
Modern psychology does have their limited views and place, but they
are moreso always looking at the effects and the created causes, than
they are into knowing about The RealU, which is altogether invisible
and does not register with them, as they look to the (your) mind and
brain as containing what they want to experiment with for their fun.
The general public does in no way understand the workings of their
own mind and all the various parts it has, just like most people do not
understand all the parts that make their car run. They know how to
put their car in 'drive and reverse,' but for the most part that is it. And
so, their own mind is the same, they just do not see all the unseen

workings at play. They will laugh and joke about how silly and foolish
they are at times and think it is all a big joke, until the day comes
when they develop a disease or an injury and most of all are ready to
leave this world against their will, then things in their life become
straight forward and they have to make a decision. When the natural
forces come into play and it is time to realize what a person has done
with their life, it is many times a very rude awakening and the laughter
becomes tears. All of the drama and unaware nonsense can be
overcome for those who are patient while learning a RealEducation
and listening to The RealGuidance. The most fun and happiness a
person will ever have is being taught by the very best, Rebazar Tarzs
and The Real UNUversal Guides. A Simple Test of The NU-U
Sessions is all it takes for any person to start to have Real
Experiences and to eventually Become MoreAware of what is needed
in their life. It is true there are so many different ways to learn about
yourself and Life, but this is the 'Easy & Fun Way' moreso than any
school can teach, and the best part is, it is always free to YU.
For some reason, overly intellectual people do not take the time to
understand their own mental and emotional mechanics and the
unseen forces that are all around them and also inside. They may
decide to pursue the many avenues of the occult dream theories. So,
for many that want to know more about their dreams, they will look to
the many dream books on the market which give all sorts of
interpretations. Some of these can give an aid to the person, but for
the most part they do not address the individualized uniqueness of
each person. Dreams are the elusiveness of a world all their own,
and just like a surgeon performing, so it is with The RealGuides and
their position with each person from The RealSide, and not just from
the intellectual view of the educated human.
Because The
RealGuides have The RealConnection to the SoundLight Reality
LifeIS, and an ageless ability to see what most humans cannot, they
are able to enter the worlds of the Dreamer and provide assistance,
and by doing so they know exactly what all the mannerisms and
experiences mean. For their NUStudents, they many times set up the
situations and demonstrations for the sole purpose of the individual

realizing their own Being and course in Life. They provide The
RealMeaning, and not just a guess at the material symbols according
to a person's personal life only. There always is so many sides to
every experience, just like a picture can be a thousand words or more.
Some dreams are very straight forward, while others are symbolic.
The dream encounters and the characters who are involved are
usually symbolic or disguised to the Dreamer, just as the symptoms in
a mental or emotional drama are usually symbolic of the real hidden
problem behind all the actions. The symptoms are the result of the
unresolved conflict between the Pleasure Principle and the ingrained
and developed moral principles, or a person's Conscience. When
something is repressed in the unconscious arena, the memory of the
dream may disappear, but the PsycEnergy that was created remains
for the most part undissipated, as the Pleasure Principle strives to
make its desire come to the surface of the personal and conscious
mind. This is what actually bothers a person, because they have no
idea what is taking place within themselves as the PsycEnergy seems
to have a life of its own. The constant pressure brings about many
unseen problems which may cause a person to have system failures
with their body and mind.
And so to remedy this situation, The
RealGuides know how to get to the heart of the matter and help rid the
person of their built up emotional discomfort. The RealGuides will not
enter a person's unseen worlds without an invitation from The
Dreamer. Those who take The TruCompleteness Course with THE
NUMAN, are taken care of all the time as they are given a protection
and a RealEducation that cannot be found with any of the social
REPSystems. TapLines are a conflict with one's outer and inner life.
If the Censor is doing its job properly, it will let out some of the
repressed emotional energy, so as not to cause a disruption of the
conscious mind and body.
Thus, the interpretation of a person's
dreams are important enough to get the best assistance possible for
one to better understand themselves. Life on earth is so much more
than just solving our daily situations and then feeling good about what
we have done from our personal area. As long as one is here and

having to deal with all there is, it is best to have The RealGuides
constantly with us to provide a RealEducation while we are going
about our daily affairs. Dream Books and their mere interpretations
will not take care of unseen problems nor will the petitioning of prayer
as it only goes to the uninterested Space Gods. A person can have
some success with their prayers, but as Rebazar Tarzs once told me,
praying is really to one's self. Of course, there will be incidents where
it will provide something, and of course the Gods of Man will assist at
times, because they want to keep people happy in their kingdoms and
away from The RealGuides who provide RealFreedom. The Real
Guides teach people how to be SelfSufficient and gain Absolute and
RealFreedom, while the Authoritarians and their gods want people to
worship and support them along with obeying all their self-made laws,
rules and commandments.
A person can choose to become a
RealLeader, or just another unaware worshiping follower with the
REPSystems and the rest of the 'blind leading the blind to nowhere.'
The idea of good overcoming evil in this world is not totally true, even
though most of us have been taught it is so. Good is relative, and to
the extreme and Evil is the DarkSide that rules this dark realm.
These are the Dualistic Forces, that all who are here must contend
with and eventually get past to gain RealFreedom, or there will be no
freedom for those who dilly dally with these forces and who they are
connected to. The idealistic idea of 'Power' rules this world and all
the RoundWorlds, which is actually only the illusion of having some
sort of power. For the most part, it is the abuse of power that is
constantly being demonstrated, but in a cunningly constructed way, so
as to look as though everything is in its natural order. Here is where
the Certain Few who have Kontrol, have created a landscape of
Distorted Dream Weaving for the onlooking public. The Certain Few
are trapped in their own Pleasure Principle and are not interested in
knowing about themselves and how their Censor hides their true
intentions of what they have decided. As I give these examples and
reports of what is taking place here, it is not that anything is set in
stone, as there can always be a redeeming of things and situations,
but it is up to each person to Become MoreAware of what is really

going on here and with themselves, otherwise things will stay the
same, as humans are more likely to take things for granted and 'hope'
for the best. The strategy of the DarkBrats is to make people 'Think'
they are doing better with their life when actually they are not. This is
the ideas of 'hope, faith and belief' which are all 'Maybes' for the most
part. The general public has taken the idea of 'belief and believing'
into the arena of something divine with certain notarized connotations.
Here again is a huge psychologically created situation, that has been
bombarded onto the masses, and that is the idea of 'hope.' I saw an
old newsreel about Adolph Hitler when he was campaigning to gain
support for his Nazi cause. As the reporter was covering the event,
he said something to the effect, Here we are seeing Adolph Hitler
among the crowds to give the German People, Hope. It is also
interesting to note how many of the Presidents of The United States
have ran their campaigns with the same idea so much of the time.
Here again is where the Created Distorted Dream is right in front of
everyone, but it all looks so good as to nicely fit in with everything
going on. When a person pays attention to their DreamVisions, they
will be shown what lies behind the scenes of the world situations and
also the true intentions of those who are so-called leaders. As I was
growing up with my mother, my view of this life at that time was a
certain way, but as I began to explore, I began to discover, and most
of all experience what was so nice back then, is not really how things
have been put together realisticly. I am not finding fault with what
others decide, but merely pointing out what this world consists of.
Yes it is true, there are a lot of good intentional people here, but at the
same time, it is not they who rule this earth. For the most part, the
Certain Few want to have an order of things on this planet, but at the
same time they want absolute Kontrol. I suggest RealGuidance Now!
Until one learns to be very objective about what they are dreaming, it
is difficult for them to See what is taking place within their unseen
worlds, and so The RealGuidance is always there for those who pay
attention to the demonstrations. Its really all about having the right
and workable attitudes. This is the idea of 'Being Like Children.' All of

us also have dreams and visions during our waking hours that we may
or may not Recognize. I am shown things all the time along the lines
I have chosen, which is presenting RealTruth to this world. I am not
referring to the words I write, because the spoken and written words
can only be a good 'reference' to RealTruth, as RealTruth IS What
THE ALLIS IS and ALL That IT Entails. Sometimes, I will see certain
letters or numbers on a license plate, or the large advertisement on
the side of a bus, or from people talking as they walk by me. The
more a person learns to live each moment, the better off their life will
be as they learn to pay attention to the wonderful simplicity of Living
Now. ALL LifeIS Here and Now, and we are all in the same life
together, and so the Here and Now can never be anything else. As
we realize this and bring our RealAwareniss into this present
Nowness, we then start to PerSeeve so much more about ourselves
and what else is taking place around us. Simply BE Now.
There can be a difference between the waking and sleeping Dream
Visions, and that is the perception of the two different areas. As we
look over Human History, we can see the struggle of the human
person as they have evolved over the course of many lifetimes. The
Real Struggle has been to WakeUp to what is really taking place as
The Whole of Life IS always staring right at us. Today, with all the
experience and information we each have available to us, there is a
greater opportunity to finally understand what The TruReality, not the
Gods of Men, is trying to share with us. There is no other way than to
be a Real RiskTaker and dare yourself to explore the unknown with
The RealGuides. A person can be a great intellect, like Einstein, but
it is not in the intellect or the Literal Sense that one will PerSeeve
RealTruth, then occupy the position. The geniuses of this world are
lost to The TruReality LifeIS, as they mainly live in their egos and not
their Perceptive Heart. The mind of man creates conceptions to go
by, which actually act as barriers in their own way to The RealLight,
unless the ideas are along the lines of assisting THE ALLIS with What
IT IS. It is a huge course for anyone to PerSeeve beyond their
intellect and even their intuition, and then to finally be able to
Recognize and PerSeeve RealTruth and then Live in IT Totally.

To learn about something, simply start paying close attention and one
suddenly gets a college course with their life for free. As I am writing
this section I took a ride on my Beach Cruiser and as I approached
Pacific Coast Highway, the signal once again changed for me without
me pushing the button, because the crossing button must be pushed
for the signal to change. This experience happens every so often,
and I know it is The Boys doing it. Everyone will have their own
experiences, and for the most part, even though what we are
experiencing here is The Passing Dream, The RealExperiences we
are having are from our direct connection to The Real UNUversal
Guides. Every moment is Being in The Gift, which is really the
Recognition of THE ALLIS IN ITS ISNESS. As one stands with THE
IS, they are taken care of in their own way. It is not that we will be
perfect in any way here, but we must have the Greatest Heart and
Intent for What IS Real, as this is a type of agreeing Realism we make
for ourselves. This is why very few will ever find THE ALLIS, because
they will not learn to take the time to Recognize IT, then step Whole
Heatedly into the entire experience of IT, and then Be Willing to have
ITS Way, as IT Pours Out ALL ITS LUV TO US.
Most people will
cling to their invented ego and personal self and hold themselves with
fear as they hide in a dark corner somewhere in their mind.
Some people do become confused for a while about their Dream
Visions and their physical life. It is really so simple, because all of us
are living the same life and it just depends upon how we are viewing
what we are experiencing. All of us have been brought up through a
process of Distorted Educational Conditioning, as opposed to a
relationship with The Actuality of Reality and how it applies to our life.
So, we have to start our journey outside of what we have always
come to agree to, and so it takes a while to adjust. This is where the
hidden side of The RealU tries to gently expose itself to one, yet
knows the personal self to be too rigid in most cases to accept the
bigger picture. If a person is a devout religious follower and has
accepted a huge amount of indoctrination about the faith they 'believe'
in, for the most part, they will not be interested in the bigger picture,
because they have accepted a lot of conditioning to a particular arena

and lifestyle. Now, if this same person starts to have extraordinary

experiences like I have with The RealGuides, then they may wonder
about them, or even label them as Devilish, as an example, not
necessarily they themselves thinking it is so, but from all the
intimidating misinformation they have been subdued with by the
Certain Few.
But, if this same person is able to sidestep their
convictions and conditioning and view their experiences from their
heart, then they have a chance to expand from all they have gone
through and come to know. There is no doctrine or conditioning with
The TruReality and the endless positions in The Real UNUverses. All
the 'certified stuff' here is of this realm and does not exist in Reality. It
is no different than the birds in the sky being interested in what the
humans are doing on the land, because they are not. This IS Real.
Because most people have been so dowsed with doctrines, rules and
regulations, and many times the constant burden of forcefully having
to agree, it is no wonder they also consider their heavens to be the
same. The Two Heavens of Man are 'Places in Life,' and not The
Whole of Life, they are just like anywhere we live here.
They are
wonderful places, and I have been there many times, but they are not
the ultimate. Anyone can learn to visit these places while they are still
on earth in their DreamVisions, even though the Belief System
Businesses say otherwise. Above the Two Heavens of Man are two
more levels in the PsycRealms, and then past them is the most
Unbelievable UNUverses one could never imagine. The Round
Worlds of this material realm are such for the process for us to go
through until we are ready to climb The Mountain of THE IS. Your
DreamVisions is the first step into these worlds and UNUverses.
When The RealGuides show up and begin to give a person Real
Experiences in their DreamVisions, a person's Dream Structure
begins to change for the better.
And so at first, there may be a
particular reaction according to how each person has been
conditioned and brought through this life, as some will have it easier
than others. Many people are having RealExperiences with The
RealGuides, but they need the outer information for their mind here to
make The RealConnection, and so that is why I am writing this

NUPresentation for all those who are ready Now for this adventure.
When a person has met up with The RealGuides, they begin to have
more RealExperiences and adventures with their DreamVisions. If the
person is a NUStudent and working toward Becoming TotallyAware,
then they are working off their past karmic debts in a speedy manner
under the direction of The RealGuides. The benefit of this is, they are
no longer tied to the Gods of Man and The Lords of Karma. Now,
THE NUWAVIS THE NUMAN has entered their life and they will be
heading in the right direction home, The Real UNUverses of THE
ALLIS. The daily life of each NUStudent is now better situated to
earn their living and get on with their life on the earth, while The
RealGuides take care of the obstacles that would normally get in the
way from the UnseenSide of Life. Paul Twitchell gave his students at
least two years to give what he was presenting a try, and so it is that
all NUStudents should test what I am presenting to make sure this
NUAdventure is for them. The RealGuides are always looking for
those individuals who have The RealCourage into Becoming The
NULeaders and Sharing with THE NUMAN and The NUPresentation.
Because all of us usually want something here, many dreams are the
result of an expression or a wish, and so The DreamVision Arena is
where we meet with those situations and other people to begin to fulfill
what we want. As we put together our interests, and if they are for a
beneficial purpose, and especially a RealPurpose, The RealGuides
will work with us to complete what we want. When I first had The Rod
of Power in 2001, Yauble Sacabi and The RealGuides were building
me a giant fortress on The RealSide. I watched as time went on with
all the different phases they went through. Being a contractor it was
easy for me to Recognize what they were doing. First came the giant
foundation with all the rough electrical and plumbing showing, then the
huge stone exterior walls, and then the interior finish. From The
RealSide, this project did not take months, but a matter of a few nights
and it was done.
The RealGuides had built me a strong hold,
because I was The Child of Light with The Rod of Power, which IS
Now THE NUWAVIS. What they are building now is even bigger than

ever before. These Great Beings always LUV The RealAdventure,

and they are here for all those who are lucky to PerSeeve them.
While we are living on the earth and trying to figure out our
DreamVisions, all of us have lives and bodies on other levels most of
us are not aware of. These bodies align themselves with the same
faculties all of us use for our survival here. The Five Bodies of Man
are first, the physical, which is mainly the human brain as a receiver,
along with the five senses. Our second body corresponds to our
invisible emotions, which is located in a section of the Astral Worlds,
The First Heaven of Man. The third body is our memory vehicle, and
has a life of its own in certain parts of the Mental Worlds. Next, is the
mental body, which is the upper mind of each of us and resides in an
area know as The Second Heaven of Man. The last sheath is the
etheric body and the subconscious, the upper most part of the mind,
where our intuition works with our RealAwareness. These areas so
mentioned exist in the PsycRealms that are below The Deep Dark
Border, which is the dividing line between The Real UNUverses and
the Created Realms. The earth and all The RoundWorlds are at the
bottom of Life, so to speak, which are made up of dust, rock and dirt.
During a person's DreamVisions at night, they will be projecting their
PsycBodies all over the place into the seemingly endless realms of
time and space, especially the Astral Body. A favorite trick of many
humans is Astral Projection or Remote Viewing. These talents are
what many people do without their knowledge, and then there are
those who do them consciously. There is a Silver Cord attached to
these bodies, and if the cord is broken, the physical body dies. Astral
Travel and Remote Viewing are part of the Psychic Sciences and are
best left alone, because by using these methods, the Aura of the
individual can become occupied by negative influences and even
other entities who are looking to attach themselves onto an
unsuspecting person while they are roaming around the lower Astral
Worlds. This is known as 'TapLining' which are negative connections
to the back of the PsycBodies without the person knowing it unless
they are shown by The RealGuides. The RealGuides are adapt at

Universal Positioning (UP). They can position themselves anywhere

they want through all the PsycLevels and into The Real UNUverses,
and this is what they teach their NUStudents, instead of projecting the
lower limited bodies into other limited arenas.
Those who are into
spying on others and working for devious people will not be shown
The Secrets of UP. Those who do like to spy on others, such as the
World Government Agencies, they teach their agents about Astral
Projection and Remote Viewing, as do some metaphysical paths. So,
it is better to learn from the best and avoid all the psychic calamities,
especially those who 'appear' to be beneficial and are not. As one
keeps an eye on their DreamVisions, they are shown by The Real
Guides thru various demonstrations, who can and cannot be trusted.
Not only do the World Order Systems have a huge amount of spies
and devious people on their payroll, they also use a large variety of
HighTech Devices to intrude on other people. Some of these are
HAARP, which has the capabilities of huge amounts of destruction,
such as earthquakes and killing mass amounts of humans and other
life forms. There is no coincidence, nor anything of a 'natural' disaster,
with so many things that have been occurring in the last decade.
From 911, to the present day. What many people have been forced
to 'believe' is that such occurrences as earthquakes in Haiti, the Gulf
Oil Spill, hurricanes in the Philippines and the Fukushima, Japan
disaster as examples, were natural disasters, when in fact they were
purposely man made destruction. Paul Twitchell in his Dream Book
mentioned several incidences about what is taking place behind the
scenes that most people are not aware of.
One such case he
mentioned was that of farm workers mysteriously dying in their sleep
in the southwest portion of the US.
When actually, it was Black
Magicians who were agents of the Certain Few on a mission to disrupt
others to create a takeover for their own agendas. What is seen by
the mind and senses on a daily basis is just the surface of a 'created'
environment and not an 'actuality' in the sense that a person wants to
make sense of it. It is true, that what we are feeling is happening, but
all that does take place here soon becomes a part of the past and a
misty sense of taking place and each person is left with the effects.

I had a farout experience many years ago with Rebazar & Paul, where
they came to my room one night in their Light Bodies and motioned for
me to follow them to what has become Krone's Korporation. Krone is
the Reptilian Alien Joanny, that married and has possessed TapLining
Master HarOld of the Eckonkon MemberShrimps. SHE seduced him
and got him to leave his former wife. She is direct with the Queen of
the Reptilians, and it was Joanny's mission to takeover what Paul had
created that provided a RealBenefit, and what has become a Karmicly
Kontrolled Korporation. Rebazar, Paul and I went up thru my ceiling
and flew high into the nighttime sky, then off we went at a very fast
pace to the top of the United States. I could see the land mass below
and all the sparkling lights of many cities spread out everywhere. It
was a thrilling experience. We soon came to the headquarters and
Temple of the Krone Korporation. Rebazar motioned to me, as I
received an impression from him, as he pointed down to the Temple,
then he motioned for us to follow him as we slowly descended and
went through the roof of the Temple. As we went through the ceiling I
could see all the structure of this huge place. Then, once I was
completely inside I could see that there were a lot of people gathered
in a big circle around what is the symbol of the Korporation, the six
pointed star, as it was a very large marking on the floor of the Temple.
All three of us hovered up near the top of ceiling as I could sense the
impressions of what was taking place. I could See Master HarOld and
Reptilian Joanny standing in the center of the star, as about two
hundred black robed people stood in a large circle around them.
HarOld and Joanny both had tall staffs about three feet above their
heads with some kind of strange configured design at the top. My
impression was that is was of an Alien Design and meant something
to Joanny and her Queen Reptilian. Everyone in the room was
chanting the word HU in a rather morbid way, as I could See strange
shapes and apparitions floating about the room. They did this for
about fifteen minutes and then stopped. Then, Joanny went around to
every person in the circle and touched the top of their head with the
end of her strange staff. As SHE did this, I could See an Alien Entity
enter the aura of each person and then place Black TapLines into their

backs. I knew exactly what was taking place, as I looked over at

Rebazar and Paul, as they nodded their heads. What I was Seeing
was a new batch of the Unconscious Hypnotized MemberShrimps that
were brought here mainly against their will, but they didn't know it.
HarOld and Joanny had been doing this for over a decade and almost
no one in the Paying MemberShrimp knew what was really going on.
Joanny had turned Paul's spiritual path into an Alien Takeover for the
DarkBrats of the One World Order, which is the same as the Skull and
Bones Politicians who Kontrol the Religious Politics from Ratican City
in Rome with the Black Pope. HarOld had been sucked into all of this
and he was now so possessed and taplined that Rebazar said he was
done for good. It was HarOld's responsibility to See all of this, but he
became overly attached to the seductive nature of Joanny and he fell
very fast. After Joanny tapped everyone, SHE went back to the
center of the circle with Dumbed Down HarOld, as they both began to
twirl their staffs in a counter clockwise motion, and as they did, one by
one each robed person began to lift from the floor with the circular
motion of Joanny and HarOld in Kontrol, as all of them floated around
the room for several moments until they got the momentum they
wanted and then Joanny and HarOld yelled... Go and take what is
now ours my beloved ones for My Kingdom... Baraka Bashad!!
And with that, all of the robed MemberShrimps flew out of the sides of
the building and into the darkened night. I watched as Reptilian
Joanny and HarOld took off their robes and were standing naked with
each other. He was a man like he is in his physical body, but SHE
was all scaly and green like an Alien Animal. Then, to my surprise,
from the middle of them a huge apparition began to come up thru the
floor and rise above them. At first it was like a solid grayish fog, then it
began to turn into something more physically solid. As it continued to
get bigger, it began to take shape and soon became a huge Alien
Lizard type creature. The impression immediately hit me... It was
Kalaum, god of all religions on the RoundWorlds. Joanny and HarOld
bowed down with their hands on the floor as though they were afraid
to look up at this thing from another realm. Kalaum looked around

and then began to laugh in a mocking type fashion. I recognized his

laughter, as it was still the same as when Rebazar took me on My
Journey to RealFreedom, NUBook Two, that I wrote about meeting
the Kalaum God in the Mental Realm. I was Seeing the hidden side
of Kalaum, the Reptilian Giant his intention has made him, as it has
made Joanny with her intention. Joanny stood up first, as HarOld was
a bit reluctant as he saw the Giant Kalaum staring down on him...
You are still the fool, HarOld, but you do obey me and that is all I ask!
You have done well into fooling the Stupid Members and I will reward
you with your life for now, said God Kalaum, as I could hear the
impressions he was making that were floating in the atmosphere.
Then, Rebazar motioned for us to leave, and so all of us went up thru
the ceiling again and out into the darkened night. Rebazar motioned
to us and I picked up the impression he said...
We will follow some of Krones Witches and you will See what they do
while they are under their hypnotic spell from HER.
We caught up with several of the flying robes as they were making
their way to a house nearby. I watched as two of them went right thru
someones roof. At that moment, we were instantly inside the same
house and already standing in a large bedroom where a person was
asleep. Then the two Robed Witches came thru the ceiling and down
beside the bed of the sleeping body. They both stood there for a
moment. Then suddenly the sleeping person seemed to know
someone was there and halfway projected from their physical body in
their Astral Form and sat up on their bed. The person looked at the
two Hooded Witches and was frightened and wanted to fly away, but
was too afraid to get all the way out of their body, so the two Robed
Witches grabbed the Astral Form and frimly shoved taplines into the
person's back and pushed them back into their body. The physical
body jolted, then turned over and was asleep, as they left. I wondered
for a moment why Rebazar and Paul didn't do anything. Then they
both looked at me and Paul gave me an impression...

This person is part of the MemberShrimps and they love HarOld and
have given themselves over to worshiping him and the Kalaum God.
We cannot interfere with the Free Will of this person, because this is
what they want whether they realize what is really taking place here.
We are showing you this, because in the future you will be telling the
world about all the TapLining that is going on with so many Earthly
Korporations and those who Kontrol them, said Paul.
We left this person's house and then went to several other places and
saw the same routine by the Robed Witches. Joanny and HarOld
had been doing this for many years and had TapLined thousands of
their Dumbed Down Paying Followers. What the MemberShrimps do
not realize is that there are Subliminal Messages in HarOld's little
speeches and his writing, as Joanny edits everything. The Members
have been seduced to become part of a Karmic Ritualistic Religion
that worships the Kalaum God. They have been so stuplified they will
'believe' anything HarOld and Joanny tell them, because most of them
never consult with Rebazar and Paul about What IS Real Now.
As long as one is geared only to the 'seeing and believing' of things,
which is mainly about the personal self, and not about The Real
Awareness of the individual, then they are locked into a onedimensional arena of agreement, that has many times been forced
upon them, which will eventually fail them. Again, Free Will always
becomes the decider with every moment and experience each one of
us has. This is The Real Razors Edge, which is mainly taken for
granted by humans who expect everything to fall into their laps and be
okay. It is all about a Recognition of this 'truth' many live by, and do
not want to confront.
I have also had my share of 'good-sounding'
ideas and have lived through the remorse of them. The mechanics of
our little self with this 'Place in Life,' is a lot more than what we want to
admit to. All of us want to continually create, and at the same time,
we do not want to bother so much so with the outcome, but there
comes a time when we do have to Become MoreAware and handle
what our involvement here is. If a person does not take some degree
of control with what they are always projecting and chasing, then they

will stay unaware of all the forces around them that have more of an
effect on themselves than what their personal senses are aware of.
I have known many people that have spent a lot of time with the
psychic arts and they would tell me about their horror stories, and how
entities would follow them back to the earth and pester them. Kind of
like the movie stars with their stalkers. The NUStudent always has
the protection of The RealGuides. Because The Real UNUversal
Guides are from The TruSource, THE ALLIS, they have a Great Light
around them that shields them from the darkness and those who
interfere with others.
The RealGuides protect their own and
constantly watch over their NUStudents, as they constantly teach
them from every angle of the spectrum to survive on a much larger
scale than the general public. It is not that people do not deserve
RealGuidance, it is that they are usually too stubborn to get out of
their own way and 'listen' to a better way for themselves.
Paul
Twitchell always advised to stay clear of the psychic sciences,
because they do not lead to RealTruth, but only keep people in the
cycles of reincarnation and karma.
Until a person begins to
understand their DreamVisions, they will be at the mercy of the
intellectual worlds and those who are the slaves to the Gods of Man.
YOUR DREAMVISIONS PART TWO
I am going to go over a lot of information as I proceed along, and also
give a lot of examples. I know at times, it will be hard for you as the
Reader to keep up, but eventually you will catch onto where it is I am
coming from. You must understand, even if it is just a little bit, that
you are now exploring so many more worlds and UNUverses which
will be opening up to you, so have fun with this.
A RealSide
Experience I just had with Rebazar, and we can call it a DreamVision,
is one of the many fun one's that can occur in anyone's life. This was
during an afternoon nap after I came back in from surfing, and I went
to write on the computer for a while, then I went online to a website to
look at one of the cars I would be purchasing. The car I want is the
Lexus IS Convertible. After looking over the Lexus Website and

choosing the car I wanted, which I have done many times before, I
went and laid down. I suddenly Became Aware that I was in a
convertible Lexus with Rebazar, as he was driving. Then, we suddenly
pulled up to the Lexus Dealer. Rebazar got out of the car and went
inside the showroom in front of me. When I entered and went to sit
with him, he was already telling a salesman about the car I wanted
and the terms. In this RealSide Experience, Rebazar, who acts as
The Dad, was already making the deal for me, which would soon
show up in the physical. As I sat and listened, I could see that the
salesman was a bit reluctant with the terms, because these guys only
like to listen to themselves, as was being demonstrated by the fact
that he had on a sweatshirt with a hood on it, where only the front of
his face was showing, as his head and ears wear covered. In other
words, he was sitting there smiling, but was not that interested in
listening to us, as we were the one's buying the car.
Your DreamVisions, for the most part, will always 'demonstrate'
something to the dreamer, because even though this is The Whole of
Life providing this gift, IT also respects the fact of the Free Will of the
individual to make their own choices, whether they are good for the
dreamer or not, so it is best to pay attention the best one can and
thoroughly look over what is taking place. I also have friends who act
like advisers with me, as I do the same for them, and we share our
RealSide Experiences with each other to get as many different views
about what is taking place. Because my only purpose is to provide
Something Wonderful and Real for this level, and all the levels and
positions in Life, I am shown what most people will never know. Here
is where a person's Real Intent shows up within their own Dream
Visions, as they usually do not recognize it for the longest time, if ever.
I would suggest only sharing one's DreamVisions with those who can
be trusted, especially emotionally, because the human part of people
has many ways of being immature to the point of being intrusive, rude
and bothersome. A person's DreamVision are very important and
very personal. I have led my life following The RealGuidance I am
shown, while I have seen almost all the people I have tried to work
with use their 'Literal Self' thinking in their own mind they know what

they are doing, because they are the Educated Adult. Of course,
there are many positions on the physical level that pertain to what is
taking place here, but for a definite overview of any person or
situation, The RealGuides provide The Best OverVU in Your Dreams.
Life Itself and The RealGuides will provide many attempts in many
different ways to show a person what can work out better for them in
the long run, but we have to constantly pay attention and want to
listen and learn. The biggest barrier for anyone is their own Personal
Conditioned Realms. Anything we have created can become an
asset, once we understand how it all fits into The Big Picture, as
merely one of the many pieces, and not trying to make one of the little
pieces bigger than it is. On the earth at this time, there are a lot of
'Personality Icons,' from business people, to religious and political
speech makers, to the earthly spiritual arena of masters and gurus.
All of what is being demonstrated and created is fine, as it is all part of
a Huge WakeUp Call for The RealU.
But of course, the overly
developed personal self usually does not recognize this TruFact, as it
has its own defined agenda and usually blots out any RealGuidance
that tries to get into its Designed Consciousness. And so, for those
who are sincere with discovering RealTruth, they should take the time
to first read The AdventurIS Series, then become a NUStudent with
THE NUWAVE, so they can Become Free during this lifetime.
There are many types of what has been termed as 'dreams.' First, is
The Passing Dream, which is what has been more than mistakenly
thought of as 'Reality' and actually the only reality there is to even be
considered, so say many who are only one-dimensional and unaware
of their RealAwareniss. Of course, the Belief Systems profess there
to be a heaven somewhere, which all the good people will go to, while
the bad people will go to the designated hell, which is descriptive and
seems to be provided by the very same systems, as they have more
than proven this by what they have already done on the earth from all
their Historic Takeovers. So, with what is taking place on earth, which
according to the Authoritarians who rule this planet, there just doesn't
seem to be any life anywhere else in all of deep dark space. For

those who want to stay with these little notions, and a whole lot more
that have been 'dreamt' up, it is their right to do so, but for those who
want to have the Best Lifestyle of exploring and taking on The Real
Adventure of Life, then keep reading, there will always be more.
This life on earth, and the many all of us have lived before, whether
here or somewhere else, is all part of The Passing Dream. I would
say, that by simply paying attention to what is happening here with the
so-called time factor and the constant aging of the bodies, that
everything here passes and eventually disappears. And so, if this is
supposed to be the actual Reality, then what about Your Dream
Visions and also the described heaven that is in so many doctrines on
this earth? If a person wants to accept what they have read or heard
from others who 'profess' to know, that can be fine, but for myself I
want to find out first hand what is really going on. The Whole of Life is
nowhere to be found accept with each of us already. I would say that
it is a good idea to get as much knowledge from many different
sources as a comparison to The TruReality ITSelf. So, this becomes
a Huge Journey like nothing else. When we become very patient and
learn to Live Now and identify with what is termed as, past, present
and future, we can eventually See the subtitles of the creative actions
which are constantly occurring with this, 'Place in Life.' Once a person
has accepted The RealGuidance from The RealGuides, then they are
starting their own Journey to RealFreedom and are provided with so
much more than any educational system on the earth can ever teach.
For me, I like the mystery and adventure of being surprised with what
Life will show me because, IT IS AlwaysNU and Always Now.
The TruPurpose of The Passing Dream is a process for The RealU to
Become MoreAware of where you are now and what else is possible,
besides just being unconscious to The Whole of Life. Of course, to
the overly conditioned personal self, what I am referring to does not at
all make sense, so when one comes across this knowledge of
possibly other worlds and dimensions, they usually scoff it off right
away. And if they continue to do so, then they become fossilized into
their Matrixed Mind and no longer have any Free Will of their own, but

must continue to live out the effects of the dictates of their limited
senses, causes, and primitive understanding of what they have come
to 'believe' is all their life and Life Itself can be. If we are to properly
examine what I am referring to here, we would need a very powerful
microscope to even detect the existence of what seems so be so
grand from the one-dimensional area of most humans. Compared to
The Whole of Life, THE ALLIS, what is taking place here is so
unbelievably minute, that it has its place as not really existing at all.
But of course, each one of us must first learn to identify the
limitedness of being in a physical body, along with the four other
unseen bodies each of us carries. Our experiences here are neither
'good or bad,' but simply necessary to discover Your RealAwareniss.
Because, the Literal Mind seems to rule in this dimension, what I am
constantly referring to will perplex most people for the longest time,
because they have not Recognized any RealExperience with their life.
All of us do have constant ongoing experiences, but for the most part,
not in conjunction with and comparative with The TruReality, but only
according to all the 'agreements' that have been manufactured from
the Literal Senses, such as reason and logic, and the standards of
morality, as it applies to the Social Orders. So, for anyone to take a
leap from their grounded and set into stone training and conditioning,
really does take a lot for one to start to move beyond what seems to
make so much more sense while they are on earth. So, this is why I
have provided The NU-U Sessions, as a start for anyone to begin to
have RealExperiences with The RealGuides in their DreamVisions.
This then adds many dimensions to a person's life that have not been
seen before. By the very fact of one wanting to explore the vast
unknown, NUDoors start opening up for them, which show up in Your
DreamVisions. This also goes for people who do not dream.
The next type of dream, which Paul Twitchell refereed to is a Simple
Dream, as this type substitutes an illusive action, an action the body
may be demanding at the time the person is dreaming. It might be
thirst, pain or possibly an outside disturbance like an alarm clock or a
noise from the street. The mind wants to continue to sleep, but it is

the body that is reacting to the influence. Or, the body may want to
rest, but the mind cannot be shut off for the person to fall asleep. This
is a type of conflict between the body and the conscious mind that
wants to sleep, thus a DreamVision is produced for one part of the
individual to try and communicate with the other. The RealU is always
able to take control and recognize what is taking place when it has
been trained to do so. So, if the body wants to relieve itself with its
bodily functions, The RealU may experience a running around in their
DreamVision trying to find a place to do so, and if the person does not
want to get up, then there will be no place found for the relief. In
most people, because they have been trained and conditioned to use
a proper restroom, they will hold themselves even to the point of pain
if they cannot find one. Sometimes we have to go with what the
Indians did, and that is use the great outdoors. In a young child this
may be different, because they know mommy is always there to clean
up their mess, so for the most part, they will wet the bed and keep
dreaming, because they do not have a rigid conditioned mind as yet.
From this Simple Dream a person can see there is so much more to
themselves than can be realized on the surface. The mind, body and
emotions all play a part in a person's makeup and have a life of their
own, and they are able to produce a communication to the conscious
self and try and get a response. Until we understand where we are
and what we are doing here, each person that stays unaware of their
RealAwareness must continue to recycle until they do wakeup from
the millions of lifetimes of being asleep to What IS Real Now. And
so, the Simple Dream is where the situation is wholly external and
outside of the conscious mind. It mainly deals with some sort of
physical sensation or action. The basic human on this world relates
moreso to their outer situations and circumstances than they do to the
internal workings of themselves, because for the most part, they do
not really understand themselves, and if they do need help beyond
what is considered professional remedies and cures from this world.
Here again is where a person just having a definition in a book does
not necessarily equal a resolution for them, because the Dreamer has
no RealEducation about their own various vehicle functions.

The next type is a Complex Dream, where the idea and creation is
from something internal. This is where the desire for things becomes
a part of ourselves to where we take on the situations that go with the
desires to have whatever it is we want in our lives. It would seem to
make sense to desire something, and then add certain emotion to it,
but then we always run into situations having to deal with what we
wanted. When a person is bothered by something, mainly the idea of
it and not always the thing itself, they will have dreams along the
same line, that of escape from their created environment. There are
lessons to be learned from ourselves if we pay close attention,
because we are the exact duplicate of The TruReality, only on a
smaller scale. This is why worshiping something like a god does not
make sense, even though a large majority of people would disagree,
because we are our own Creative Being. Here is one of the biggest
psychological mishaps that has been created, and can be a band-aid
for a time, even lifetimes, but there will come the very moment when
the person has had enough of the over-bombardment of deceptive
tactics that have plagued mankind for centuries. The case here being
the invention of something outside of each of us, such as the Gods of
Man, yet it affects the internal most Being of ourself. And that is, first
of all the idea of something greater than ourselves and the supposed
actually that there is something outside of ourselves that is greater.
This scenario has perplexed humans for untold eons, because the
Certain Few who rule and persecute the masses have deemed it so.
What I am referring to is the creation of the Invented Gods of Man, as
a prime example, and what most unaware enslaved people have
given themselves to. The masses have given their body, mind, and
what they deem to be their soul, to something that has been purposely
created outside of themselves, as a deceptive ploy to actually Kontrol
them in a misleading manner. As it is only evident, that everything
each of us do is from ourselves, because we are always the Decision
Maker, even though we are constantly dealing with 'things' which are
created outside of ourselves. Here is where a real lostness occurs, as
events and situations seem to look 'normal,' but at some point begin to
change and go into another direction. What I am describing here is

the workings of this material realm and how the actuality of it is, yet
when a person cannot control their outer environment, they then many
times have internal situations that become evident with their Dream
Visions. A good example is a person can have a perfectly good life
going for them, and they are an upstanding person in the community,
as they prove this by attending their decided place of 'belief or faith' on
a regular basis. But for some, when a loved one dies they may
become upset with their so-called 'creator,' and why is it that 'He' has
let this happen? Here again is an inner conflict occurring, because of
an outer situation, which has had very little understanding attached to
it, and absolutely no RealEducation with the Dreamer.
I am not saying that a person cannot or should not go through their
own personal drama because of this, I am pointing to the idea and fact
that when a person has a RealEducation about what is really taking
place with each one of us on this level, then they will know for sure
that each of us must at some point pass from here, so that we can do
better for ourselves, and that there are no gods who are controlling
any of the events in our lives, unless we allow it to be so. Here again
everything goes back to the Decider, and what each of us decides for
ourselves. Both of my earthly parents have passed on into whatever
situations they have deemed for themselves, and when they did, I had
no grief, because I knew they were perfectly fine with the choices they
had made for themselves. It is not my place to question what the next
person does, no matter what they do. I may use their experience as
examples and a comparison for myself and anyone else to make even
a better choice, but no matter what happens, they are on their own
journey. The reality of the situation as they were being my parents on
this level is, what I am experiencing with the ideas here, have nothing
to do with my journey, and most of all The Whole of Life. So, an
internal attitude or situation begins to occur and can last for decades
and even lifetimes, because of a lack of proper understanding, and
most of all RealGuidance and a RealEducation.
There is always more to what is seen on the surface to a person
leaving this realm of experience. First and foremost, a person's

choice is always first, unless they give away their choice to another,
which is also their right to do so. Then, there is situations from their
past they have created, which they have forgotten about and now the
circumstances have come together to where the person must go with
the effects of their causes.
Here is a huge 'blind spot' for most
people, as they have been taught that this is the only life there is for
them. Of course, RealityIS Always Now and it will continue to Be So,
no matter what humans decide.
The Reality I am referring to has
nothing to do with the material content of this world and the mind and
bodies of those having experience here. It is The Unseen Reality that
IS Everything, that I am pointing out. This then becomes the evidence
for each of us, that what we deem to Be So, eventually does show up.
So, getting back to the internal situations that can become conflicts is
something that everyone must deal with, until they can figure themselves out according to their RealAwareness. It is not anything bad
per say, that a person should worship and pray to something outside
of themselves, such as their 'gods in the clouds,' but that at some
point in eternity when they have outgrown all the invented ideas they
have come to know here, they will look for Something Real. Until
then, the conflicts and confusion will continue, and possibly forever.
For those who are The NUStudents and NULeaders, they have a
Great Education that is always taking place, whether they fully realize
this or not. The human self will always be the last to know, and so
one of the best things to practice is Great Patience with oneself. As
we continue to practice Being Now, we eventually See Beyond what
the eyes and mind are always observing. Then at some point, we
have arrived and we are more than comfortable with ourself, because
we are Being Now. Being Now is the best RealPosition to be with, but
we also need The RealGuidance and the ongoing RealEducation.
There is no end to what is possible, even though what we see in front
of us will soon be gone and all the people we know and do not know
will always be somewhere and they will be where they have the right
to decide to Be, so ALL IS Cool Now. When The RealGuides come
into our lives they lead us past our desires and creations into The
Fluidniss of The ALLight UNUverses of RealFreedom.
In the

meantime while we are here, it is best to pay attention to the nightly

lessons in Your DreamVisions. If a person is not a NUStudent, then
they should start up immediately and take The TruCompleteness
Course, so they will not have to return here again unaware.
All of us do a lot of our personal thinking in symbols during our
awakened hours, as it is easier to attach ourselves to an image, such
as a person, place or destination. For the most part, this is the Literal
Imagery a person may use, because of their earthly training. This can
many times be confused with what Your DreamVisions mean on a
broader scale of understanding. It takes a lot of time and attention to
be able to Recognize more than just the personal truths that each of
us has come to adopt for ourselves. As we each have a Personal Life
here, we also have a RealLife that is not Seen in the same way. Our
RealLife is very well hidden, because the personal self over-shadows
it for untold lifetimes. Because it is so easy to create any idea we
want to, paying close attention to The RealU takes a lot of intensive
training. This is one of the reasons most people cannot imagine The
TruReality, so they see The Ultimate as an old man with a beard.
Today, it is basically the image of the saviors and saints, which have
artistically been modified to fit the times. Because the idea of man
being created in the same image as their god, it only stands to reason
why people use the human image as their god being human like. The
original idea of man being in the same image is all about The Real
Awareness, The RealU, The NU, The Utun, that which is RealLight.
The old term is soul, but soul is now the unconscious entity controlled
by the Authoritarians and the Gods of Men. When soul meets The
RealGuides and is given The RealConnection, that soul Becomes NU
and MoreAware. Most of the religions have human imagery as their
front to the public, instead of directing them to The TruReality LifeIS,
THE ALLIS, which is an Unimaginable BeingISness of ALLight and
Sound. The Great RealityIS far beyond the mental imagery of The
GovernorGods of the Astral and Mental Worlds.
Because most
people have decided upon a secondary image of The TruReality,
which is the Space Gods, these same people will stay for lifetimes
with their decidedness and continue to worship and support

something which cares little for them, because these Gods of Man,
have already proven themselves throughout Human History as those
who support all the demise that most people agree to here.
The Christians think of Christ as their god, and the Buddhists look to
Buddha as their god. It is very obvious these are symbols, and it is
the same with The NUStudents with The RealGuides, they look to
THE NUWAVIS with Rebazar, Paul, Yauble and all the others as their
representatives of THE ALLIS, until they can PerSeeve THE IS for
themselves. This is the vast difference between the invented ideas of
the church, which entails a 'belief' and to have faith in a god that one
hopes is there. The great trinity of the church and most religious
orders is belief, faith and hope. These three ideas lie in the 'spiritual
realms,' which are the first three levels, the material worlds and The
Two Heavens of Man. The 'god believers,' have been told what their
god is, and for the most part, it is all a mystery and He is never seen,
and so even in a person's DreamVisions they will not be experiencing
who their god is. I have personally dealt with the God of Man, the
Kalaum God, and I provide a Fun Filled Adventure in Book Four of My
Adventurist Series, 'The Adventures of Rebazar Tarzs.' First of all, the
church and their paraded circus of ritual, which the Pope usually
heads, have no idea about the god they pray to, so how can they relay
anything to their followers accept the 'mystery' idea. The history of the
church is a bloodbath, but most people do a good job of pretending it
isn't so. Then, with the added ideas of belief, faith and hope, what
one has is a lot of invented and confirmed superstition, along with
mocked-up ritualistic ceremonies, like really good actors playing their
part who are providing an authentic hoax that has endured the test of
time. On the other hand is The Real UNUversal Guides who provide
RealFreedom from all the drudgery and restrictions, regulations and
rules, along with the intimidation of the REPSystems. These Great
Beings have no history of destroying anything on this planet, they only
provide a RealBenefit to those who will listen and they are Real Now!
The RealExperiences of The NUStudent become an 'actuality' in their
RealAwareness and learn the great ability to position one's self into

any RealPosition they wish.

RealTruth and RealFreedom is the
greatest of all positions in The Real UNUverses of THE ALLIS,
whereas the church keeps people groveling on the earth to gods no
one can find. One of the reason for the 'god mystery' is simple, the
church does not want their followers to know and experience who their
gods really are, because then the GovernorGods would be 'Exposed'
for who they really are. And so the symbols of their gods are looked
to such as Jesus, who did not deal with the church nor profess any
Christianity Plan as is existing today. Here is where the masses have
looked to the creation and symbols of Marketing Ploy, which is a 'front'
used as the process to put people through. The Actuality of LifeIS,
Sound and Light, which is RealTruth, and can only be referenced on
this level at this time with THE NUWAVIS THE NUMAN. THE NUMAN
represents the written material and there is no Marketing Ploy nor is
there any misrepresentation at all. What THE NUMAN IS Presenting
is a 'Reference' to The TruReality and not something in the Literal
Sense from what he is writing about.
The masses have been
seduced to a Huge Professional Marketing Ploy, as is more than
demonstrated how the Big Pharmaceutical Companies have taken
over peoples mind with the idea that drugs are better than Natural
Cures and Remedies. It can be so that certain medications do have
their place, but not as an overall solution for what is natural on this
planet. So, with what is taking place with so of much Big Business
today, money becomes their Symbol of Success and not a RealLife.
With all that is taking place on this planet, who else it is that is
providing an AveNU to RealTruth? The religious and spiritual paths
are supposed to be the pinnacle of knowledge and wisdom on this
planet, but as we look to The RealSide LifeIS and what The Real
Guides know to BE Real, we find that so many of the old and
traditional paths and faiths are lost in the Astral Worlds, and many of
their masters and followers are TapLined to the Kalaum God. With
this TapLining is a huge Reptilian Influence that most Dumbed Down
HUmans are not aware of. What is taking place with all of us here,
and on the many levels all of us are spread across, is a huge
Educational Experience. The symbols that have been created since

time began are part of the process to learn from, as a child starts by
learning their 'ABC's.' But, there comes a point when we have gone
through so much, that it is time for a NUBeginning. When, THE ALLIS
provides what will Become So, then it is time for The NUPresentation
to appear, in spite of what has already been created and agreed upon.
It then becomes the uphill task of the person chosen by THE ALLIS,
and agreed upon by The RealGuides, who will go out into this world of
fossilized humans, who are usually more interested in getting rid of
anything new, unless it in some way appeases their Pleasure
Principle. Most people will take for granted what THE NUMAN is
doing here, and will usually mock and slander him, then pick apart
what he is presenting.
What THE NUMAN is presenting can be
tested and shown to BE Real, but it is up to the person viewing him
and the assortment of attitudes one has, that always stands in the way
at first, so one has to take their time with The NU-U Sessions.
THE NUMAN, is also a symbol in the PsycRealms for those who want
to go beyond the truths of others and their own person limited truths.
There are multitudes of symbols around us all the time, and so much
of it is tied to some sort of deception or ploy.
The Seal of The
President of The United States is a symbol that is put before the
viewing masses as an Honorable Certificate, and is to signify the
person holding the office. This was a noble idea set forth to assure
those who support it. Unfortunately, what the symbol is supposed to
represent seems to have nothing to do with most of those who have
held this office, especially in the last century. Since the creation of
The United States, the US is definitely not as many people 'Think' it is.
As I am laying this out here, I am merely Reporting The News and
what is really taking place here. The Certain Few, those who rule this
world in a cunning and ruthless fashion, use many of the well-known
symbols that have become a part of Human History as a means to
their own end, and are not interested in the welfare of others. Here is
where Your DreamVisions begins to show what is really taking place,
but only according to what each person can handle and deal with
themselves. Many times, those people who are right next to the
Deceptors, for the most part, cannot at all see what is taking place

right in front of them. Sad to say, this is a huge epidemic today. Until
a person is ready to face everything in Life, then how is it they can
have The TotalAwareniss they are looking for? The TruReality LifeIS,
is to BE Real with everything, and this takes time in The TruSense.
The RealGuides teach The NUStudent how to deal with almost every
situation and turn it creatively to their advantage. For those who are
MoreAware, what is taking place becomes a challenge to be dealt
with. The way I see it, the worse this world gets, the more focused
upon THE ALLIS, I become, as I have set this into motion as an
automatic direction for myself. Most people will stay with their fears
and unknowingness of what is really taking place behind the scenes
here.
The Certain Few who rule this planet, the DarkBrats, have
thousands and even millions of people around the globe who are their
coworkers and thee people have very little idea who they are really
supporting. This is the reason I use HarOld and Reptilian Joanny of
the Krone Korporation with my adventures, because they are part of
the same alliance as the Certain Few, the One World Order. The
Ratican in Rome and the Pope are looked upon as something that has
been termed as 'Holy' down thru the ages. The Holy term now stands
for the DarkSide all the way, as the Ratican Rules the earth as the
most Evil Institution ever. And so it is with the MaHauntDah, The
Lowly EEEK Mustard. It would not seem so on the surface, but the
symbols they are using, which were set into motion by Paul, no longer
have the same value, as they are deceiving their followers as is the
present Religious and Political Systems with all their symbols. The
American Flag is a huge symbol for hundreds of millions of people, as
most of them are taken with the emotional attachment to what they
see as the flag, which represents The United States. None of these
things and so many more ideas are not good or bad, as they are what
each person decides for themselves to agree with. It is not so that
because a person agrees to what the Eckonkon Korp, the American
Flag, the Presidency and other things represent, that any of it is true.
So, we can have these symbols and ideas all around us and we can
'play along' with them as we are trying to survive this world with all

those who are not interested in RealTruth. As always, there is some

kind of conflict going on with this planet. The present political systems
have put thousands of American Troops into various countries, which
is publicized as necessary, but actually part of a continuous takeover
with the Certain Few. This is the reason so many people are upset
with all the wars that have gone on, especially since Vietnam, as an
example, because they know within themselves a conspiracy is taking
place, but they cannot always put their finger on it. Because, at the
same time they want to be loyal Americans and trust what the
President and the Congress are telling them, but it more than obvious,
and especially from The RealSide, many of the governments on the
earth cannot be trusted at all. So, with many Americans and the rest
of this world, there is a huge confusion with themselves, which in turn
creates all kinds of strange dreams, which most people do not pay
attention to, and if they do, their dreams are usually like nightmares.
The confusion of the masses is purposely done by so many World
Governments and it would seem that the opposite would be so. The
Certain Few are in huge jeopardy, as they are trying every which way
to steal all they can from everyone. All of what they are doing shows
up on The RealSide. This is where the process of a RealEducation is
very important, moreso than just 'dream symbolism' from those who
know nothing about THE ALLIS and The RealGuides.
For one to
simply figure out the meaning of their Dreams is the first step, as one
of The Boys may show a person there is more beyond what their life is
at the present time from an experience they have on The RealSide.
Here again is the Literal Matrix and how it holds most people to so
many strange dimensions that have become familiar, but are actually
creations that have nothing to do with survival, but moreso a person's
demise, and at the same time look to be so good and authentic. What
is taking place on this world should be looked at and understood, but
not necessarily from the News Media, as they are Kontrolled by the
DarkBrats and they slant and distort almost everything. It is learning
to SeeThru the actuality of the events and intentions taking place
here. It would be like any of us attending a class in school, and while
the teacher is giving the lesson, there are things taking place outside

that may become a distraction. It is okay to note what is taking place,

but to get up and be pulled from one's focus, then becomes another
position and issue. This is what has happened on this earth with all
the over-creativeness taking place that has little or no reference to
What IS Real. People have become overly confused, and at the same
time have agreed to it so much that it has become their lifestyle. The
reason for what is taking place here is, that most people have no Real
Comparison, to compare to. They do have what they came with into
this world with and that is their body and they were given something to
wear, and from there they were raised by people who loved them, as
an example. Then, they finally became educated and went out into
this world and decided their own position with the awareness they
have. They then joined in with everyone else who was raised
basically the same, and wah-lah, the world of today appears as it is.
There is no so-called mystery to any of this, accept for the mystery
most people have accepted to supposedly be so from others who
know nothing about Reality and What IS Real. The simplicity of Life is
always with each of us and IT always works best for everyone.
Dream Symbolism has been observed throughout the ages, and most
certainly when there is a crises of some kind. The Bible, which is
about the most famous book on the earth, has many stories about the
interpretation of dreams and their symbols. One of the better known
historical figures is Joseph, who was labeled as a 'King of Dreams.'
Joseph had developed the insight to recognize a person's dreams,
because he was taught by the best, and the lifetime he came into a
body was when he was ready to do his part for mankind. Of course,
just like any of us who are here to bring Something Wonderful, we are
always dealing with the minds who like to jest and criticize about the
other worldliness that supposedly exists besides this one. The World
Kontrolling Religions, still have not got their act together about a
greater understanding of Life, than all the Krafty Konditioning they
enact and have Kontrol over. They never will know The TruReality
LifeIS, because they are more interested in Deceptively Kontrolling
the masses to keep them Dumbed Down. It is the World Religions
who have created all the distention and discrimination among so many

people on the planet. It is true that some people will experience the
saints and saviors in their dreams, but sometimes it is an entity from
the Astral Worlds playing tricks on the unaware humans who can be
easily fooled as they have been by the REPSystems for eons. Life is
a whole lot bigger than anything taking place here, and so to grasp
even a small part of one's dreams will take possibly lifetimes.
The god believers like to stand on the earth and look to the skies for a
sign from their hidden deity.
These people have no real ability to
explore, because they are taught to follow the dictates of their
HeadMasters and the regulations they have created. This is where
their over-developed Censor goes to work and blocks out any
RealExperiences that try and come through to the conscious mind.
For a RealExperience to occur can be Recognized, and is no different
than a person trying to get across the border of another country
without the proper identity. Once a person has been regimented into
a certain direction and course of their life, they will have to deal with
themselves and their lostness. This is where the first several years
with being raised by one's parents many times dictates the outcome of
one's life. Most parents will play it safe by doing what everyone else
does, but the outcome is many times a confusion for the offspring, and
that person must eventually seek out their own RealGuidance.
The Material Worlds are a huge psychological melting pot of extreme
experiences, which can be very dangerous to most people with a
fragile consciousness who are the unaware humans. There are so
many 'artificial fronts' that have been created from the ancient
documents of belief, faith and hope. These three ideas are used in
everything around us, including TV commercials, that like to advertise
unknowingly for their gods. Belief, faith and hope are tied to the
Space Gods, who are the Domain Kontrollers of the earth and the Two
Heavens of Man. They do not want people getting past their encased
realms of glittery glamor. This place is a big test for all who are
involved, but it can easily be resolved when one is willing to pay
attention to The RealGuidance and doing The NU-U Sessions.
When The RealGuides give a person RealExperiences, starting with

their DreamVisions, a sudden difference begins to occur in The

RealAwareness of the individual almost immediately. When I give
people or groups The NUSound, The NU-U, and they test it, especially
those who already use the AUM or OM or HU, which is the words of
the Space Gods, they begin to experience the difference.
The OM
or AUM, and words like Amen, that have the 'ahh' sound to them, and
are a direct connection to the Mental Gods of Religion and most
Spiritual Paths, who rule mankind.
When people are having a
conversation together, it is interesting to note how many times people
pause while they are thinking and say, OM. It is the similar sound
one makes when the doctor puts the tongue depressor in one's
mouth, ahhh. For most, a 'conception' of something becomes their
reality, but in fact, a conception is merely a temporary creation. This
is also true of the Gods of Man, for they will be replaced someday.
The RealGuides parade great symbols to their NUStudents to wake
them up from the lower worlds of The Passing Dream. This is very
important, and each person who has the awareness to do so should
pay close attention. It is with this same idea how our dreams use
certain symbols as a way to communicate to those who are still
unaware of THE ALLIS, in the human conceived consciousness.
Those who pay attention to their DreamVisions will be shown very
special symbols that relate to The Real UNUverses and The
TruReality, and so The TruCompleteness Course for those involved
does take time. Now one is dealing with The Bigger Picture, which is
Real and beyond the concepts of the mind and all the control it has.
The RealGuides have one RealPurpose, and that is to get each of
their NUStudents into The Real Universes to experience Real
Freedom Now. A person's symbolism is based upon the purpose of
concealing the true meaning of the dream experience from the
conscious mind, and to also help stretch the person into looking
further within themselves, instead of just looking to their mind and the
minds creations from others. Because the mind of man is what it is, to
have RealTruth directly to most humans becomes dangerous, so a
disguise is performed and it is up to the individual to pursue The Real
Meaning. Almost everything in this world has some form of disguise,

as opposed to the straight-forwardness of the Literal and Logical

Senses we have all been taught by the deceptive Systems that rule
this planet. The very reason for the present Educational Systems is to
keep people in the dark about what is really taking place with those
who try and manipulate everyone. The World Kontrollers do not want
people to know about the other dimensions, including the various
Levels of Life, and this is why they have created the Scientific
Community to question anything that is not agreeable with them.
This world has become a Purposely Planned Conspiracy, marketed
and Kontrolled by the Original Reptilian Influence that first came here
and created the Humanoids as workers and slaves. Because most
people have been taught on an unconscious level and not from an
upfront and Consciously Aware Position, the Dumbed Down Humans
do not consider anything but what they have been taught in school as
the only one-dimensional reality that exists. This is why with all the
planets and stars that can be seen and unseen, most people still ask
the question... Is there really life on other planets? This is actually
so silly, because there is life everywhere, but not everyone can See it,
because they have agreed, without their conscious knowledge, to be
Mass Hypnotized and Kontrolled. There have been so many movies
relating to what I am sharing here, but most people consider them to
be 'Science Fiction' which is another created idea of those who
Kontrol YU Right Now. As YU are reading this, YU do have a great
opportunity like never before from all the unconscious lifetimes YU
have been here and on other planets and in other dimensions, but YU
do not remember. Do The NU-U Sessions and YU will begin to SEE.
The Pleasure Principal in man is always looking to satisfy the ideas of
the ego and what it has come to know, this is where Moral Law comes
into play. The REPSystems, justify their existence by providing their
rules for people to live by, and at the same time they play and pit both
sides against each other in a cunning and Krafty way. As YU learn to
pay attention to this world around YU, YU will start to See what I am
sharing. Of course the animals and birds in Nature do not have to
abide by any old written documents, as they seem to do fine with
themselves, and do not harm The Natural Environment, as they are

deemed a 'lower species,' by the earthly educated humans who do

ruin almost everything they touch. This is called 'rationalization' from
the invented systems to their human followers. The reason being is
as to how they are raised and what they have been taught.
Human
History repeats itself in the same morbid way all the time, because
everyone keeps agreeing to the same Educational Standards and
socially acceptable ideas and situations that have always taken place.
All of this seems to make sense to people as they continue to go
about their lives, not really knowing who they are and what they are
doing here. Of course, the REPSystems always have an answer that
keeps people's noses to the grindstone, and so most will accept the
burden and intimidation of the Authoritarians. Again, all one has to do
is take a little time and study Human History to see that what is
constantly being implemented into the streams of thought, does not
work in the long run. The RealGuides have The RealCure for ALL.
A fun idea would be to go to another planet that is like the earth and
have the whole place for yourself and possibly your friends. But, what
is so much better is to be shown by The RealGuides, ALL The
Endless Worlds that can be reached that lie within each of us, Here
and Now. The church and their rewritten documents have given a hint
to other places and levels, but do not give any Real Instruction as to
how to get there and where they are. They use their trinity of belief,
faith and hope, as their emotional model to go by, which encumbers
most people to the Astral Realm only. The idea is, you are to 'believe'
in something and not speak another word or ask questions, because
that would be sacrilegious. Actually, as the truth is revealed, it is that
these HeadMasters do not know what they are referring to when it
comes to who their gods are. As all of us are in these material realms,
certain ideas do apply at times, and the Gods of Man will sometimes
deliver from the petitions people make to them, but these people are
still stuck in the same old cycles and have not as yet found The Real
UNUverses. The RealGuides have been to all the various levels and
know where a person is best suited as they Become MoreAware with
themselves. The actuality of The Endlessness of The TruReality
LifeIS, is that IT IS an ISNESS, this is why I call IT, THE IS. The

TruReality can only be Here and Now and never in the past or an
invented future. In a person's DreamVisions one is given a hint at
this TruReality and how IT IS, but it is always up to each person to
determine whether they will become a RiskTaker or not and explore
beyond the confines of their educated and conditioned mind.
When I was given The Rod of Power for the first time, I was shown
what Paul Twitchell had presented that was now out of date and
needed a revision. Master Darwin, TapLining Master HarOld, who
were appointed to do the job originally, were not interested in The
TruReality, but that of gaining followers and keeping them with the
Gods of Man and the 'religious idea.' The RealGuides do not bother
with the nonsense of these two and many others like them. Anyone
can be shown in their DreamVisions who really is, THE NUWAVIS
THE NUMAN NOW. The Rod of Power was what Paul referred to and
had its day. THE NUWAVIS The NUNowness of THE ALLIS. This
TruReality, The SoundLight Reality from THE ALLIS, has Become
MoreSo than IT was in Paul's day. In other words, IT IS more
exposed and MoreReal, and so in a way IT becomes harder to See for
most people, because they are even more engrained to the old ways
of priests, masters and gurus, but in the same instant, IT IS so much
better for those who do PerSeeve IT Now. IT, as a mere example, can
be the difference between what was once the Model T Ford and then
coming into this era of supercharged cars and trucks. There really is a
difference, and the same is with THE ALLIS, as IT is having ITS own
life and experience always. Humans have been taught to 'conceive'
their gods, and by doing so, have boxed them according to their own
wants and desires, to where the gods seemingly must obey them.
And so, this is where prayer becomes a petition and an order, and
many times a control over their gods and especially others. Most
people have no clue that, to pray for something or someone, many
times is an interruption, and the doer must reap the consequences.
Here again is where people have been taught to go blindly with what
others decide, who do not have Real Experiences and RealGuidance.
The TruReality is continually Becoming MoreAware with ITSelf,

whereas the church and their Doctrines of Obedience, from the old
dim and dusty past, continue to add more regulations to bow to. The
choice is simple, fly like the Eagles or stay caged like an animal. All
of us will be around forever and so it only makes sense to be
TotallyAware and Unrestricted and to have the great life we want.
This material world and all that is contained here is of an infancy state
of affairs and will always be so, this is the reason for a person having
dreams, they need a way out of this Passing Dream, which everyone
thinks is The Real Conscious Life, but it is not. And so a great indepth study of our life according to what is being shown to us
constantly should be one's first priority. Those who do not dream or
remember their experiences, by practicing The NUSound, The NU-U
Sessions, they will start to have recollection as their RealAwareness
steps in, and as The RealGuides gently reveal their NUAdventure to
them. The Ancient Belief Systems, even though their teachings are
based upon dreams, have put a 'taboo' on them, because they do not
want their followers to escape from the domain of the Kalaum God,
and his overly seductive mistress, The Influence. Here is where the
Earthly Systems have created their 'Devils,' those of other paths or
teaching, to keep the stranglehold of fear always in their followers.
Until a person Recognizes the subtitles of The Influence, they are at
the mercy of all the suggestiveness she brings into a person's life.
Here is where a type of 'science fiction' scenario enters into a person's
life and dreams, and for the most part is going to 'believe' that such a
thing like The Influence exists?
Most people have heard of the
Religious Devils that seem to plague humans at times, but for the
most part, most people scoff off the ideas. One must keep in mind,
the Gods and The Influence have all the time there is, and so they are
never in a hurry to accomplish what they want, as is the overly
stressed humans, who keep thinking in their minds that if they work
harder they will get a lot further along. Here is where The Influence
uses time and space to her advantage to secure all those who are tied
to the Time Elements. The Human Ego, along with the Five Bodies of
Man, are a huge complex network, far beyond that of any computer
program. The movies of Tron and The Matrix are excellent examples

of the prisoner lifestyle the Authoritarians and The Influence want to

continue for mankind. In both movies and so many like them, there is
no natural environment, but just a constant pressure to try and survive
the terrain or be eliminated. The earth and all the RoundWorlds are
set up the same way, as the masses have allowed the Certain Few to
take Kontrol and be the PowerMasters of this little planet in space.
I have had lifetimes of experiences with The Influence, and she will
take on endless roles to try and get her way, especially with those who
are trying to make their way out of the PsycRealms. The unconscious
mind of a person and how they have agreed to set themselves up
already knows what is not allowed to pass down to the personal mind
of the physical person. This is where The RealAwareness takes hold
of their own life as apposed to the dictates of the old outdated
agreements. At first, the mind is always stubborn, like a person that
likes to eat a lot, but knows they must discipline themselves if they
want to loose the weight. The Pleasure Principle wants the sensation
and taste of eating, but The RealU wants a change, and when a
change is decided, that means a person can see the long run if they
continually abuse themselves. Most people will not take on the
challenge of a change for themselves, and so as their life continues
the same way for the longest time, they eventually start experiencing
the effects.
When we were young, we could eat all kinds of good
tasting things and never had a concern about what were eating or the
weight we might take on, or even the effects of what we liked. But, as
we quickly became older, the conditioning came with us and now
some people are looking at weight problems, Diabetes and even
emotional behaviors that cannot be figured out.
The Medical
Professions seem to like the pill idea of drugging people. It really is a
good business for those who administer all the so-called 'miracle
drugs and cures.' It is for sure everything has its place, but there can
be many avenues of opportunity to look to besides the artificial
approach. Most people do not investigate what they are taking, but
simply go with what the suggested 'officialness' deems best for a
person. THE NUMAN is hear to provide The RealCure for ALL, which
starts with a person's DreamVisions, that will definitely demonstrate a

much better way to heal one's self. YU must learn to pay attention.
The Conditioned Censor in one, usually offers a variety of substitutes,
instead of the straight forward truth as to what one is experiencing on
the other levels. So, what comes from so much of our nightly visions
is an exaggeration of funny stuff that must be seen in a particular light
to figure out. Until a person has connected with The RealGuides,
their dreams will be according to their personal earthly life for the most
part. Even the Gods of Man do not want their followers to see their
wondrous heavens, because they want to keep their people to the
earth and make them think that heaven is but a dream to consider, but
not to reside in. If people are happy and content, then they do not
need the Gods of Man. It would be like on earth where a person is
totally rich and they own their own island, they do not need to deal
with the political rulers and their foolish laws. But, the earth being
what it is, a person can have what they want for awhile, but this place
always catches up with one. Besides, our life here is so temporary.
While we are living here it seems as though our life will never end, but
when the day comes for us to leave, we then wonder why we didn't
take the time to explore and discover why we came here in the first
place. As one is ready to make the move into the next level, the mind
reacts and floods the view with all that one has experienced during
their present life, which are just visions of memories along with some
feelings. When a person is properly prepared, they are able to cross
over with ease and leave all the past behind.
The RealGuides
prepare one as though they were a professional. Becoming a doctor
is a lot of learning and endurance, but the end result is something so
substantial, and the same is with obtaining RealFreedom, only it is a
bigger course for sure. Most of us have spent lifetimes trying to find
The RealGuides to teach us how to get past the PsycRealms, and so
Now is the time it can be so. Watch Your DreamVisions at night.
There is always a conflict somewhere in the PsycRealms, as a person
ventures out unaware they are leaving their body every night. Most
people do not know they are traveling in their other bodies, let alone
know they even have other bodies. Until a person meets with The

RealGuides, they are usually doing a form of Astral Projection, a

feeling of leaving the body from the Solar Plexus. Then, there are
those who feel the sensation of rising above their body, and even
experience flying in their dreams, as many of us have when we were
young and unconditioned by the gravitational pull of the human
unawareness. Every experience we have adds to our ability to better
understand there is so much more to Life than what has been created
and seen on this surface world. When a person experiences the
falling sensation in a dream and then suddenly wakes up, it is
because they were outside of themselves and then they quickly
reentered.
There is a DarkForce in the three lower levels, and it
pertains to those who align themselves with it. I call this aspect of the
Dualistic Forces, The Influence. To be 'influenced' by it one must be
willing to do so. All of us are influenced by something so much of the
time, and so to have the most control of our lives is to be able to
Recognize The Influence and how it operates. During this lifetime,
most will not see The Influence for who she is, as she is a shadowy
substance of a creature, who has been produced from the wanting of
her to be so. It is not that it is a female, but the female aspect does
apply as I and numerous others I know have experienced her.
When I took on, THE ROD OF POWER in 2001, I was first introduced
to The Influence by The Boys. Since then, she has tried to sway me
from presenting RealTruth to this world, because she works with those
who do not want what I am presenting to be known.
She loves
HarOld's Joanny, because Joanny loves The Influence. The Dark
Side, The Dualistic Forces, is as automatic as the sun shining, as this
force creates all the Maya in the three lower levels. It is not that this
is bad in any sense, but that it operates in The Passing Dream of the
physical realm and the Two Heavens of Man. The religions have put
a label to it and personified it as the Devil. But, it is actually a force
that is part of the creative nature we reside with while in the
PsycRealms, as we each have a body here and simply need to
Recognize The Influence, then we can consciously deal with it without
any harm. The Belief Systems do not understand their own gods and
how they really work, as their gods play both sides of the portrayal of

life here, just as the Republicans and Democrats appear to be in

opposition, and The Influence is everywhere with what is taking place.
But, once a person experiences the 'behind the scenes' with the
illusions they see here, it is all the same contrived setup. Here again,
is where a person can 'believe' whatever they want about what taking
place here, but it does not make it so. All deception shows up.
The REPSystems have decided their gods to be according to how
they want them to be, as so many of the little humans on the earth are
like bratty teenagers, and want their way. Many people play-up to the
Gods of Man, but the gods already know the sneaky tricks humans
always try. Many times, the gods do play along, because they know
that whatever direction the little minded humans take, they will end up
with more karma and more grief, which means more lifetimes of the
gods Kontrolling those unaware humans who, in their own minds,
seem to know so much.
Rebazar, once took me on one of many
journeys to the meetings of The Secret Societies (SS) as he called
them, and showed me who some of the people were and what they
were doing. I did not recognize most of them, but I did see the most
popular of politicians at this meeting, which was one of many he took
me to, so that I would see the true nature of what is taking place with
the systems of the earth. One of the interesting aspects of what he
was showing me was all the very subtle TapLines, which were running
from the backs of these people and then out of the building and into
various parts of the world to all those who were connected to these
people. These people do not have any idea what is happening with
them, just like a person can have a cancer growing in them, which
may not be detected for years. This is why Your DreamVisions can
save your life here when YU pay attention to The RealGuidance.
The Gods of Man have three basics parts...The 'front,' or the
appearance, that the audience sees as 'benevolent,' which is moreso
the idea of 'believing' in something. Secondly, is the restrictiveness,
which is the regulatory fear generating aspect people put their 'faith'
in, as people are taught to 'fear their gods.' Third is 'The Influence,'
which the followers want and 'hope' will be around to provide what is

needed as they long to worship something, which gets back to the

invented idea of 'belief' again.
The church uses the Benevolent
Head as the 'front' that appears to the crowd, like the Pope does as he
appears to his onlookers, and acts the humble servant of his lords and
masters. Then as the trap is set, those who agree are plagued with
the restrictiveness and implemented with all the rules and regulations,
and intimidated into agreeing to the ancient rewritten doctrines and
the gods who look down on humans to make sure they obey their
TaskMasters. With all of this, The Influence then has new people to
play with and to keep subdued for as many lifetimes as possible, as it
is her nature to seduce and then to Kontrol them.
These three
aspects are what make up the Gods of Man, and so because most
humans are at a particular position of awareness, which is basically
physical and low mental, they cannot totally see what is taking place
with all they have agreed to. They only see what they are shown,
and they are not to ask questions, as all is a mystery that only the
gods know. It is not that all of what I have described is bad in any
sense, no more than a Crocodile living in the swamps, and if what the
Belief Systems are proposing is a satisfactory lifestyle, then by all
means each person has the right to believe whatever they like. My
position is to Report The News, and merely provide a comparison and
more opportunities, but of course those who rule will deny what I am
presenting, and to be false and an illusion, whatever. I am not making
up a commentary, I am only Reporting The News as I experience it.
All of us are in the same Life, and as we exercise our Free Will, we
decide the choices we make. As I am providing all this information, it
can then be tested by anyone to see that it is True and Real. Those
who fall prey to the affects of what the Belief Systems propose, like
grabbing a live wire, soon experience their own demise according to
the choices and involvement a person has made, and so it is a matter
of Becoming MoreAware, and not one of rebellion. The history of the
church is one of a convincing warfare, and that is if there was anyone
out there who did not 'believe' or agree with their policies, then they
were hunted and exterminated. It is not a matter of 'repenting' as so
many have been led to believe, but one of gaining a RealAbility to be

indifferent to the blindness that most people like to involve themselves

with. Most want The Influence in their lives, and so it continues to
exist for a lot of unaware people, and when the time comes for all the
effects to start showing up, they do not know where to turn, so they
usually go to religion, which is over saturated with The Influence. It is
the seductive side that looks so pleasing and helpful and it is what
people hope to be a part of and accepted with. This is the earth and
this is how it will always be, so those who are the 'peacemakers,' and
wanting there to be peace, are usually working hand in hand with the
Belief Systems as a ploy to those humans who will listen to their
propaganda. The Real UNUversal Guides are extraordinary and far
beyond the reach of The Influence, and what is being created from the
unaware humans on this level and the Two Heavens of Man. They
are direct to THE ALLIS with RealTruth and RealFreedom.
As one stands back and watches all that is taking place on this world,
it is not hard to see the forces each person decides will enter their life,
as it does their DreamVisions. Because each of us must live our lives
here, we also decide how our life will be, and so what most people
have is a very limited arena to choose from, and that is why I am here.
I have been to the Gods of Man and seen their operations from the
inside, and I know from experience what they are doing. They are a
particular way, just like the wild beasts that roam the jungles, who are
nice to their own kind for the most part, but when something that looks
good for dinner comes along, then their attitude changes. When a
person understands the forces they are dealing with, then they can
make better choices and learn to rise above the drama like a bird in
flight. The basic idea of humans is they walk on the ground and all
else is a mystery. Because the Belief Systems have told people their
gods are a mystery, and as people believe it to be so, then they have
accepted The Influence as their way of life and are stuck with her until
they decide different. Just like all the ingredients in a cake, it takes
the emotional ideas that are charismatically presented to 'seal the
deal' for those wanting to be with The Influence. The average person
mainly thinks in terms of their personal life and not much more, as
they are limited by their upbringing and wanting to be accepted into

the social order like everyone else. They may belong to some
idealistic group, such as a religion, metaphysics, meditation, Yoga or
any one of the numerous invented creations on the planet today, and
so their DreamVisions will imply and be influenced by their
connections to these groups and programs. Donald Trump, Tony
Robbins, Martha Stewart, Oprah and hoards of other icons like them
have created great empires to be admired and are worship by the
unaware millions, but these people have no way out of the three lower
levels with all their TapLines. They imply great business plans, but
what they are offering does not surpass the realms of Maya.
What is not seen on the surface are the TapLines that are placed
within the unseen various bodies of people, like the 'malware' in one's
computer. These TapLines serve the purpose of those who put them
there, just as Neo had in him in the movie 'The Matrix.' It is the same
with all the little microscopic germs all of us carry around and are in
the air, we do not see them, yet we know they are there, but for the
most part, many do not want to 'believe' they exist. Most of Life is
unseen and hidden, and so to compensate for this unawareness,
people use their minds and decide what they think Life is to be, and as
it comes out different than what they thought, they simply pretend it
isn't so. Just like Global Warming, that has been taking place for the
longest time, and how most people want to deny it so they can
continue as they always have with their personal life. But, now the
public is very aware of it as it has become overly confirmed to them.
This is how most people are, instead of exploring Life to see the
bigger picture, they mainly hide from the reality of their present
situations, even though they think otherwise.
All of us are
experiencing this world and the various and vast implications of it.
Our modern society has produced an endless amount of fantastic
phenomena for everyone to experience, yet none of it has anything to
do with RealFreedom. There is no answer to Life with science, only
physical applications. People do have the freedom to do what they
want, and so again, in their minds they look at the choices they are
making as the only freedom there is and can ever be. No wonder
most people cannot understand their DreamVisions nor do they want

to, they are too busy checking their cell phones and looking for the
next thrill as the inventors bring their 'goodies' to the public. Again, it
is not a matter of changing anything here, but Becoming MoreAware
in The TruSense, and adding to our existing experiences. THE
NUMAN and The Real UNUversal Guides are constantly providing
more opportunities and making it Fun.
When I was a member of Paul's original teaching, then it became The
Korporation after Paul left, I was being shown the TapLines that were
put into the membership on the Astral Level without their consent, or
them being aware of what was taking place. A very suspect fellow
that headed 'spiritual services,' is one of the culprits. I was constantly
being shown by Rebazar and Paul what was taking place at what I
now call the Krone Korporation. The President of the Korporation,
under Krone, along with all the board members are involved as well.
Just like Darwin and John Roger Hinkins, its all about the money and
Kontrol. The same is true of HarOld, who is under the direction of
Krone, because HarOld is the puppy dog who gets his instructions
from her. HarOld was at THE PASSING OF THE ROD OF POWER
in 2001, but does not have the courage to admit it. He is hiding, just
like all those who are under him, along with his Reptilian Joanny.
Rebazar Tarzs and The RealGuides do not recognize the Korporation
of Krone as anything, nor do they back what is taking place there. If
a person wants RealAnswers, then they should ask to be shown as
they lay their body down at night and The RealGuides will show them
who all the false HeadMasters are. HarOld, Darwin, John Roger and
multitudes of others use the same ridiculous psychic stunts to keep
their people emotionally tied to them as servants and worshipers.
The REPSystems do the same, as they have millions connected to
their programs from the lower Astral Realm with their TapLines.
Unless a person is with The RealGuidance, then it would be best to
belong to nothing at all. Even so many of the non-profit organizations
that look so good are not what they really seem. Check them out in
Your DreamVisions to see if they will guide a person to RealFreedom.
My Dream Adventures and DreamVisions have been super extensive

this lifetime, because of how I have applied myself with The

RealGuides. There are many paths and teachings on this planet and
most people always look to what is popular, and some of those who
are providing answers are sincere and do have a grasp of a particular
truth, but if they cannot take a person to The Real UNUverses of
RealFreedom, then what good are they in the long run? When a
person does not dream or even know that the possibility exists, then
what do they really have, but a temporary physical existence only, a
one-dimensional life with no where else to go. This lowly area of Life
is one-dimensional, even though the scientific community says it is
three dimensional and possibly four. Past lives play a big part in what
takes place in a person's DreamVisions, or may not take place at all.
Because all of us have come from a succession of seemingly endless
lifetimes to this very moment, there is so much more to us than we
see on the surface. All of us are the sum total of our experiences, as
each lifetime is an addition to all we have come to know. So instead
of just 'Believing' in something as most people have been taught, the
Clue to Life everyone is seeking is to Become MoreAware. This is not
really taught, but collecting all kinds of silly worthless information is.
This is where the Existing Systems keep people Dumbed Down so
they will be servants and obey those who are being supported.
A person's dreams display a huge variety of events that one is not
usually consciously relating to in their personal life. This is very
important to discover, because all hidden experience leads to the
Recognition of The TruSource LifeIS. The average person is usually
looking for a relationship, as they see the whole world seems to be
based upon the boy meets girl scenario. Of course, the mating of the
two sexes is part of this life, but there is so much more. Many
relationships entail their own drama, and when this does occur, and if
it prolongs itself, then the parties involved are once again under the
Lords of Karma and must continue to repeat more lifetimes until they
have adjusted themselves. As the parties come into future lives, they
have forgotten who they were, and so they are given the opportunity
to forget what took place many years ago also. Even though these
people have new bodies and new minds they have taken on here for

more episodes, they will still retain the emotional ideas and
PsycEnergy within their Etheric Body, because they have made it part
of their makeup. An example of this is, two people I taught for more
than twenty years in one of my classes. Stan and Jace were not your
ordinary couple. He was a 6'4 Black Man from the darkest part of
who knows where, and Miss Jace was a 5' 2 White Gal from your
typical American family. These two had been together for lifetimes, as
they were still working out their personal drama and still together.
While I was teaching the classes in the early days of our meetings,
they both discovered through their DreamVisions with The
RealGuides, they had experienced lifetimes of drama together.
In this life, Stan's position was of an immature emotional poutiness,
mixed with a lot of hostility and brutal anger. I really do sound like
Dr. Phil here. Miss Jace, was the total opposite, as she was a fun
loving and always laughing person that really paid attention to detail.
With The RealGuidance they found out, Miss Jace had done Big Stan
in during their last lifetime. In other words, she killed him, and so he
held onto all the emotional rage, because of what she had done. And
so, as they both returned for more rounds, he is now huge and she is
now small, so there is a big challenge for both of them. They both
were in the marching band together in high school and obviously
lovers when they were young. At some point, they wanted to live the
real and rugged life, so they took off for the state of Washington and
lived in a cabin like the Pioneers. Jace told me stories of all she went
through, as some of the physical situations became very violent and
brutal. No matter why she killed Stan in her previous life, she still had
to go through the terror of what she had created. They were both in
Washington when Mount Saint Helen's erupted.
For them to be
there, it was like a sign of what they were going through as the
mountain erupted. At some point while they were there, even with all
the radical drama they were dancing with, they discovered Paul's
teaching and started to go to classes locally. They were both ready to
climb The Mountain of THE IS during this life, as I met them years
later when they moved to Orange County. They were both intent on
what I was teaching them and would attend the classes all the time,

except when there was a big disturbance between them. I really liked
both of them and I would talk with them for hours on a weekly basis,
usually one on one with the other one someplace else. They had a
very good understanding of so much, yet the emotional drama
continued. They would tell me how I would come into their
DreamVisions and help sort things out at times, because I was being
trained to take on THE ROD OF POWER.
Stan was a Seer in his own way, and we became the best of friends,
as he was like my body guard, and I liked the idea as it was fun. He
was seeing as the time was approaching for THE PASSING OF THE
ROD OF POWER, and that I would be getting it soon as it was
nearing 2001. Eventually, Stan and Miss Jace divorced, then she
soon found a neat guy who was my mailman for years, Mr. Pat.
When Jace married Pat, they were perfect for each other, and to this
day must be living happily ever after, as I have not seen them since
2003. Anyhow, this is a great example of what a lot of us go through
without our knowledge of what is really taking place. Now, I know Dr.
Phil and Oprah look really good on the TV with all their great advice,
but guess what, they have no idea of all that goes on within a person's
RealLife from The RealSide. Theirs is a one-dimensional view that
pleases the unaware audience they play to. Respectfully, they do
have their part, but what they are offering will get a person very little in
the long run, because they are just 'faces of entertainment.' When a
person has RealFreedom, they then have access to everything, way
more than any rich and popular movie star or politician, or even any of
mankind's wonderfully dramatized historical figures. Again, all these
little things are part of the one-dimensional world of the phenomenal
ego and Pleasure Principle. All of us must go through the process, as
we did when we were growing up and wore diapers. And so it is a
matter of when a person will Become MoreAware and explore their
DreamVisions and connect with Rebazar Tarzs and The RealGuides.
The Dualistic Forces, which start at the top of the Mental Worlds, and
flow downward until they reach the bottom of Life, where humans are
under the direction of the Kalaum God, the big god of all the unaware.

Kalaum, is the GovernorGod of the upper heavenly levels beyond his

brother Jot, who is known as Jehovah in the earthly scriptures and
Lord Governor of the Astral Worlds. Each unaware soul that resides
in the three lower levels is usually under Kalaum's direction and his
beloved Influence. He is also known as the Three Headed God, who
Paul referred to in his writings. His heads are, The Benevolent Head,
The Serpent Head and The Influential Head. All the renderings and
drawings of the old Gargoyles are actually a depiction of the Serpent
Head of the Kalaum God, just like in India where they worship the Kali
and the gods with all the arms. Within so many churches, especially
the older ones, there is sometimes a display of Jesus on the cross,
which is a symbol of his event as a sacrifice, and also the cross, which
is a grave marker and a sign and symbol of death. The church
invented the story about Jesus sacrificing his life for others, which
they actually instigated, and of course the whole idea makes no
sense, but the general public has bought it anyhow. It has taken the
church centuries to develop the emotional attachment of humans to
certain symbols and ideas, as they then wield the Kontrol over their
supporters. This is the earth and this is how it is here.
No matter how strange the gods look and actually are, people still
worship them, as has been seen with all the different shapes, sizes
and configurations of these Unknown Deities. No matter how afraid
people have become of their gods, which is many times mentioned in
their 'Holy Scriptures' they still bow to them. In times gone by, these
same deities demanded sacrifices, because man was more stubborn
then, and so the gods made sure people obeyed and were fear driven.
All the Ancient Rituals of the past are carried by those in their Causal
(memory) Body who took part in these ceremonies. The scriptures
from the past were written as 'Business Plans' to Kontrol the unaware
into a 'Blind Submission.' It is rather humorous that people 'Think'
there is something divine about worshiping some unseen and
unknown god with 'Fear' being the actual motivator, even though
many times people 'Think' it is love. Of course there are those who
truly do love their gods, but realisticly they do not know what they are
worshiping and loving.
Today, with all the unnecessary restrictions

and laws, the Gods of Man no longer resort to the same tactics as is
written in the Popular Scriptures of this world, because people are
MoreAware and will not stand for it, so the gods use The Influence
along with the REPSystems to keep the masses in line with all sorts of
rules, 9 to 5 drudgery, and mounds of paper work and filling out forms.
The Gods of Man are very pleased with all this, and the Rulers and
Kontrollers who work consciously and unconsciously with the Kalaum
God are very happy with the outcome and the lifestyle they have. But
of course, these same stupid Kontrolling humans that think they are
really getting away with what they are doing, will soon find themselves
in a great turmoil, because the Gods of Man can produce endless
bodies with unaware souls in them, so when the karmic judgments
come for those who rule the REPSystems, their Kalaum God will not
be there to back them up in the courtroom where there is no plea
bargaining. All of this does seem harsh, but it simply because of the
choices each person makes for themselves. Only one out of a billion
people will Become Real RiskTakers and do what others will not.
The Dualistic Forces are always present here, and because of how
The Influence has been created, she is doing her best in swaying
people into staying with all the agreed upon deceptive programs and
sultry passions.
At the same time, The RealGuides are around
looking for those who have an ounce of courage to see if they will risk
taking a chance and learn to Become MoreAware about The Influence
and the Kontrolling Gods. When anyone reads what THE NUMAN
has written and they have a bit of insight within them, they will soon
begin to See The RealLight and realize what I am presenting is Real
and True. As a person is conditioned to mainly consider the Dualistic
Forces of good and bad, right and wrong, and then they suddenly
learn to See a small amount of RealTruth, there becomes a conflict of
interest within themselves with their regimented mind and emotions.
For the most part, most people will always chose their personal life
first before taking on the risk of Becoming MoreAware and Free.
Today, everyone wants everything now, they just do not have the time
to be patient with almost anything. What has been created with The
Social Structures has also created a Huge Boredom among people.

As this society all of us are involved with has evolved, so has the
impatience of most people, which is actually a point of being bored
with what people may 'Think' as Life. But what we are each
experiencing here is not The Whole of Life, but merely a 'Place in Life'
that has been created from the dirt. With so much information around
and available, most think they have their life figured out, but the
opposite is true, because what they really have is a world of a whole
lot more illusion and mysterious phenomena to deal with.
Even
though THE ALLIS, has moreso exposed ITSELF into the bubble of
PsycRealms since Paul Twitchell was here, it is even harder for
people to sit still and take the time to see what is right in front of them.
There is so much more phenomena occurring Now with all of today's
inventiveness and most people are standing in line in their minds to
see what the next entertaining act and magic show will be. I enjoy
the movies and usually learn something here, but to many, the movies
and all the glitter is a lifestyle.
Dressing up and looking cute for a
date is fun at times, but if it is a person's whole life, then they will just
grow old as this life becomes once again dead for them, like all the
lost souls who are doing this and will return unaware in the future.
I gave a presentation in Huntington Beach years ago, and one of the
people who showed up was a lady who told me one of her dreams. I
could tell The RealGuides had given her this experience before she
came to hear me speak. The dream was rather simple... As she was
out walking at night and came upon a graveyard with black wrought
iron ornate gates, as many graveyards have, especially in those 'scary
movies.' She went over and opened the gates and then proceeded to
walk through the graveyard as though she were walking into her
house, as she explained how casual the scene was to her. As she
walked amongst the graveyard and saw all the headstones, she also
noticed there was water everywhere throughout the entire place. At
some point the experienced ended. At my presentation, she said the
experience was so real and when she woke up she could not forget it.
She saw an advertisement for my presentation on dreams and so
decided to come. Again, here is where The RealGuides first show a
person through their DreamVisions and then line up a meeting to

confirm what they have experienced if they are ready and searching.
Unfortunately, most people do not follow through, they usually go back
to their personal life and continue watching something entertaining on
TV. Her dream was showing her a 'watery graveyard,' which is what
the earth is. This is how simple her dream was, but she couldn't see
it, because of her conditioning and all the phenomena in her life, so for
the most part, it meant nothing to her. This is where Life is continually
providing examples and demonstrations, but who really takes the time
to See and listen and investigate further? These dreams can Actually
save a person's life, Your RealAwareniss, once properly understood.
The RealGuides provide a lot of opportunity, as they work from The
RealSide LifeIS, as they can See all that goes on in a person's life.
Expanding upon the dream in the graveyard... She is definitely looking
for Her RealAwareniss as all people are, but she must continue to
Take The Risk and unravel the mysteries of herself until she can come
to the point of Recognizing that she IS a Being of Light with ALLife,
and then to eventually Recognize The TruReality LifeIS moreso than
just the Gods of Man. The graveyard is part of her WakeUp Call to
this world of dreams and nightmares, as we can all see how the earth
is today as very polluted and poisoned and getting worse everyday. It
is a Huge Journey for sure, and so we all must start from somewhere.
The water in the graveyard is all the emotional attachments that most
people have to being unaware and 'Thinking' they are dead when they
leave this place. There is no such thing as death, only staying
unaware until YU have The RealCourage to 'Have An Adventure Like
No Other' beyond what YU have ever known. It is all up to YU.
This world is mainly based upon death, more than it is based upon a
RealLife, as history proves this and people constantly demonstrate.
As soon as one is born they are growing older. Because of how one
is taught here, most people will decide to chase a dream in this world
that will soon vanish, instead of exploring and discovering Something
Wonderful to save their own life. Many, continually risk their life and
awareness to have a few pleasures with their ego, instead of having a
much better life and awareness by paying attention to what Life is

showing them all the time with their own RealAwareniss. To believe in
something does sound interesting, but all that is marketed to the
public to 'believe' in only leads to death and unawareness. As in the
experience of the woman just mentioned, she could not see the
meaning of her experience, because she really had nothing to
compare it to. From where I am standing, I can see all The
PsycRealms and into The Real UNUverses all the way up to The
ALLIS, so for me to See what her dream meant is simple. For her,
because she is in the middle of the social structure and has no idea
how to rise above it, all she sees is the 'front' that has been built all
around her and not all the bodies that have been buried under the
ground. Of course, this lady will go back to her so-called 'normal life'
and do what she has always done, and as time and events pass she
will soon come into the moment when it is her time to leave this realm
of experience, and what will she really know about where she is
going? It is not a matter that we are to do a body count or play with
the idea of being morbid here, it is simply a matter of learning to pay
attention to where one is really at Now. It can be a nice idea to try and
make a 'heaven on earth' for one's self, but of all those who tried, they
surely did fail. Most people think in terms of years, like 10, 20, 50 or
even a hundred years being a really long time, but these are nothing
compared to how each one of us will be around forever. All of us will
always be somewhere in Life, because our RealAwareness never
ends, only the multitude of bodies we take on eventually will fail.
There are three basic areas in Life for one to consider IS... First, The
Real UNUverses of The ALLIS, where there IS Always RealFreedom
and no darkness ever! There are no bad guys, conspiracies, cheats
and liars, Fake Personalities, Marketing Play, Deceptive Masters and
disguised Reptilians, because The Great UNUverses of RealLight and
PurSound are guarded by The Real UNUversal Guides, and they will
not allow anyone who has not purified their Heart and Being to enter.
Besides, those who are ingrained with the material consciousness
cannot enter anyhow. These Wondrous Universes are filled with
Magnificent Light, that is brighter and MoreReal than the sun in the
sky, as there are endless possibilities for all who have established

themselves there. The minuteness of the human mind can in no way

even imagine or consider The Real UNUverses of THE ALLIS.
The second area, which many people have decided to reside in,
because they do not know any better is what is known as the 'Gray
Area.' All of us really live with ourselves and so those who have not
decided to go into the higher Levels of Life and are still standing in the
lower ones, these individuals are at what one would consider to be a
'standstill position.' Again, everyone has the right to choose their life
accordingly, and so this is where many have decided to be for as long
as they want. It is true that the Two Heavens of Man are also in this
area and a lot nicer, but these people are still unaware of themselves.
The third and lowest area to reside in, which mainly deals with the
Authoritarians and the Gods of Man and The Lords of Karma, as does
The Gray Area. This Material Realm only 'Appears' as a universe.
This area is the DarkArena of the RoundWorlds, such as the earth
and all the other planets and systems that exist with the light of fire
from worlds on fire. Without The FireWorlds there would be no light,
then it would be more than obvious where the earth is positioned, but
as long as the earth has an atmosphere, then it will appear as though
there is a blue sky above. Of course, there is beauty throughout all
the Levels of Life, and not all of them contain a real darkness like that
of the material realms. The Law of Karma holds sway here along with
the Authoritarians and Brutalitarians who cover the earth. They are
from the original Reptilian Race that came to this planet and created
the Humanoids as slaves, then unaware souls began to occupy these
bodies and we have what the world is today. Most of Human History
have been written with Reptilian Kontrol, as most of the Kings,
Queens, Presidents, Religious and Political Tyrants are Reptilian and
very well disguised. The general public has been utterly brainwashed
for centuries as to what is really taking place here. Many people are
shown in Your DreamVisions What IS Real Now, but most people look
to the Invented Systems for all their answers with this life and very
seldom to themselves. A person can reincarnate as many times as
they wish here and stay unaware and Knotrolled, it is all a matter of

choice. The basic scenario here will always be to be born again

unconscious and then strive to survive until one is too old to endure.
Most people are at the mercy of their unconscious mind, that which
has many parts to it. Those reading this information may think there
are books to be had to gain this information, but not so, because The
RealGuides are able to move in the ethers of the many Levels of Life
and gain RealExperience as to how the various parts of man work.
Ancient Scriptures are mainly about poetic sayings and moral codes
to live by, which are like the nice little relationship all of us had with
our parents when we were young, but as we grew too big for the
pretty little sayings they gave us, we were more interested in The
Adventure of Life. The Old Wisdom of The Ages that so many of us
have read is mainly for those who need to be told how to live their life
on earth, and do not make the least bit of sense in The Real
UNUverses of THE ALLIS. Many of the old verses and sayings do
have their place as a start for some people, but if we were to stick to
the age old idea of 'man was not meant to fly,' then where would we
be now with our technology? Rebazar has always made it a point that
a person must Take The Risk and live a more dangerous life and not
just dilly dally about and be ho hum and have no purpose. LifeIS ALL
About Becoming MoreAware. Taking Risks brings about experience
that otherwise cannot be known. When it comes to a person's mind,
most people are in agreement with what they have been told and
instructed to do from others. Race car drivers and their team usually
build a car from the ground up, and so they know exactly what their
creation needs to succeed, yet most people will not take the time to
understand the world they live on nor the workings of their own Being.
To depend upon those who have done the most damage to this world
seems to be rather immature thinking and very dangerous for all.
Many people do want to know what RealTruth IS, but all the obstacles
for them to PerSeeve RealTruth, will show up as they pursue their
endeavor, and so most will fall back for fear of not being able to
succeed, or are intimidated at what they are attempting to do. This
principle of opposites attracting exists in the lower realms as a reality

to all who are here. The RealGuides have learned to deal with the
Kalaum Dualistic Power and are indifferent to it, but the masses and
the TapLine Connections they have to all the negative forces, makes
for an upheaval when a person decides to follow The RealGuidance.
This is why Paul gave his students several years to test what he was
presenting before a person fully commits themselves, and to take on
the task of meeting the many parts of themselves. The first two years
are a runoff of as person's karma so they can better adjust to The
Real UNUverses, as they are being prepared to make the journey.
When a person is unaware and unconscious to what this life entails,
then the gods are happy, but when The RealGuides show up and start
providing RealExperiences in a Your DreamVisions, then the gods are
not happy and they do not want to loose any of their inmates. So, the
Kalaum God will use every means possible to sway a person from
leaving his Worlds of Maya. The REPSystems are based upon fear,
they also fear if people find out what they are really doing and possibly
telling others, because in their minds they think they will soon have no
more Dumbed Down Followers and Worshipers as support.
But
actually the opposite is true, because most people do not have any
RealCourage and so they are not ready to enter The Real UNUverses
during this life.
Being so, the REPSystems will always have blind
followers who love to bow and kneel to them and their Invented Gods.
Many are ready to take the journey past what their mind knows at this
level, but most if not all of them, do not have the perception to
Recognize this fact, so when they are having RealExperiences in their
RealAwareness, and as it comes through the various bodies and
down to the conscious mind, of course the Censor is going to alter it
or may not even let it pass at all to the person dreaming. If a person
has a strong religious background, yet their heart is basically pure,
they will gain experience from the higher levels in spite of the dogma
they are hooked to with their mind and emotions on the earth. But, as
the experience tries to unveil itself, the DarkForces do not want it to
happen, so they will set off an alarm in some way, like a person trying
to escape from prison, and so the individual and their dream are either
altered a great deal or eliminated all together. This is where, like

anything we experience in this life, it takes a Real Persistence to

overcome our own shortcomings and conditioning that hold one back.
Sometimes, it becomes even more of a challenge with not only
ourselves, but those around us as our family and friends will
sometimes jump in and say they think what we are doing or planning
to do does not fit any standard. What The RealGuides are presenting
really does not fit the standards of demise most humans have
invented and agreed to. An example is, a person can do all the right
things, go to all the best schools, marry the most wonder person and
have beautiful children and succeed almost perfectly with the greatest
of careers. And with all of this, one would think they have reached
the pinnacle of Life, but The RealTruth IS, they have only played the
role and game the Dualistic Powers have setup for them, so they will
be returning in a new body in the future and will have forgotten once
more they were ever here. This is how real this 'Place in Life' IS.
To clarify, I am not saying just because a person chooses to stay with
their one-dimensional life that they are making the so-called wrong
move, not at all. It is a fact for the most part, that social indoctrination
leads most people to 'think' they are really accomplishing something
with just an outer existence alone, and that a person does not need
any other mental, emotional, intuitive, and most of all, Perceptive
Realities with their present lifestyle.
Because of this narrow and
ingrained one-dimensional approach, which is actually a Kontrolling
factor and part of the overall takeover from the 'officialness' on this
planet, this world is like it is today. With all the agreement to the 'idea'
that things have gotten better and are still doing so, when actually,
they are much worse and getting worse all the time, most people want
to stay asleep with all the phenomena the dark sided Certain Few
have established and are constantly projecting into the minds of the
masses. The world is not a bad place, but the choices each person
makes will always equal what becomes evident, as all that is seen
today is proof of this. Oh yes, it can be so that most people cling to
the idea of 'hope,' as most public officials have used this idea to create
a snow-job for the unaware to be elected by. A person can hope all
they want, but there are still unseen huge choices being made here,

and the end result will be what they are. My suggestion is to get
RealGuidance Now and learn to pay attention to The RealGuides and
free yourself starting from the limited position of this human state.
The Whole of Life, not just the little world humans live on, is ALL About
Becoming MoreAware, because the Basic Reality of living is survival,
not just going to the movies or finding a date and getting the best deal
on a car or house one wants to buy. These are things that make up a
small portion of one's activities here, but to make it the one and only
lifestyle soon becomes a total waste. This is where the REPSystems
have marketed mankind into a constant dilemma.
Everyone wants
something while they are here, and so it is as we are all partly human,
but most people always go for the phenomena and not The Real
Value. My position is even harder than those wondering if what I am
presenting is Real or not. Anyone can prove what I am presenting to
themselves, then they will know for sure, but even then they will
wonder about it, until they are very confident with their own Real
Experiences.
When I first took on THE ROD OF POWER, THE
NUWAVE, I received an email from a fellow in Alaska, a member of
the Krone Korporation.
He was wondering about several
experiences he had with Rebazar Tarzs, where he saw HarOld and
Rebazar pointing to a tall blond fellow that was standing in a shaft of
Golden Light. I personally spoke with the fellow on the phone, but as
time went on he stated he was going to stay with HarOld and his
'official position.' Here is where emotional attachment becomes more
than RealExperience. I too have attachments to things, but at the
same time I let them go as I Become MoreAware with my own Real
Awareness. This fellow like many others are given a RealOpportunity
to Take The Risk and SeeMore, but they are too afraid to leave the
trap they are in, so The RealGuides an do little or nothing for them.
I had parents and loved ones here, but when they left this realm I let
them be, because they are on their own chosen journey, as I am on
mine.
While they were here I had attachments to them, but then
broke the unnecessary ties so they could continue their own life
without me interfering. My direction is with THE IS, and very few will

have the intent to stand with THE ALLIS, as IT IS too much for most,
and far too Real that IT can even exists at all.
Life loves The
RiskTaker, and unless one is willing to go into the unknown and have
RealExperiences and See them, then they will stay with what they
have always known, which is usually something devised by the
Kalaum God and his subordinates of the earth, as many times will
occur in ones dreams. The DarkSide is in many people's experience
where they do not notice this. A good portion of what is taking place
on the earth is a lot of deception, as there are very few honorable
people here. I t would seem otherwise, but most people constantly
accept the illusions ofr others and keep passing the same
misunderstandings to their children and friends. It is not my concern
what people do, I am living My RealAdventure with Rebazar, Paul,
Yauble and all The RealGuides, as they are not interested in teaching
those who want to pray with and worship a HeadMaster and his mate
that rules them. There is no way around how Life Already IS, and IT
IS far more than anything a person feels comfortable with on the earth
alone. Each one of us can have whatever we want, but if it becomes
more than what The Whole of Life IS, then what good is it? Many
times what I am referring to will not be understood by most people
reading what I am writing, because they do not have the awareness.
The Hidden Censor and its conditioned training are first given by a
person's parents, and then from the social order and the environment
one grows up in. All of these particulars forms the Censor's attitude
that each person goes by.
All of the do's and don'ts, right and
wrongs, along with whatever else one is conditioned with, become the
avenue of approach and are set into motion in The DreamArenas and
the conscious mind. YU have no idea how Kontrolled YU are Right
Now. The outer life your see in front of YU is a projection of your mind
and senses and is not the real world YU 'Think' it is. YU can decide
whatever YU want to, but it will not change what YU have imagined to
be this life until YU Become MoreAware in Your RealAwareniss. For
the most part, all the particulars of a person's upbringing are along the
social values set down by the parents, usually according to how the
parents have been taught from their parents or social status. And so,

it is not hard to see how the continued cycle of rebirth and death
follow most people for hundreds of lifetimes. One attitude can haunt
a person for the longest time. As each of us enter this arena of
physical experience, we carry with us all the accumulation of the past
and what it entails, as long is there is some form of association. For
those who are fortunate to meet The RealGuides in this life, they will
be shown and taken to Wonderful Worlds and Universes beyond one's
imagination and never have to return here unless YU want to.
Because the past and even the present situations one must go
through may pose so many different situations, it is best to have The
RealGuidance as soon as possible. Those who do not know of The
RealGuides may choose something along the lines of 'sensitivity
training,' which Paul Twitchell did not recommended as an avenue for
cure. He said it breaks down the Censor and creates confusion with
the person involved. It brings about a lack of protection for the person
and leaves them at the mercy of the unconscious mind. Paul firmly
went over the aspects of the psychic sciences, such as ESP and
witchcraft, and so many other metaphysical paths and even so-called
spiritual teachings, as they impose a real danger to people from the
lower Astral Worlds and all the negative entities who reside there. I
know a fellow in San Diego who told me of his experiences when he
used to do Astral Project. Everyday after work he would come home
and go into his closet and leave his body. After a while there was a
lot of strange happening around his house that was also affecting his
mate. Where he lived he was connected with a man that was very
aware of the other worlds and who was his mentor at the time and told
him what was taking place. As he was reentering his body each time
he was dragging back ruthless entities from the Astral Worlds who
were now in his Aura. Astral Projection, Remote Viewing and other
Psychic Sciences are valid experiences like taking certain drugs, but a
person is at the mercy of the Astral Influences, and especially with the
Reptilians who put TapLines into a person's Astral Body without them
know it. The RealGuides do not 'Project' the lower four bodies of man,
they work with The RealU, The Being of Light YU Already IS. This
RealPosition is mainly indefinable for most people, as they like their

social positions more than they are interested in discovering Reality.

A person's Aura, is a protective field that all of us have around us, and
when we involve ourselves in certain aspects such as drugs, smoking,
low vibrational music, emotional trauma and the PsycSciences, then
there becomes a negative penetration and thus influences begin to
occur. This is not uncommon with those who play with the Psychic
Arts, and this includes many religions, spiritual paths and especially
political associations, because in today's world there is so much
deception and TapLining going on unseen. At first so much of what
has been created here all looks good, just like going onto a website
that looks interesting and fun, but what eventually happens is there
becomes a solid connection to other areas and then the influence
starts to take place. Adolph Hitler played around with the Psychic
Forces and self-destructed. Along with helping to create Meth and
giving it to all his men and himself, he finally went crazier than he was
when he first had The Third Reich idea. The Created World in which
we have our Material Vehicle here is open to numerous effects that
the conscious mind cannot sense and many times are taken for
granted. Being the risk taker involves doing what YU normally do not
do to find out what YU normally would not discover.
With Real
Guidance one can be given RealExperiences and learn to bypass the
conditioning affects from the past and present and live a much better
life and also attain RealFreedom Now. This is a Huge Journey!
I work with all types of individuals with my ALLHumanitarian Projects.
Some of them are Seers, and I like to hear what they see about what I
am doing. I have introduced them to Rebazar, Paul and Yauble, The
Boys, and they have come right in to these people's awareness as
they introduced themselves.
As I would talk with them they relay
what Rebazar or Paul are saying or confirm a RealSide Experience I
had. I do this to meet others who are open to Becoming MoreAware
and then I have NUFriends to work with here.
I always listen and
learn as I hear what others have to say, because they have their views
and it is fun. My friend Miss K, who is a Seer is the one who saw
'The Five Waves,' which I wrote about in 'The Adventures of Rebazar

Tarzs.' When I was going through my ordeals from 2003 to 2006, I

would call Miss K all the time, as I had lost my confidence for a while
and she would tell me The Boys were helping me get back on track.
Paul told her I should have died from 'The Wave' I saw in my
DreamVisions, because I was really knocked for a loop, and for years.
When she wasn't around I would talk to others I knew. One of the
gals was an American who lived in Puerto Rico. When I got to know
her better I asked her one day how she saw me. She said she saw
me as a shaft of light, and the impression came to her of 'Messiah.'
What she was really seeing was THE ROD OF POWER and THE
NUMAN of the future. Her terminology was her own according to
what she knew. I respect a person that has mastered their abilities
and is into The Adventure of Life. Most of the psychics that work the
field mainly stay with the personal areas of human love and
relationships, and so their awareness is mainly of the Astral Realms
and basically no further. To them 'spiritual' means something that is
good and has to do with a god, and so here again is the confirmation
of where the idea of spiritual lies for most.
I am presenting a
RealEducation concerning the various Levels of Life, beyond the
limited concepts of the social order and the Invented Gods of Man,
and to do so I must provide an endless amount of comparisons for
everyone to possibly finally get a small portion of what I am providing.
Some who do dream interpretation, usually see the surface meaning
or medical approach, and the psychic analysis. For the most part, a
lot of dead imagery can be involved, as I gave the example earlier of
the woman in the watery graveyard. The average person might
interpret it as possibly her visiting her relatives or that she may be
going there soon, and a host of other one dimensional views, which
can also be valid, as there are many sides to anything. If a person
just looks at the pieces instead of the whole, then they will get a valid
interpretation, but not the completeness with What Life IS.
When
one has the ability to PerSeeve from The RealAwareness, then they
can see the overall situation and they are not limited to just the pieces.
I know that most will disagree with my view, because they lack Real
Experience, even though they may be highly educated. For most,

their education is from this one-dimensional level only. This is where

The RealGuides are not concerned about the opinions and attitudes of
educated humans, because they know exactly how humans have
been indoctrinated with belief and superstition, even though from the
personal view they will band together and form agreements to what
works for them, as it all looks so good from the personal self. All that
is said and done here will soon go through its own transformation and
changes, unless a person has RealGuidance with The RealGuides.
I would say, parenting is one of the hardest jobs a person can do, and
over the years I have really learned and gained a lot of respect for the
moms who take the most time with their children and are there for
them 24 / 7. Everyone wants the best for their child, and with the way
the world is today, it truly is a lot harder to raise children and keep
them in line for their own safety. I really do respect those people that
have chosen 'Home Schooling' for their children, as an example,
because the REPSystems do not like people to be independent of
their Kontrol and brainwashing for the Militarized Social Orders. This
may sound a little harsh, but it is very true as to what is Really Taking
Place Now.
Everyone should have a choice to their life, and not be
fear driven and intimidated into doing otherwise or they are in a
Psychic Trap they may not get out of. I have met Home Schooled
Children and they are very open and aware, and they do not hang
around with nothing to do like the 'normally educated' sometimes do. I
know of a couple that have a daughter and how she was raised
according to the basic standards, but what happened as time went on
and the daughter became older, the mother smothered her with
whatever she wanted and so it set into motion her Pleasure Principle
of being dependent and having a lot of negative hangups.
The
daughter is now 30 years old and she is still working through all the
'me, me, me' attitudes that were allowed to flourish.
This is a
common scenario and is neither right or wrong, but that of choices
made from all sides of those concerned. All of us usually do grow out
of the rather one-sided spots of self-interest only, accept for those who
become politicians. Certain types of people never grow up, even
though they play a good role to the public and are very convincing.

The Complex Dream which most people have, has two basic parts
which are, the surface meaning and the hidden meaning.
This is
where The RealTruth lies unseen like a shadow in the night.
Because The RealGuides who they are, they have a Super Indepth
Perception of all the Levels of Life and See what is taking place from
The RealSide, way moreso than what any human can consider. This
is the reason The Beings of THE IS, work in the background, as what
they are providing is far too much for humans to comprehend. I had
an RealSide Experience with my daughter recently where I was sitting
in a chair right behind where she was sitting. I sat silently and just
watched as she was talking with others, then at some point she turned
and said, You have done more for me dad than anyone. Then, she
stood up and came and sat next to me as I put my arm around her.
Then, she asked me what she should do with her life now. I replied,
Just live your life and take some walks once in a while and enjoy your
surroundings and watch as nature plays.
It was a heartwarming
experience for me, because my daughter does like her attitudes.
The RealGuides, not only see the Aura of a person and what needs
adjustment, but they work directly with The RealAwareness of the
individual to grant them experiences in the higher levels that cannot
be had here. The RealGuides and their fun educational techniques
far surpass that of even the greatest of universities on the earth.
When a dream is looked at, unless it is very straightforward, it may be
evaluated for its least value, because most people do not know what
RealValue is. The Great Adventure of Life IS to explore what very few
will, because those who do will always come through as a Winner.
Animals and primitive people, basically have no Censor for them to
deal with in their DreamVisions. The reason for this is how they have
been raised, so they basically have no conscience.
The old, old
saying of 'let your conscience be your guide' can be a haphazard idea.
If a person has been trained to kill everything in sight, then their
conscience would be devastatingly brutal. And so again, what society
deems to be so endearing is sometimes a lot of adult silliness as
usual. Any sense of moral laws and obligations as with all the social
orders does not exist for animals and primitive people.
And so, it

only makes sense they have not developed any moral principle within
themselves. As such, their DreamVisions will come to them more in a
straight forward fashion while they have a body here. If one were to
investigate the survival tactics of the primitive person, they would see
and recognize they are on a higher survival scale than any civilized
person. These people use their intuitive nature, as apposed to their
developed intellect. If Dr. Phil were put in the wilderness, I wonder
how well he would do as he tried to intellectually communicate with his
intellectual mind and nature and also the animals and how they live?
I'm sure he would probably try and talk them out of their way of living
into a situation somewhere in the city limits. There was a time when
humans were able to communicate with nature and what we have
come to know as the 'Nature Spirits.' TinkerBell and Peter Pan are
far from any truth of today, but in their time, they were around for
those who were trusted by the Fairy People.
Because of how
humans have proven themselves to be, the Nature Beings are in no
way interested in most adults, but they will come to some children.
RealLife, not what is seen here as we view the created outer surface
of circumstances, has the greatest potential of all for each of us.
It
is a clean and clear endlessness of wondrous possibilities, as this is
The Real UNUverses and not this Physical Scene. This is something
that can only be Seen when a person Becomes MoreAware. But
then again, if a person wants to stay cool with the times, they for sure
will be satisfied with their human life only. The human ego and the will
it has, no matter what, always ends up in the same spot.
The
restrictive laws and commandments that have been written about and
so miraculously created by the stroke of a pen, divine intervention or
the connivingness of the small and minute minds of man, have
flabbergasted the onlooking public for centuries.
The rules and
regulations of the Authoritarians have become such that many people
have become obsessed over what others have created, as they have
made themselves into Hardened 'Rule Lovers.'
The REPSystems
are the best example of Hardened Rule Lovers, as they continually
manufacture their clever little laws to purposely suppress people into
an intimidating submission. They make the rules and laws and then

keep a steadfast eye for those who will for sure break them. The
policeman behind the billboard is a scene we have all experienced.
All rules, regulations, commandments, the legal system and so on, are
contrived under the direction of the Gods of Man, and their Dumbed
Down subordinates on the earth.
The RuleMakers and their
inadequate formula for Kontrol, is based upon a justification of the out
of control ego and the Pleasure Principle. Because most humans like
to act out their stupidity moreso than they like Being MoreAware, the
REPSystems are having the time of their lives always thinking up new
ways to Kontrol people. This is all purposely done,even though it is
presented in a way to seem necessary for the public to accept as
something real. The funny thing is, most people do wholeheartedly
agree to all their rhetoric Ruling Loving nonsense. Not only do the
taxpayers pay the REPSystems and their salaries, people are also
fined by these same people. With all the intermingling of ideas and
emotions it is not hard to see why reincarnation is a way of life here.
For the most part, man's experience here becomes a constant warfare
with his own Censor, as the REPSystems have laid down all the 'shall
not's' to all who will listen. Many want to 'believe' what their Belief
System has told them is true, and that their appointed savior died for
them so they could be saved from themselves. This has been a huge
angle of Marketing Ploy by the Certain Few and their Invented
Systems to get people to support their takeover. Jesus was simply
doing a 'presentation,' as an example, when he gave his Sermon on
the Mount and his other adventures here. He became a competitive
threat to the Belief System of his times and was purposely setup and
taken down by the same system that today exalts him as their savior.
He wrote nothing, advocated nothing, yet today, we have a huge
conglomeration of ideas and writings, which he had nothing to do with.
What this world is experiencing is Marketing Ploy at its finest. I am
sure it is so that many people would seem to think they really do need
a Belief System to look to, but the opposite is true, because of what
the intent of the Existing Systems are really based upon.
Here
again, is where a person's DreamVisions will prove what is taking
place with those who influence and Kontrol the majority of people.

Each person has the Free Will to choose what their life will be, even in
desperation, the choice is always theirs to have. The REPSystems,
have used the brutality of the few to harness all the qualities of the
many. The courtrooms are full of the unlawful who now seem to have
more rights than the honest working citizen. The answer is so simple
and right in front of us all. The courts, police, the United States and all
agencies are Private Korporations and doing business. The ethics of
modern living has been washed away for a lifestyle of conquering
those who are easy targets and to get what they have worked hard
for. Years ago, I was in a Private Placement which I had invested in.
As the company began to make a lot of money, one of the well known
Government Agencies came in and shut the operations down and put
a Receiver over all the transactions and profits. Instead of assisting,
the Receiver began to sell off the properties, because he knew it
would take time to do so as he was being paid approximately $250.00
an hour, everyday, along with his close friends and associates. I
actually obtained a huge loan to pay back the original investors and
this action was proposed twice, but the Receiver, in front of the
shareholders lied to them and said there was no offers made. To this
day, the Receiver is still milking the remainder of the funds until they
are all gone. Here is an example of a totally distorted Rule Lover and
conniver, who purposely took advantage of others and used the
system to do it. His karmic debt will be huge, as Rebazar and Paul
have already shown me. His approximate lifetimes to pay everyone
back, and that's if he sticks to doing it, at least 25 lifetimes of not so
happy of an experience or memories. So much for the legal system
that has taught its people to stay unaware and Dumbed Down.
I am always like a kid at heart with what I know and especially who I
know. The money will come and go, but The Greatest Love and
Assurance is with me always, The RealGuides and THE ALLIS. My
experience as I am writing this book is with Paul and Rebazar guiding
me along as they make their funny little appearances. When I am
pressing on the computer keys I see Paul's light radiating as I bring
about an idea to express. Rebazar stands near by to remind me of an
experience we have had together that relates to what I am writing. I

usually write for several hours and then go ride my bike along the
beach and consider what I will be writing next. Each NUBook I have
written gets better than the last one. It is a great privilege and honor
to be able to dedicate my entire life to presenting all that I have
learned. I get all my inspiration directly from THE IS. All I see are
UNUverses of Light and The RealGuides standing with me in The
Most Secret of Positions, The Unknown Level of THE ALLIS.
Very
few, will ever PerSeeve and See The TruReality LifeIS, until they have
the heart to do so.
It really does take a Huge Focus with 'An
Adventure Like No Other' to See what most people never will.
The Censor must, you might say, obey what it has been instructed to
do, and so the unconscious mind, which can be a connection to The
Kalaum God and his subordinates or The RealGuidance of The
UNUversal Guides, whichever, will try to sneak across the experience
and information or even disguise it to contact the conscious mind.
Because the conditioning of the conscious mind is such, it will for the
most part not pay any attention to what is being relayed, as it is mainly
mechanical in nature.
This is why the REPSystems do not teach
about dreams and visions, nor accept them as anything of being valid,
because when people discover their RealAbilities, they no longer need
to fear or be intimidated ever again by the small minds who have
made all the rules to be condemned by. As we look upon this world,
we can easily see there are so many man-made restrictions that we
do not experience in nature. All of what is taking place with the Fake
Officialness of things here has become an Agreeable Standard for
most people to live by. By doing so, most people are also agreeing to
returning here unconsciously and struggling for more lifetimes of an
even worse and more poisoned and polluted future with their bodies.
The Programed Censor has committed itself to certain obligations
from its training, such as love and honor as ideas.
And as an
example, if two people who are together have bitter quarrels and
upsetting arguments they may have dreams of one killing the other
one, because the imagination can run like a wild beast and conjure up
all kinds of things, which effects the unconscious mind, and so with

the moral obligation of the Censor being what it is, it will not let the
experience come through to the personal self. And so as the Censor
cleverly distorts the information from the subconscious, as the
personal self is left unknowing what really took place from their own
actions, because most people are not at all objective about Seeing
themselves. It is not really about the drama that each of us have to
deal with, but the important part is the understanding of how the
actions of our personal will, mind and imagination work and then show
us the results. This is Cause and Effect in action. This is where The
RealSecret lies, which is not understood on the surface, and so
therapy proposed by the experts is sometimes a waste of time,
because they really do not know what is taking place in the individual
from their RealAwareness, which they have no idea exists at all.
A person's DreamVisions make up a great portion of ones life and are
very important and should be continuously looked at, even though this
is not openly taught. The Indians were great observers of their
dreams and they would judge a person by the dreams one had.
When I was an Indian in past lives our DreamVisions always meant so
much, because there were no schools to be educated by accept the
one each of us carry with us and nature that is all around. There was
always plenty of time to discuss our dreams and visions. Rebazar
and the other RealGuides were with me in the past while I was being
trained for what I am doing Now. In NUBook One, 'From Then To
Now,' I tell of the experiences I had before this life. Paul did the same
with a book he wrote where he was a scout. The early days of this
nation were a lot simpler and more natural. During my past life,
Rebazar showed me some of the future I am in Now, which I didn't
understand then, because I had no comparisons for what is Now.
The mechanism of dreams usually uses exaggerated absurd actions
and demonstrations to make a point and provide a lesson. Something
very exaggerated to get our attention, even if it is scary.
The
RealGuides do this all the time to me, but what is really taking place is
the language from the other levels which is not always the same as
here. It is like going to another country where people speak their own

tongue, as the new onlooker tries to understand. One cannot expect

the higher levels of Life to be just like here or we would surely be in
trouble. There is a great refinement to the different levels beyond the
physical realm, and so anyone who wants to experience the various
heavens and Real UNUverses, must first be prepared to meet with the
situations they will encounter.
The REPSystems use the idea of
'good and bad.' If a person is good, according to the officialness and
has their blessings, then things look very promising, as they may be
going to their appointed heaven. But, if the person is bad according
to those who rule, then the situation does not look good at all, and it
would seem the person will be going to their supposed hell. What if a
person wants nothing to do with the intimidation and cruelty of the
church, and just lives their life according to their natural surroundings?
Here again you have human judgment of those who want to Kontrol
others deciding that if a person is not a 'believer' in a certain system,
then they are condemned, which is a fallacy. As one enters The Real
UNUverses, which are far beyond time and space, and experiences
The TruReality lifeIS, they will discover for themselves what is taking
place on the earth and all the other RoundWorlds of illusion. The
good and bad ideas are the two options most people think is all they
have to go by, because of the judgmental way the Belief Systems
weave their will upon people. Even they will not fess up to what their
own scriptures say about the 'Many Mansions,' which are actually
references to the various Levels of Life beyond this life. Not one
heaven, but many different heavens which are not Kontrolled by any
system or agency of the earth.
But of course, they have no Real
Experience so they can never answer the question of 'What IS Real.'
As society has flourished, and we have all come into this present time
of events, so has the stress of what has been created. Today, like
never before is the 'big deal' making and what it entails. With the
Internet and all its uses we now have, it is a new world to explore and
utilize, but the Internet is mechanically driven and can vanish in the
twinkling of an eye if the power supply goes off. With our fast paced
lifestyle and the 'do it now' attitude, society continues to drive itself
ever so much faster to get into the next 'thrill.' By doing so, tempers

flare and mount with a lot of unnecessary misunderstanding, along

with many misconceptions that appear, because people are driven to
rapidly get ahead to actually nowhere. Everything that is taking place
here is a passing dream and nothing more. Until YU BE Now & BE
Real, YU will not See The TruReality LifeIS. The idea of 'getting
ahead' is of a particular nature, which is Marketing Ploy to keep
people oblivious to what the World Kontrollers are doing with all their
takeovers on a daily basis. There are many ways to approach this as
a person wants to survive the best they can here. When the 'getting
ahead' means something, as an example, for the place a person is
working at, many times this is where the person is actually part of the
takeover. This is what many government agencies do to their hired
people, they drive them with the ideas of loyalty and patriotism to the
supposed cause of protecting the country they are in, when in fact, a
person becomes part of the hidden agenda of those in Kontrol. Each
of us is a unique individual, This IS Real. When one finally gets to
the top of The Mountain of Life, they can Now See what has been
going on all along, while a part of themselves, the indoctrinated mind
and emotions, was caught up with all that had been created to look
justifiable and reasonable. This is why reason and logic have no
place in RealLife, because these created ideas only seem to work with
all the phenomena that has been put into place here, but only for a
short span, then they take their place with the dust they came from.
Any type of lifestyle can be created in the lower realms. The
American Indians, and most of the earthly primitive people, those who
are labeled as 'third world' countries and cultures, have proven this for
the longest time.
Here is where the idea of others being of a
'savage' nature becomes a huge prejudice, as the American Indians
have experienced in this country, and later on, the African Americans.
The World Kontrollers have purposely driven a distorted psychological
prejudice into the emotional and subconscious bodies of the masses,
as this then becomes a part of getting others to cooperate with their
takeovers.
Each one of us can decide whatever we want to and
change our way of thinking and the interpretation of what we have
been conditioned with, but for many, this then becomes scary and

unacceptable to others. This is the same situation The RealGuides

have to contend with all the time with people, as they provide
Something Wonderful, yet when a person is so lodged into their social
behavior, they are afraid to explore beyond the boundaries they have
always accepted and set for themselves. I constantly get emails from
people who are so locked into their 'Literal Senses' that they can only
quote what someone has written, even without them having any Real
Experiences on their own. Written and spoken words are merely a
'reference' to something, not always a true fact or a RealExperience.
The world of humans has become so much more judgmental than
realistic. I am constantly judged by what I write and say, which is fine,
but the reality of saying and writing something does not always give a
proper explanation of what is being presented.
From all that I am
writing and telling others, the basic and bottom line is, I am providing
RealGuidance with Something Wonderful, but YU must learn to
Recognize it moreso than analyzing it and trying to figure it out with
the Literal Senses. Each person who takes the time to really listen,
and first of all experiment with themselves when it comes to The NU-U
Sessions, then contacts Rebazar Tarzs and The RealGuides on The
RealSide, they will begin to have RealExperiences in their Dream
Visions. Then, it is up to each person to decide if they will accept
what is being shown and demonstrated to them, or to stay with what
they have always known, their conditioned mind and Censor, which is
usually wrapped with the Pleasure Principle. This is the complete
unconscious life for most people who agree with their lower five
bodies only. If they decide to stay with their conditioning, then they
will have to follow out their basic Karmic Future Pattern, which they
have, for the most part, unknowingly created from many lifetimes.
When a person decides to listen to RealGuidance, their Karmic
Burden starts to work off a lot faster. From all that I am writing, this is
the main focus, otherwise, I am only providing a lot of words like
anyone else. Part of The RealGuidance is to let the created part of
the individual know what is possible, which is the personal self, then
they can decide whether they wnt to proceed or not.
The Real
Experiences in one's Dream Visions, which The RealGuides always

demonstrate, are to get a person going with their own Journey to

RealFreedom, and out of all the drama and karmic misunderstanding
of being unconscious to The TruReality LifeIS, THE ALLIS.
The majority of humans see themselves as superior to all the other
so-called creatures who exist here, yet it is the humans who are
destroying The Natural Environment and not the supposed lowly
creatures who do not live in big houses and do not do all the big deals
and market themselves as something they are not. And so for most
people, their dream experiences will be of a rather radical nature and
to the extremes of having visions of killing others and also that of wild
beasts. There are many examples of annihilation that one can
experience, and when they are seen for what they are, they bring
about a realization of benefit once properly understood, if the person
involved will take the time to listen and learn. Even a man in prison
can realize what he has done and begin to correct his attitude, as one
does not have to go through more lifetimes of drudgery to change.
Learning to Be Now and discover The RealGuidance turns the tides
with ones life to where they are open to The SoundLight Reality that
expands their RealAwareness and they Become MoreAware.
The unconscious mind with all that it entails is like a pack of wild
beasts at times. It is a seemingly endless arena of imaginable and
unimaginable ideas, assumptions, notions, loves, desires, hates, and
whatever else can be conjured up. A man can see a beautiful woman
and immediately want her. His desire is in the category of lust and all
the images he suddenly produces within himself motivates him to
decide a direction and then to accomplish his goal. Because of the
social setting he is in, he knows he must go about the process with
some dignity and his approach must appear to be sincere. If, after all
the attempts to persuade the woman into his life do not work, then the
man may go to other extremes such as intimidation and even rape.
Again, this is an example of the formulated ideas in the subconscious
mind that can run wild and out of control.
Society breeds The
Influence I continually refer to, as most women want to be desired and
sought after, but then again they have their own idea of how they want

it to be done. To most, it would seem that what one is creating within

themselves is a natural process, but it is actually the imaginary
creativeness of one that is rather out of control. Just like a person
driving down the street as they stay within the lanes, as apposed to
weaving all about and causing havoc for themself and others. All of
us are here to experience a particular process and learn about
ourselves, The RealU, and then from this we are to finally realize what
is not Real, then to eventually Recognize & PerSeeve, What IS Real.
What I am providing surpasses so much that can be understood by
most, yet it is really very minuscule compared to The Great
Awareness that can be accomplished with RealGuidance into Reality.
There are basic desires and needs while we are here and having to
maintain a physical body. The first of course is food, something to
keep us going and to satisfy the lower nature of ourself. Then comes
love, or what we understand individually to be love. This is actually
the Personal Love, that is mainly emotions with all kinds of ideas
attached. Personal Love is not the 'Ultimate' like so many people
'Think' it is. For the most part it becomes a lot of drama for lifetimes
and keeps a person Dumbed Down and unaware. This is why the
'Love Idea' is used so much by the Religious Orders, because it is a
huge Kontrol Factor. Of course, Personal Love has its place, but
there is so much more with The Whole of Life that Personal Love
cannot reach. With all that is taking place right now there are many
looking for the fulfillment of what they deem to be love. The basic
idea is two people getting along and sharing their life together, and
possibly having children which supposedly bonds the union even
moreso. Then, there are the other family members who hang around
and have not found a mate, or those who have lost their mate to the
departure of the physical vehicle.
RealLove, not the emotional
attachment and idea and feelings of the human being, but The
OverALL Reality that usually goes about unnoticed, is actually the
LUV everyone is looking for. What we as humans experience here is
a lesser version and an extension of RealLove. RealLove is
RealFreedom, like the sun in the sky, shining as it shines upon all and
asks for nothing. But, to truly understand this great position, one

must gain the right experiences to have it for themselves. And so,
because humans have the encumbrance of a dulled vision and
perception here, they go for what they 'feel' is the only way to
accomplish what they are looking for, and that is with another person.
There is nothing wrong with taking on anything here, but to be stuck
here because of what we have to deal with does not make the least bit
of sense. The earth and all that it entails is a 'place in life' and not The
TruReality or The Real UNUverses. The old, old saying of 'love is
blind' is true, and the reference is that of human emotional love.
Today more than ever, so much of what people are being taught and
marketed is more 'desire' than love or a real commitment to anything
of RealValue. It would seem to me as I watch people go about their
daily affairs they truly are in love, mainly with their cell phones. No
wonder the 'blow-up dummy' market is at an all time high. There is a
reverence when two people simply accept each other and are
comfortable about themselves, and as the sun shines so can each
one of us with a much better understanding than Human History.
Because humans are what they are, a person cannot repress their
desire for personal love and live a life of repression, because this
becomes something to deal with which is not necessary. So, to better
understand the love urge, one must learn to create a balance within
themselves through their experiences with their Life.
All of us are
connected to the qualities of The TruReality LifeIS, which are, Purity,
Humility, Sincerity, Gratitude, and a persistent journey to Become
MoreAware and realize ourselves as Radiant Beings of Light of the
highest order. As long as a person continues to see and accept they
are human only, then it is in the human arena they will stay. To help
assist us on our Journey to RealFreedom, THE ALLIS provided each
of us with an imagination. With this wonderful ability we can learn to
surpass the conditioned mind and those who rule the unaware and
eventually be wherever we want to be. Our imagination is a
connection to the subtle fluid worlds and universes, which are always
unseen by the physical eyes. By gaining RealExperiences in Your
DreamVisions with the Levels of Life, we then experience RealLUV,
the LUV each person is really seeking to satisfy themselves with.

In the human arena, most people are really infants when it comes to
understanding themselves and the feelings they can produce. Most
will go wild with their emotions and land on their face, until they figure
out what they are doing to themselves. Many of the 'Reality Shows'
reveal the immaturity of people as they display themselves in various
situations which are really premeditated for them to react and look
silly, because the audience who is also immature, is looking to see
some form of sensationalism. When the star or any such show is
having multitudes of the opposite sex go for the one main attraction,
this is definitely not love, but a circus act to try and get a relationship
going. With so many choices right at a person's feet, how can they
really choose?
And here again, you have modern society with all
their new toys and they want to play, while the planet is dissolving, as
there will always be those who have nothing better to do than be silly.
Like the old song, 'Looking for love in all the wrong places,' humans
are just being their basic silly selves. RealLUV is RealFreedom from
the old drama and being creative with something of a RealBenefit.
Reality and all that it entails, is so much better than what can be
accomplished here, yet most people will constantly take second best,
which is more lifetimes of the same routine and drama. One of the
reasons people act the way they do with all the odd routines they go
through is, because they have been educated by the REPSystems
into a considered conformity, which is very prevalent and suppressed
in the unconscious mind and shows up in the conscious mind with the
actions a person decides. An excellent example is, a well known
politician most people know of. He was raised in a well to do family
that projected to the world their so-called 'properness,' which is more
of a front than anything else. And with all he was given and had
access to he was still an outright goofball. Why? Because, just like
all of us he didn't like the restrictions that were put upon him as to how
he should be and act. It is sad to say this fellow only puts on a front to
the viewing public, as he is with the Dark Certain Few, as him and his
political buddies have caused so much of the brutal destruction on the
earth. The Outer Kontrolling Systems with all they imply, are very
seldom what they show the public with their 'put-on' benevolent fronts.

Each one of us really wants RealFreedom, from the most religious

and well meaning person, to the lowest and evilest of creatures, but
very few know how to go about getting it. So, after constantly being
reprimanded by his father about his actions, this political brat, set out
to take a risk, and that was to eventually run for the highest office in
the nation. Lo and behold, he made it, because the majority of the
public is unaware and buys whatever the politicians tell them. The
race was very close, so along with a few little tricks, he and his
gangster buddies made sure the votes went to him. I can read The
Universal Files, so I can see what really took place. Anyhow, the idea
here is that he reached for what he thought was the top of Life, from
his limited human view and took on the 'appearance' of accomplishing
it. Now that he was in office, he could basically do whatever he
wanted, and also finally got the approval of his father, which he so
dearly wanted. Again, this is where 'love is blind,' as the love he was
looking for was not really there, only a pat on the back, so to speak
from his father who is one with those who Kontrol the world from the
shadows. Because most of the politicians belong to Secret Societies,
he was given full reign to do all the stupid antics he wanted, but the
idea was to make them look presentable and acceptable to the public.
This politician is just like all those before him and all those after him.
All of them will meet the Angels of Death from the Astral Worlds and
deal with the Lords of Karma, who definitely do not care about earthly
titles, as they will sentence him to a lot of future lifetimes of untold
drudgery for what he has chosen to do at this time on the earth.
I am not into pointing the finger at anyone, so to speak, as I am
providing RealExamples of the psychological evidence of this world
today. It is the sign of the times as we are now in, and that is there is
so much blatant stupidity and brutal secret sorcery nonsense going on
with all the Marketing Ploy the REPSystems are into.
There is an
Invisible Overall Censor on everyone from the World Controlling Brats,
which the public is not aware of, nor are they interested in
investigating what is really taking place. Some people already know
this and many are too afraid to see it for what it is.
There is an
undermining force everywhere the public does not see that Kontrols

the REPSystems, as most people only see the puppets of the

'Puppeteers,' who are they themselves Kontrolled by The Influence,
the third head of the Kalaum God.
All of this does get into 'other
worlds' of Sinisterism. The REPSystems have their own secret forces
of dark psychics and remote viewers they use, along with technology
most of the public can only imagine. When one of their kind is about
to be exposed they even help it along to make them an example to
continue the 'Fear Idea' to everyone. As long as you can keep your
cool, like in the Mafia, you are okay, but if you slip up, then you
become the example and the sacrifice. All those who play with the
Dualistic Forces soon pay the price, because everyone has to deal
with Cause and Effect Karma while they have their five bodies here.
On the current money are some of the symbols of The Secret
Societies, its their way of showing off and displaying who is boss, but
all these people that play their games of Kontrol will be returning in
deformed bodies and having to deal with it. Only THE NUMAN and
The Real UNUversal Guides can offset the karmic debts of those silly
enough to think they can outdo Life ITSelf. What I am referring to
here is not The Whole of Life, THE ALLIS, but the Created Psychic
Bubble that we know as Creation, which most people 'Think' is what
LifeIS. Creation is a 'Process' we are each going thru until we can
Recognize RealFreedom and stand in it.
I know I am putting myself
at risk here by providing this information, and the reason is, I am
providing an opportunity to see if these misguided souls will wise up
and do something about all the nonsense they have created and are
planning still to do. I know everything they are doing and planning to
do, and as time and events go along they are digging themselves a
bigger and bigger hole to climb out of, if they ever can.
In this society, basically from birth, we are taught to go after something
other than the Recognition of why we are here and who we really are.
Society breeds the constant disease of ignorance and unawareness,
and so it is not surprising to find there are more lawyers, psychiatrists,
politicians and religious fanatics, spiritual masters, and so many other
types of businesses that are destroying The Natural Environment than
there are people with common sense. Of all these so-called official

'social geniuses,' how many of them understand themselves and their

DreamVisions and have had RealExperiences with The RealGuides?
And with what these people are doing and performing, is it really
something which will alleviate the karmic burdens of themselves and
others to where they can see The RealLight? It is so obvious that
even the great minds of our time do not at all heed Human History, yet
they do refer to it, but never in its TruSense. To them, having blown
something up and conquering others seems to be the big deal, like the
white man did to the Indians. The world is a show for the human ego
to plunge itself into death and destruction in the name of national
security, patriotism, human survival and whatever the rigid and
arrogant can magically create to fool others with.
It is time for
RealTruth, not the padded nonsense and cruelty that has always been
delivered by the REPSystems and their marketing media. When a
person has the awareness of The Real UNUverses, they can See far
beyond all the limitations, hate, destruction and darkness this place
manufactures. So, I would strongly suggest to start paying attention
to Your DreamVisions and do The NU-U Sessions immediately. The
RealGuides are ready Right Now to assist you with The TruReality.
With society as it is, many people have anxiety dreams from what they
put themselves through in the workplace and with their relationships.
The business of today, many times forces its workers to frantically 'get
the job done at all costs,' which means that it will cost those involved
as they emotionally stress for their survival. For some reason, most
people keep thinking in the terms that what they are experiencing here
is how Life is, but what has been created here is what Life isn't. Many
times people are going though what they have actually put themselves
in from the past, which are similar situations from pastlives. Because
the unconscious likes to continually experience what it has come to
know, it will take second best with the Pleasure Principle, if it cannot
get what it really wants. What I am laying out here is how all the
unaware humans of the earth are actually out of control as they are
Kontrolled by their desires and likes and dislikes and not any Real
Sensibility. As long as a person continues with their so-called 'normal
life,' they will be at the mercy of their subconscious mind and all it

desires, and with this routine The Influence has a field day. The
standard life only, entails more karma and reincarnation. All those
'spooky' movies about past lives and hauntings form the PsycRealms
are very true, and a lot of people do experience them, because they
have opened themselves up to the negative forces and do not know
how to plug the holes.
Only The RealGuides can ward off the
offenders. Those funny guys with crosses around their necks and the
hokus pokus smoking pots will not really do anything. Most religions
are already part of the mishaps in peoples lives and dreams.
Someone I have known for many years who used to attend my
classes lives here in Southern California, and for the most part is a
sensible person, accept when it comes to her emotional life, she has
always 'hit the wall' so to speak. Well, this young gal has been a
heavy drinker for the longest time and also hooked herself to some
psychic endeavors along with her strange family relationships. So, it
is not hard to see why she opened a hole in the PsycForces that was
actually a type of doorway, like in the first 'Ghost Buster Movie.' The
portal was in her bedroom, and several other people I was teaching
years ago experienced the gruesome entity that emerged from the
opening.
One fellow who was in my class actually wrestled with it
late one night when he heard it coming into his house. This was not
even a dream, but an actual physical encounter.
Society does not
understand the real and awful negative forces many are into. The
radical so-called music of today, which is not really music, but bad
vibrations, connects one to the lowest of the Astral Worlds along with
excessive alcohol and drugs, where all the demons reside and are
constantly looking for a way to get at and influence others, and also
destroy the humans. Many of these lost souls in the bowels of what
the church calls their hell, were once people like anyone else, until
they began to do dastardly deeds and align themselves with the
lowest of influences.
This is why I am so blatant about what I am
presenting, I am actually trying to warn everyone, even the imbeciles
who are always wanting to take Komplete Kontrol of the world and
everyone on it. Many of them will end up in the lower Astral Hells,
and will be waking up to a constant nightmare for the longest time.

The Astral Hells are not eternal like the church wants their followers to
'believe' as they use the 'eternal damnation' ploy, because they want
to scare people into being supportive and not wander about and give
their time and money to someone else. This is why there are so mnay
different rituals and ceremonies with the Religious Orders.
The unaware masses have been seduced by the Original Reptilians to
accept religious rites and beliefs as a way of life. Most people like to
'cling' to certain emotional ideas and the basis for most religions has
been some kind of savior or saint dying, which then becomes a martyr
that the Belief Systems use to Kontrol the emotional senses of those
who do not understand how Creation works. The DarkBrats do not
understand either, but they put on the 'act' with their 'officialness' that
they do know everything and that they have direct communication to
the Unseen Deities they have everyone blindly pray to. All of this and
whatever else has been created here appears and 'feels' so
reasonable, and it is more than evident that most people like what is
taking place, even though it is keeping them unconscious as to who
they really are. The old idea that the gods created each person, their
human body, and that they are in Kontrol of everything is a fallacy. As
anyone can see for themselves, the human body is created in the
womb of a woman and this can only be so, because The Real
Awareniss each one of us is actually creates the body with the help of
another person as a vehicle to gain experience here. Even when the
evidence of what is really taking place is right in front of everyone,
they will still usually accept the Marketing Ploy of others and many
times pay a lot for it. This shows how fragile the human person can
be, as ALLife does make sense once YU See IT and BE Real with IT.
The movies and music of today, many times plays to the negative
emotions of people for their support and their money in some way. If
you have been paying attention to what I have written so far, then you
will see how the Pleasure Principle is working in peoples lives almost
without their consent. The Pleasure Principle is the basic nature of
humans, and the Marketing Manipulators figured this out a long time
ago when it all started with the first prostitute, as an example. Today,

people do themselves over with raunchy music, video games, cell

phones stuck to their heads, and mainly being bored, because they
have no RealPurpose, Challenge or RealAdventure in their lives. All
they really have is a seemingly endless array of phenomena to get
lost in. It is not my position to say what a person should or shouldn't
do, but there is so much more to Life, but it takes a lot of Real Effort to
make it happen. The Earth Life is simply a dimension all its own,
among other dimensions, seen and unseen. Each basic level of Life
has many regions, states of consciousness, and vast multitudes of
personal arenas any of us can experience. The Basic Principle of Life
is simple, simply pick your position. It is in the same sense as one
would choose their career, even though a person is still doing all the
other things that entail their life, such as raising a family, playing
sports and taking trips for fun and pleasure.
But, the center of
operations is the career one has chosen, because it supports
everything else. And so it is with a Real UNUversal Position, as it
gives a person the absolute freedom to do whatever and be anywhere
without restriction, as long as they do not interfere with anything else.
The human awareness, which entails the Pleasure Principle, usually
does not want to confront itself and so much of the worthlessness it
puts itself through, so instead it creates agreements that look really
good to the onlooking unaware, and wallah, you have a whole gamete
of institutionalized productions to the general public and whatever else
can be invented to entice the minds of the unsuspecting to get their
money and support. I would recommend learning about the various
levels of Life and how they apply to a person's life, then one will See
and learn so much more, and actually start to move into the higher
areas and experience what very few ever do. So much of what is
experienced today is from the creation of desires from past lives.
When this country was being built, a lot of people lost their lives early,
and so the desire to complete what they started still exists within
them. But, as time and events continue on at the fast pace they do,
so does the desire to continually do more until one finds a better
replacement for what is on the earth alone. Life makes sense, and it
is a lot more fun to understand what is already taking place as

apposed to all the created ideas that are usually silly stories to entice
people into becoming a donor for something that leads them astray.
When we center on really learning about ourselves with Real
Guidance, our life changes the way we want it to, and not according to
so many of the good-sounding ideas that are merely words for sale.
If YU take a close look and observe keenly at what has been and is
being presented by so many 'Know-it-All's' in the professional fields,
YU will soon notice that what is being given to people is actually telling
them what to do with their life. In other words, the masses are
purposely being directed to obey the good-sounding ideas of those
who are professing to help them with their lives, when actually they
are subtly ordering people to obey and 'get in line' or else. It has
become such a 'standard' for people to be told what to do with themselves. Most people want to resist, but at the same time they do not
want to be left alone and possibly be the only rebel for their personal
choice and freedom, so they follow the herd and obey. All of this is
fine, because each person has the right to do whatever they want to.
The Political and religious Rulers are very good at doing this, as they
make their 'Pretty Speeches' in such a way that it all sounds so good,
even though what they are saying means basically nothing. They
always make it sound like they are doing YU a favor, when in fact it
has been your labor that pays them to tell YU what to do. Did they
build the buildings they work in? Do they maintain them? Did they
build the facilities that print the Fake Money they make people use to
create all the deficits they created and make YU 'Think' it was YU?
Are YU sure YU want to keep doing this same routine with those who
really do not care at all about YU? YU always have the choice to do
better, but YU Must BE The Real RiskTaker and decide to have Real
Guidance and Test The NU-U Sessions. THE ALLIS, works with those
who want to Recognize What IT IS. Only with THE ALLIS IS there
RealFreedom. A Freedom So Wonderful, YU cannot even imagine it
from your human mind. It would seem impossible, and those who
Kontrol the Political, Religious and Spiritual Systems will tell YU there
is no such thing with what Duane The Great Writer is presenting. So,

YU can always stay with the Kontrolling Gods of Man and the Ruling
Authoritarians of the Earth World, with all their rules, regulations and
Fear, or try The NU-U Sessions and Watch Your DreamVisions Now.
YOUR DREAMVISIONS PART THREE
The Reincarnation Dream is another aspect The RealGuides use to
teach a person by. Everyone is unique to themselves and this is how
The RealGuides see each, as apposed to the Educational Systems,
who usually put everyone through the same basic courses like rabbits.
Ancient History, which all of us have been a part of, like building the
Pyramids and being in numerous battles and left for dead, is what all
of us carry with us as we have lived it. In the era of half-man and
half-beast creatures, which runs along the early dynasties of Egypt
when the worshiped gods of that time were of this nature, there were
also other civilizations who had the same and similar such as half-bull,
half-man creatures called the Minotaur of Crete. There was also the
half-horse, half-man Centaur of ancient Greece. Among these were
the half-bird half-man creatures of the early Babylonians, and the halfgoat, half-man that was the figure of what was deemed to be Satan in
Europe during the Middle Ages. From the past, it is interesting to see
the refinement that has taken place with these and other ideas of what
people look to Now as their deity of sorts. At times, a person may
find themselves running in terror from these creatures in their dreams,
and so to escape them, one can simply wake up. The subconscious
will run old programs of experience depending upon the nature of the
individual. There may be times when a friendlier relationship exists
with these creatures, and even to where the dreamer may worship
them in some manner. These are experiences from the past that may
have a bearing on one in this present day, as each person has their
own individualized journey they are taking on. If a person does have
dreams along these lines, then there is a message being told. I knew
a rather elderly religious lady who would talk about her dreams at
times, because they were very vivid to her. She never really said they
meant anything to her, but she did tell me of a couple where she
described the half-horse half-man creature and said how very

handsome he was as though he were a god. There was more to her

dream, but this was the basic idea. I asked her if the god idea was
the impression she experienced in the dream and she said it was. I
said nothing to her at the time, because of her religious involvement.
The dream was telling her, along with what else she experienced in it,
that she was still using the old ideas of a deity as she was still
following the religious ideas of today. Even though the appearance of
what the Belief Systems use today seems different, the basic nature is
the same, old and outdated and very Kontrolling Through Human
History, as this is where most people do not pay attention, is a long
line of gods and all forms of strange deities that people have looked to
and worshiped, including animals and also human sacrifices.
The Belief Systems, the Religious and Political Systems, which are all
the same, have proclaimed, actually threatened most of the human
race with their outdated rewritten documentations, that their followers
shall not worship false gods or prophets, yet they openly market a
constant fallacy to everyone on this planet by the very fact of their
Kontrol, and they are right about everything according to them. The
Pope has deemed himself to be the Chosen One and the Word of
their Chosen Gods, and the unaware masses bow to this, as they do
not look behind the curtains of the Vatican Empire to see what has
and is really taking place. A RealStudy as to the history of the Pope
and an even closer look at the Black Pope will reveal what is not seen
on the surface of what is being portrayed by these supposed divine
ones who have self-proclaimed their positions. This is very true, as
they have created the idea they are more special than everyone else
and should be deemed as such.
With them is also the ideas of
Royalty, Presidents and Emperors, which are the same little people
masquerading as supposedly somebody special that overlook others.
I am not writing a reform commentary here, but pinpointing an
actuality that is recorded in Human History. The reason, the Vatican
Empire can claim to have absolute sovereignty is by the very fact they
rule the earth and use the political governments to implement their
orders, whether it be for a benefit, which it is usually for them, or

another one of their many takeovers.

The Belief Systems have
established the most blatant intimidating rigidness in most people's
consciousness, which has existed for thousands of lifetimes. And
utmost with the very nature of their deliverance is always the
drivenness of Fear.
Fear is number one on this planet, as most
people will unconsciously kneel and bow to it all the time without their
recognition of this fact. Fear has become a way of life here for the
masses. Until the Fear that binds one here is properly Recognized
and overcome, how can it make sense that one can leave their
present state of awareness to experience so many other Greater
Realities that already exist? They cannot, and as one beholds themselves to the Fallacy of Gods, they are bound to all the agreements.
So much of the time the Dreamer will be in strange places that look so
unfamiliar, yet while the dream is occurring it all seems commonplace.
This is because how we see our life from our physical view is a
particular and the dream is demonstrating something for us to pay
attention to as an exaggeration, as there is actually more to See, that
is if the Dreamer will take the time to go over what they have
experienced. All of us have come from unlimited experiences and
adventures and so we have a lot of episodes that relate to what we
are doing in our life today. It is not important to get caught up in the
past, but to simply Recognize it for what it is. All of us have gained a
lot of experience and expertise in a lot of areas, then there are those
who may come around for lifetimes and do the same thing over and
over again, because they really like it. Mozart is a good example, as
he played musical instruments when he was very young.
Many
people actually do this, and the reason being they have done it in their
previous lives, so when they drop into this one they are all ready to
go. From the limited human mind it would seem all too amazing and
to be some kind of divine gift, but what really took place was all the
practice one put into their craft. Again, Life does make sense as one
pays attention and makes sense of their life. So, with this knowledge
one does not have to be jealous of anything or anyone, because they
too can have the same advantages as they practice their desires to be
what they want to be. We have all come from a huge accumulation of

personal experience over many lifetimes where most people do not

remember, but Life is always Here and Now, so each moment we
have the Free Will to decide whatever we will and make our life Fun.
This place is The Passing Dream we are all experiencing here, as
many would think it is what Life is, and all there is. Does it really
make sense that we have come here to eventually grow old and
feeble, as opposed to staying young and MoreAware? We have the
imagination to do whatever we want to, so it really does make sense
to connect to The RealSource, as opposed to what humans have
created from the dirt. What we are experiencing here is the actual
opposite of a RealLife, as it is a House of Mirrors, a reflection to be
dealt with until we develop ourselves into the proper Being and
Awareness with What IS Real Now. Anyone can be the smartest and
most brilliant person on this earth, the most humble and grateful, but
when they meet with The RealGuides, they are just starting their
journey, because Life is far too big to even imagine how really big IT
IS. The Unknown Attributes of The TruReality are; Purity, Sincerity,
Humility and Gratitude. Of course there are more, but these are the
main ones.
The Purity, Sincerity, Humility and Gratitude that I am
referring to are not the one's that most people would relate to, but can
only be PerSeeved, once a person knows how to do so.
The
TruEssence of these four attributes are unseen and mainly nonexistent on this world, as it would seem as though they do not exist at
all, because of how most humans have been taught and conditioned
on the earth. I would say that children are much closer to them in
their hearts than most adults. Nature is a great example of a purity.
Our pastlives, which I have written about one of mine in NUBook One
of, The AdventurIS Series, 'From Then To Now,' entails a procession
of embodiments that have been tried and tested over the span of
seemingly endless lifetimes. There comes a time when each of us
wants to know where we have come from and the many experiences
we have gone through. No matter what becomes of our life, it has all
been from the choices we have made. Eventually, after the longest
road of endeavor, we do long for Something Real from chasing all that

we have and always ending up with basically with nothing, but a lot of
memories. Then we forget everything and are once again somewhere we have no idea of.
My former life, which entails being an
Indian, where Rebazar was preparing me for this life and what I am
doing now, can be something to learn from for many.
Each of us
have our special areas of expertise and what suits us. It really does
not matter what a person wants to do, when they have The Real
Connection and The RealGuidance, then they are on their way to a
TruCompletion of Themselves. Of course there is never an end to
our wondrous experience with THE ALLIS, but we must complete first
of all is our karmic ties in the PsycRealms, then we never have to
return here again. To most people, pastlives are in the 'belief'
category, which is understandable, because they really cannot be
authenticated or verified literally and scientifically, accept with each
person who is personally experiencing them in their DreamVisions.
If people knew they had more lifetimes, they wouldn't bow to the
present authorities, because they would know they have more time.
When Marco Polo went to China and then returned, he was met with
head on opposition to what he was relating with his experiences. It
was mainly the church at the time who did not want to hear about his
so-called tales. Of course they wouldn't, they never want to move
from their spot, because they have all their followers in a routine they
can Kontrol, and when something new comes on the scene, then they
have to deal with it.
Because, followers will soon ask why weren't
they, from those who are supposed to know so much and are in direct
contact with the all-knowing, ever told of what else exists. The
REPSystems are clearly out of date as is the piston engine, which
should have been gotten rid of a few years after it was invented. It
has been nothing but a polluting monster that most humans gaw, gaw
over. The good and bad aliens have used the electron-magnetism in
the ethers for eons to run their saucers and spacecraft and the
governments of this world have this technology, but they won't tell the
general public, because they want people to stay Dumbed Down and
dependent and unaware to what they already Kontrol. This earth will
always be the same with the same body types ruling over others.

Almost all of our dreams are about ourselves, our personal situations
with Life and all that we experience on a daily basis, along with the
past creeping in once in a while.
At times, we will be in certain
experiences where we see those we know and are viewing what they
are going through or doing. I have a lot of experiences with others as
I am teaching them, and also the business associates I am dealing
with that are assisting me with The NUPresentation and my
ALLHumanitarian Projects. Some people who come to me and The
RealGuides want some assistance, but sometimes their karmic
burden is so great that they have to work through certain things before
they can get on with their own Journey to RealFreedom. It would be
like a child of five wanting to drive their parent's car, the child has to
mature before it can happen.
And so it is with each of us. The
business world is a good example of whether a person wants to
mature with their life or not. Some will finish high school, then go and
find a job, while others will go on to college and even trade schools.
None of these are better than the others, as it is all about what each
person wants for themselves and their life to be. Every choice a
person makes is fine, and they will soon realize by the choices they
have made why they have ended up where they are Now.
From all the years I have taught and been a teacher and a leader of
many, people would often tell me about how they saw me in certain
situations as I have sometimes seen them in their DreamVisions. My
friend Miss K, who likes to be known as the Mystery Woman, has
seen me for a lot of years, even before I met her once again during
this life. When I first took The Rod of Power, she had already known
my former wife, and so during one of our classes at the time it came
up that there was a woman from out of state who knew about us and
The Golden Warrior, which she called me.
I flew her out to
Huntington Beach and met her for the first time during this life, and
she hugged me and recognized me right away. Rebazar and Gopal
Das hang around her house a lot. She has told me a lot of interesting
adventures about our pastlives together and what we do together
while we are in this life on The RealSide. Like a kid, I like to hear her
stories. She knows the little Fairy People and the Fairy Princes, who

is a little ball of light. Rebazar and Gopal have taken her to a lot of
places, as they give her some real interesting experiences all the time.
When I was taking my rest for several years as of 2003, Miss K, was
the only one who knew what I was going through and stood by me. All
those who I taught for at least 20 years split, and to this day I have not
seen them in the physical, but I have seen them on The RealSide, as
they are coming around again. With The NUPresentation becoming
more of a physical reality all the time, many people who I used to
know will be emerging once more to test themselves with this.
This journey is so much bigger than a person can determine even with
a lifetime of the teachings and paths they have belonged to. I started
in 1970, and it is Now 2014, so it has been a long journey, but 44
years is nothing compared to The Foreverness we will all be
experiencing Forever. It is rather humorous that there really is no
such thing as the ideas many people have of eternity and forever,
because The TruReality LifeIS IS Always Now. With the ideas of
eternity and forever, it is more of a Literal View as an ongoing process
into a so-called future. This is moreso in the arena of Creation and
not in The Real UNUverses. This is where it takes a while for most
people to get used to the difference between 'Mental Conceptions'
such as their gods and what took place in the past and that the future
will be better, and The TruReality LifeIS, which AlwaysIS Now. From
this RealPosition one learns to Recognize & PerSeeve THE ALLIS.
Here is where the confusion lies, that of Creation and The TruReality
LifeIS. It takes a bit of explaining, but eventually YU will understand.
There is definitely a type of romance that takes place and is displayed
while the conscious mind is set aside, because all of us for the most
part, are into ourselves and all the attitudes we are in love with. The
characters that do all sorts of funny actions and display a quirkiness
are many times the creations of one's self that become personified.
This is where many times a person can be arguing with themselves.
The RealAwareness, The RealU, is always trying to get the many
different parts of itself to pay attention to what has RealValue, but the
lower end of the Personal Mind wants to be persuaded by the

Pleasure Principle, and basically drown itself many times in sensual

experiences, and so eventually it ends up with a lot of human drama
and wondering how it got there. In ones dreams, it will found these
created characters can be friend or foe.
Just like a person who
aspires to become a great artist and continually works at what he
wants to accomplish, there can be others in his dreams who will help
him accomplish his desired ambition. When a person has developed
a Real Inspiration from what Life Already IS, then they are on the right
track for themselves to succeed at whatever they are doing. So, what
will take place in ones Unseen Worlds will not only be the different
parts of themselves, but they will also have help from many other
Beings who are into the higher creativeness of Living and Survival.
There are many different levels of creatures and Beings, from the
lowest imaginable to the highest of Pure brilliant Light, who are
involved with the humans on the earth and the other RoundWorlds.
LifeIS always Becoming MoreAware of ITSelf, and this is why there
are Angels, RealGuides and others helping the struggling people in
the lower realms. The REPSystems are mainly tied to the lower
aspects of Life, and even all the way down to the demons in their own
hells they have manufactured throughout lifetimes of their gruesome
involvement. When Michel Angelo painted for the church in his day,
he was under the impression he was doing a service for a divine
purpose, which was his inspiration and motivation and wanting the
superiors of the church to catch on, but their intents were their own, as
they used him to get what they wanted. Life ITSelf knows the intent
of a person even without their knowing their own self, and so this is
where The RealGuides will step in to assist a person. They have
worked behind the scenes since man was created on this planet.
The Dream Symbols of The RealGuides are far above all those a
person can conjure up for themselves.
Those who are The
NUStudents and NULeaders have the advantage of being taken to
wondrous places and shown what the rest of mankind knows nothing
about.
I have written about so many adventures of my own
DreamVisions and there are still so many more to come. A beautiful

experience is where a person is in The Hawaiian Islands, this type of

dream can be significant of The Real UNUverses where Life is beyond
heavenly. My friend Miss K and I are always in the Hawaiian Islands,
and finding jewels and diamonds along with precious coins in the
sand. This is where The Five Waves took place, because they were
the setting for THE NUWAVIS. There is a huge variation to the scale
that is the actual Unseen Extensionness of all that can be PerSeeved
from the human side of Life.
What each of us have in the human
realm is so minuscule compared to The Incredible Endlessness of
what lies beyond the Gods of Man and into The Real UNUverses.
As long as we are in the physical realm, which is just about at the
bottom of Life, we must each deal with all the particulars here, so The
RealGuides continually give us experiences in the higher levels, and
then we are motivated to keep going into bigger and better adventures
of Becoming MoreAware. I must admit there have been times when
I wanted to just fly off from this place, because what I am offering does
take a lot of endurance. Very few will understand their DreamVisions
right away, so it takes great patience to continually move forward with
something which has no real parameters and bearings according to
what has been created from the earth. When one decides to venture
past the solidness of the human element, they will meet all kinds of
new conditions to deal with until they are home free from the Clutches
of the Kal God or Kalaum God, GovernorGod on the Mental Realm.
When a person allows their mind from all the thinking and assuming
and learns to live Right Now, they will begin to See from their heart.
The real binding to all that exists everywhere is what we call LUV, and
not the emotional love most people know and not so much with the
sensual aspects we experience here, but with the genuine approach
to all that we know to be True and Real, as YU enter higher levels of
Your RealAwareness. The human mind cannot really identify The
TruReality LifeIS and what it provides, so the best one can do is
simply let go and learn to listen to the silence and The RealSound and
be patient with oneself. Because we have all created and developed
the various parts to ourself, at some point we then must deal with all
our creations. Within the subconscious is a seemingly endless pool

of entities one has created over lifetimes of unknowingly forming these

DarkSide offspring. Paul and I were both taken to our other levels of
experience and shown all the battling and demonic possessions
taking place. There were huge Godzilla type creatures that roamed
the vastness of these unknown areas and hunted for the weak so as
to devour them.
Amongst the strange area were countless
encounters of those wanting to conquer others. It was all a Dream
World that one would not want to be a part of, but this was all the
creatures we had manufactured to satisfy all the desires hidden in this
shadowy region. After time and persistence with The RealGuidance,
one learns to get these creatures under control as then they disappear
from lack of interest and The RealLight takes their place. Eventually,
a person is Free and they can stand in The RealLight of Life.
For so many is the search for love from another. At first it may be the
erotic attraction a person goes after as they seek a mate, but in time,
those who do learn to see beyond just the appearance of a person,
they will experience what they are really looking for. Because of
lifetimes of chasing the opposite sex and having love, and then it slips
away, because of the the death of one party or a wartime separation,
along with all the other possibilities which always occur, the desire to
love and be loved continuously lingers within the arena of one's
consciousness, always moving about like a ghost in the night.
Until
one has The RealConnection to RealLUV and PerSeeve to where
most never will, they will not have experienced RealLUV of its highest
order. Because we have all come from The TruReality, THE ALLIS,
and not the Gods of Man as humans have been misdirected by, The
RealConnection to The Great Reality lies dormant in all who are
unaware of their RealAwareness. It takes a RealGuide who is in
direct contact with THE ALLIS to assist in completing The Real
Connection to The SoundLight Reality, so a person can start to
Become MoreAware of who they really are.
As it is well known, most people consider themselves to be human
only, but the reality of who we are is so much more than just a body
we use in this realm as we go through the process of Becoming

MoreAware. The biggest hurdle for each person is first, their

upbringing and conditioning, and then their ego, which usually sticks
up for what the person has been conditioned into and strongly
decides. To humans and their love for their mind and emotions, all of
this makes sense, but has nothing to do with The RealLUV they are
looking for, which does not easily appear on the surface as does the
other bodies like themselves they see in their everyday life. So of
course, most will stick with their attitudes and lifestyle and continue to
do as they always have done, search for RealLUV and never find it.
Trying to get a person to explore themselves and get a glimpse of
what I am referring to here is a huge undertaking of endurance.
An example is, I have a friend as a business associate and over time
we have talked about certain areas of Life, and so one day I gave him
a RealVU of what I am doing and how it relates to the overall of why
we are all here. The discussion became rather heavy, for him that is,
I was fine and having fun. That night I also met my friend in The
RealSide. We were both in a room, as he was standing across the
room and then suddenly pointed to me and said, It was him, he did
it! as he burst out a moment of anger at me. The scene quickly
changed as he was now in front of me lying on a bed and covering up
and going to sleep. To the right of the bed sat a man on a bench with
a type of Sombrero who was looking right at me with a slight smile.
This Dream Adventure is rather humorous, as it was my friend's strong
attitude about his belief that was showing up in the experience, which
he would not let out with the conscious mind, but held inside with
whatever idea he was accustomed to. And so, because I offered
something more than he had in his present awareness, which would
wake him up to Becoming MoreAware, but conflicted with his
understanding of how he views Life, along with his conformities, he
blamed me for trying to start him off with a RealEducation. When he
was in front of me on the bed and pulling the covers over himself, this
is where he was showing me he wanted to 'stay asleep' with what he
has always known. The man to the right of me on the bench was of
course the wonderful, Rebazar Tarzs, being in the experience with
me. The Sombrero, he was wearing was a kidding of sorts, but at the

same time it was it referred to the lower areas of Life below The
United States, which would be Mexico. The US is a reference at times
of the higher worlds where everything is 'united,' as apposed to
Mexico where things are a bit wild and disorderly, which would make
reference to the little self and its lack of attention to listen to any
RealGuidance. This experience to most would be a bit confusing, so
YU have to learn to read it rather different than YU would Literally.
The Dream Adventure mentioned above becomes a simplicity to
understand once one knows what lies behind the actions. It takes a
long time to Recognize & PerSeeve what very few will, but with
persistence anything can be accomplished.
There is always the
funny side to what I so freely explain to others about experiences like
this one, and that is they like what they hear, but then many times ask
me, how do I know if how I am interpreting the dream is really how it
is? Here again is where all experience is personal, as I was in all the
episodes that took place for this Dream Event to occur, so it would be
me who knew best what was taking place. As I understood the
dream, so much better did I understand my position with my friend,
and so let him be until the next time he asks, tee, hee, hee. Well, lo
and behold, it was about two weeks after that my same friend had a
dream where he was confronting someone else we both personally
knew and who had been very untrustworthy with us.
In the
experience, he was reprimanding this same fellow we both had dealt
with about his dastardly deeds. When my associate called me, as
soon as he woke up from the vivid experience he thought to himself, I
have to call Duane and ask him about this dream.
I told him,
because he had known this fellow longer than me, he was finally
letting his feelings being known, even if in his conscious life here he
would not tell this person so directly. Also, he was being direct with
this fellow to give him a heads up to where if things continued as they
did he would be hearing from my friend on the conscious level.
Understanding our DreamVisions allows us to expand our awareness
and become more capable as we continue our Journey to THE ALLIS.
And so, back to love. If a person cannot find the love they want they

may go for the same sex, and if still unsuccessful, will go to an

abstract such as a god or an ancient personality who seemed to
sacrifice themselves for others. Woman often sacrifice themselves to
religious vocations and become something like the Brides of Christ, as
an example. Many years ago this idea looked to make sense, but
today with the REPSystems still not willing to budge from their
arrogant position of Kontrol and destruction, then those who think they
are getting somewhere with the ideals invented by corruptible humans
will no longer fly. The rulers of this world have grown way too old and
cold, and it shows in the policies and political maneuvers they do.
Again, here is where the multitudes are still searching for RealLove.
When Jesus did his Sermon on the Mount, he stood and presented
the truths he had learned from The RealGuides, which is where he
had disappeared to all the years no one knew where he went. Jesus
learned a lot of PsycPowers, which he used to heal and do his
miracles. More or less, he was a showman. The church put the label
on him as 'The Son of Man' or their god, whatever. Those people
who were there at the time and wandering what he was saying, they
are the same ones today who are still looking for him and still not
understanding what he meant and where he was able to venture to.
The stories the church have invented do sound good and sweet and
have brought a lot of people into The Clutches of The Kalaum God.
And so, mankind continues their search for RealLove, while it always
evades all those who will not take the time to listen to Rebazar Tarzs
and The RealGuides, as they provide The RealGuidance Now.
The Christian Church, which there are now so many versions and
extensions to keep people guessing as to what the real mainstream is,
has only provided a watered down version of their idea of a truth.
They totally lack the genuine enthusiasm and RealConnection from
The RealSource, THE ALLIS. A glance at their imagery and words of
supposed wisdom does not support anything authentic or workable
with The TruReality LifeIS, only a bunch of words that market people
into a submission of being told what to do and where to go with their
lives, which is mainly with the Astral Worlds and more unconscious
lifetimes on the RoundWorlds.
Where is The RealLUV within the

walls of any church, especially the Vatican (Ratican) who has the most
corrupted history ever and that is very well known and documented.
RealLUV is The Essential Reality each Original and Free Being of
Light, Utun, is desperately searching for. As all of us have come from
The Heart of The Great Reality, which IS ALL Here & Now, and then
we have to go thru the PsycProcess in time and space. Everyone is
wanting to once again find The RealSource, THE ALLIS. It truly is a
hardship for The RealU to find The RealGuides, but this is where the
strength and patience of endurance shows up. The TruReality, along
with The RealGuides, wants Utun to have great strength to handle the
awesome position that is expected of one as a Free Being of Light.
The process one must go through of thousands upon thousands of
lifetimes, and then to eventually arrive Here and Now to get The Real
Connection is almost insurmountable, but The RealGuides are always
with those who are sincere in their approach, and will stay with them
until the moment comes when The NUStudent has earned their wings
and is Totally Free in The Real UNUverses. This IS Real Now!
In many different religious rites there are usually the brides of the
founder who give themselves over, such as the Mormons who have
many wives while the HeadMaster is alive. Then, there are the brides
of the deceased who often wear black, which is many times a sign of
death, power and Kontrol. It is interesting to note how most people
wear black to funerals, and especially woman, who will become the
heirs to what their husbands have accumulated. Sometimes it is so,
they are more than happy to see their hard working husband leave
this world, as they usually have other lovers standing in the wings
somewhere to share their new fortune with. Attitude and intent are
very important to understand and most people are not really that
interested, but focus more on laws and regulations, or morals and
desires. Through this series of experiences and writings, I am giving
the public a start to RealGuidance and their RealEducation. There is
a constant symbolism going on all around us, and for the most part,
those who have been conditioned with a Literal Sense only, they
usually find most of what is taking place to be as it should, as they are
not that interested in Seeing Beyond the 'fronts' of this world of

appearances. Black is usually the symbol of the DarkSide, and can

even be part of the secondary light which most people see coming
from the Astral Worlds. The old idea of 'the light at the end of the
tunnel' is true, because it is the first tunnel into the Astral Heaven, but
it is not The RealLight one is expecting and experiencing. It is like a
fake Rolex, to where it looks exactly like the original, but it isn't. This
is where 'Becoming MoreAware' makes sense and just 'Believing' in
something or that it is supposedly so does not make any sense at all.
Most people are given stories and tales during their life about the after
worlds, but what they are not given is any ability to visit the Heavens
of Man, while they are still in this physical state. Most people are
seeking personified love, and this comes out in occultism as a person
searching for their 'Soul Mate.' Even though a person is married and
even happy or unhappy with their relationship, they will unconsciously
seek out another to be satisfied with, and so this desire materializes in
a person's dreams as a searching for something while the person is
lonely within themselves.
Because all of us experience the human
consciousness, we must deal with what is taking place here and all
the complexity and pieces which are involved to make any situation
workable. The basic idea is to mate, but it does not always work out
for a lot of people to complete a transaction each lifetime they are
here, so a carryover of all the assumptions and imaginings of many
previous lives can be present to where the individual may have had a
relationship, but then there comes a war and a separation of the two
happens. And then there is the case of a 'lovely couple' where the
two are physically attracted and then in future lives their appearances
change, but the desire is still there. So, with all this complexity around
the humanness of those experiencing this level there is a lot to deal
with. All are searching for The One TruLUV, THE ALLIS, not The
Gods of Men, who many like to worship along with their old saviors.
In Book Two, A Journey to Real Freedom,' I share a lot of my
experiences going through the various levels and meeting the Gods of
Man. To most, what I am laying out would seem outrageous, but
actually it is no different than meeting the President of the US, as both

of these entities are basically in the same sinking boat. It is a matter

of where one is standing and what experience they have.
An
example is, to many what Donald Trump and Martha Stewart are
doing seems to be such a big deal, because for most, this world
equates to sex and money.
So these two, along with countless
others, seem to be at the top of Life, but this is the image one accepts,
as they love to project their 'fronts,' because many people will pay
them a lot. What they have may work here for a short time, but not in
the long run and for anything of a RealBenefit. I will admit, because of
the monetary system that has been created here, having the means to
gain a position is important, but not more valuable than one's Real
Awareness. I have always worked with this world and I am still doing
it, but what I am presenting relates to RealFreedom and not just
getting ahead financially, which will only last momentarily. Another
psychological position people have set up for themselves is to where
they go for the big ideas and let their 'belief and faith' be in the
background to take care of itself. As a person relies on others to take
care of them with their belief with those who know nothing about The
TruReality, one is keeping themselves asleep to better possibilities.
To reach The Ultimate LUV, is to first have RealGuidance and then
learn Universal Positioning(UP).
When Paul Twitchell did his
presentation, he referred to the journey as 'Soul Travel,' and stated
this phenomena to be in the lower PsycRealms only, because for the
most part, any movement is an illusion, but as one is in the lower
realms within the pieces of Life, then movement is part of the
appearance and thrill we can each have. Because we are in The
NUNowness of THE ALLIS, the term which best describes our journey
is Universal Positioning (UP).
This is where we simply decide our
destination, Our RealPosition, and we are already there, which IS
Always Here & Now. It is true that we are always Here, but it will take
awhile to Recognize, then properly PerSeeve, what position we have
decided. A person first moves about the physical realm and the Astral
and Mental Worlds to get used to what is taking place with themselves, because these are familiar references.
This is what The
RealGuides will do every night as a person leaves their body and is

taught with The RealSide. The REPSystems do not teach anything

close to what The RealGuides provide, because they do not know
how. Even if the Great Deceptors of our time tried to accomplish
anything Real, they would be stopped in their tracts from being able to
enter certain areas of the other worlds and UNUverses. It would be
easier for them to get into The White House and have dinner with the
President uninvited. The RealGuides know the intent of each person
accordingly and they are not fooled by anyone.
A person cannot
wholly have Something Real in The TruSense, until they themselves
can align themselves with what The TruReality LifeIS.
The TruReality, THE ALLIS, IS ITS own TruNature, and will not be
given to anything that is not in accordance to What IT IS. This is why
such things as, belief, faith, hope and prayer, are simply for those who
are beginning to understand themselves, and cannot be the end result
as to what I am referring to here. Again, the Invented Belief Systems
have created ideas for the unaware masses to follow, as they want
people who are not as yet able to See Beyond their own physical life
and senses to stay Dumbed Down with the Space Gods. The world of
today is based upon takeovers and Kontrol, so much more than it is
based upon love and consideration. Love, or what has been defined
as 'love' here, is many times used to influence others and to get them
to agree to something they many times do not want to agree to. So, it
is not TruLUV that is represented here. So much that is seen on this
level of apparitions is moreso an emotional conditioning by those who
have an illusionary power over others. I am not referring to that of the
love between a man and a woman, which is basically emotional, but
moreso the overall situations as they have been created in a worldly
sense. All of us start off with Emotional Love, as all of us start off in
kindergarten and then go thru the grades as we Become MoreAware
and are able to handle our own life. Everything is 'Okay' and This IS
Real! Just because I am making references and comparisons does
not mean what I am 'Reporting' is bad or good, but simply something
to learn from, so that YU can make Better Choices for Your Life.
The unconscious self is the lonely seeker and needs social contact,

because its very existence is based upon an activation by The Real

Awareness to be a co-worker in the pursuit of happiness on this level.
Unfortunately for all of us, we have been led astray by it for lifetimes,
always wanting and searching for the perfect mate or love to satisfy us
while we are trying to make our way with our own personal survival.
As I have mentioned, most people do not take the time to get an
overall view of the history they have already been though. As General
Patten stood on certain battlefields he knew he had fought there
before. All situations, no matter how great or wonderful, vanish right
before our eyes, because we keep deciding in terms that this is the
only reality there is and what the REPSystems have told us and
politically promised. So, here comes another decided deformity and
that is, because the REPSystems have made their political promises
for lifetimes to persuade the masses into their way of thinking, it only
stands to reason that from all those lifetimes of empty implications that
rarely any ever are fulfilled, and all those individuals hanging on for
the longest time and waiting for a satisfaction and remedy never really
see it all. Then, what can occur with people, is the desire to get even
by whatever means they see fit. This is where people become the
'mob thinkers' and storm the authorities thinking they will get some
form of satisfaction even if it means destroying themselves over it. It
is not really that hard to see how one attitude can last for lifetimes,
even hundreds of unconscious rebirths and still gain nothing from all
the hassles. All frustration is from a lack of RealLUV, RealGuidance
and a RealEducation and will display itself in hundreds of different
appearances with the conscious mind and within a person's Dream
Visions. So, the idea here is not about having a rebellious attitude,
but one of Becoming MoreAware and surpassing all limitations. As I
am writing this, I can hear the springtime Mocking Bird outside my
window squawking away and looking for his love.
During our first
embodiments, we did all sorts of strange things to attract the opposite
sex, and so the onward momentum into the seemingly endless future
lifetimes begins and our satisfaction is rarely successful.
First off,
one must learn to Recognize their own creations and illusions before
they can properly understands others and their pursuits, and also be
with The TruReality LifeIS and experience RealLUV from this level.

The Personal Self, the Conscious Self we have created, along with
the subconscious and Censor, causes all sorts of situations, as they
are at the mercy of all the dreams and fantasies the unaware
individual creates for himself. Today, there are more people who are
looking to the professionals of psychology, sociology and many other
strange invented institutions to help remedy what most people are
going through. Some people can handle the heavy stress of the
modern life, but some have a hard time and turn to drugs, alcohol and
others means to try and escape for a brief time what they must live
here. The many institutions of mental conditioning and observance
always find the defects and give them as the cause, when what
people are going thru has been purposely planed for them to break
down, so that the authorities can take over their lives. This is why
hardened criminals are kept alive and put in these institutions,
because they become Guinea Pigs, and there is usually public outcry,
which the authorities like to Kontrol, among other situations that come
from just one incident, then multiply that times millions, and you have
a society of people trying to make sense of something that is
senseless. This is one of the many ways the DarkBrats create a
distraction, so that they can do their takeovers while people are
stressed about others being stressed, as it is all like a domino effect.
An example can be the temper and frustration in some which is
aroused more easily than others, is often something stuck in the
unconscious mind from previous lifetimes. The reaction may not even
have anything to do with the present situation, but the ease in which a
person can go to their immature emotions has already been
established within them, so they may use the same reaction to many
of their daily experiences.
Thus, the person becomes labeled a
certain way, and for the most part continues on until death. And so it
becomes another dead life for them of staying unaware of who they
really are. For the most part, society will follow itself to the grave and
simply go along with where they are directed to by others who are
also lost with their lives. For the most part, all those who are looked to
with an authoritative position are just as lost as those who look to
them, if not moreso. Until a person really understands their multi-

dimensional reality, they are always the effect of what they have
agreed to from this dimensional 'Place in Life' known as earth.
Temper, which is anger and hostility, along with a few other attitudes,
becomes the unpredictable TaskMaster, as one becomes a slave to
the desire of their temper to get their way. This is the individual out of
control, while at the same time they think they can have the control
they want by demanding it with their emotions. Young children and
teenagers, and some into their adulthood, continue to use their
emotions to try and control the situations that show up in their life.
Parents become the most burdened by all they have given and done
for their child, which is basically conditioned them into giving their
children what they want.
In our modern society, so many are
overdone with the gifts their parents have provided, and yet the
offspring still has their hand out. But, ask them to take out the trash
and it becomes like trying to pass a bill in Congress, good luck. In the
so-called Third World Countries, the more primitive people raise their
children to take part in the families more natural lifestyle and be
productive and creative for the survival of all.
They teach their
children to be independent and to do for themselves, as apposed to
the American way of life, where people mainly raise their children to
become dependent upon them, which soon creates a range of
situations for all concerned. It amazes me when a person can make
it through all one has to go through to finally be their own person in
this society. The use of the emotions in a negative fashion become a
stumbling block and never an asset, and to the user it would seem as
though people really pay attention when someone is screaming about
something, but soon others will just walk away from the individual.
Things such as anger, lust, attachment, obsessiveness, greed,
laziness, procrastination, smoking, discordant music, drinking and
drugs, as an example, are the decadents of the DarkForces, which
are ruled by the Kalaum God and his mistress The Influence These
and other No-Value Attitudes keep people in the same old routines of
birth and death. The earth is a big melting pot of all sorts of strange
ingredients which continue to come out in a particular way and seem

to fascinate the onlooking public. The new trends which constantly

appear affect a lot of people who want to belong to something instead
of discovering their own special uniqueness, which soon become the
downfall of societies as they have in the past and history has proven.
Whatever each person does with their life is their choice, but there are
better options when a person is ready to explore Reality ITSelf.
Those who use their temper to create Fear and Kontrol are out of their
own range of reason and sensibility, and as time moves them into old
age they become the fossilized creatures of the lower Astral Realms.
The passions of the mind are The Influence of the DarkForces, and
have been established since the first man set foot upon the earth.
The interesting story the Belief Systems made up about the ideas of
Adam and Eve, whether true or not matters little, but the idea is the
same, especially with civilized man and what most people are always
after. The church is only interested in Kontrol, and will go to any
measure to have it over others. They always 'Play' the benevolent
side, but when it comes to what they really want they always get it, as
is seen with all they have accumulated over the centuries. Was it the
Original Pope that did the work on Vatican City in Rome, or was it the
Dumbed Down slaves who were told what they are doing is for their
god. Which god is that? It has all been a fantasy come true for those
who forced people, and to the death, to believe in their Invented Gods.
You and I have been thru countless lifetimes where we were their
slaves and many time put to death, because we did not agree with all
their cruelty. A good place to do research is on the Internet and YU
will find so many documentaries that expose all the brutality of the socalled sacred church.
The church, the Ruling Class over the
REPSystems, which is the Vatican, knowing the lustful and desirable
nature of most humans, uses the desires of the unconscious mind
against their followers as a ploy to keep them subservient and
worrying about their afterlife.
The REPSystems know all people
have longings and desires, and so they create rules, regulations and
commandments about what a person cannot do if they want to enter
the Two Heavens of Man, which creates a form of suppression, and
then they simply enforce their doctrine by intimidating people into their

way of thinking. In the darkened past of the church, like they did to
Jesus, they simply used force such as their military or political system
to get their way. The REPSystems will not be outdone by any means,
and they will fight to the death to uphold what their egos have claimed
to be theirs, as all of what they own is from the labor and lives of
others. The RealGuides have no such rules or regulations, and only
provide an avenue of RealTruth and RealFreedom for those who listen
and pay attention.
The old and ancient priests devised their
doctrines to Kontrol the minds of humans and did away with all the
opposition through the force of power and destruction. It has always
been the strong over the weak, and so most will bow to the fear that
has been created for hundreds of lifetimes. Most people were the
slaves of others in past lives, so it only stands to reason as they enter
this life they still carry many of the traits of anguish and oppression
along with a host of other psychosomatic symptoms, that show up as
they encounter their daily stress and drama here. It takes a genuine
commitment to discover what a person is having to deal with and all
the different parts of themselves, and so I offer The TruCompleteness
Course for those wanting to have RealGuidance and be taught by the
best. When YU have The Best Knowledge, YU will succeed.
The extreme passions of the mind continually cause more problems
and phobias and no eventual RealBenefit to the person under their
own spell of addictions.
The public is always being marketed with
some sort of new gimmick or diet that makes someone a lot of money,
so those already proven addictions to something will try anything to rid
themselves of their ailments, not realizing it is not usually a physical
treatment they need, but one of an in-depth recognition of what is
taking place with the various parts of themselves. And so, what can
occur is moreso of an unreality of dreams in which the unconscious
mind in its frustration to get to the outside world will play tricks and
reveal to the conscious self deadly poisons of negative events, which
can bring unhappiness to the dreamer, which in turn affects their
performance with their daily affairs. This is where the unconscious
mind will even make failure a virtue to the dreamer, as one accepts a
distorted view of what they have experienced. This is more than

event with what is taking place in this world today. This planet is so
polluted and poisoned and to most people this has become a standard
to live by. It is marketed to us all the time that a little poison here and
there is okay, and the amount we can take is always raised and not
even regulated properly. It is like the speed limit on the Freeway,
which where I am is basically 65 MPH, yet when a person drives in
the fast lane of the Freeway, if they go the allotted speed they are
really going too slow, because everyone else wants to go faster, which
is expected of us. This is a distortion in itself, but it is agreed upon by
enough people to make it a reality. We see this all over the place until
the Created Social Structure puts itself to ruin, and all it took was a
step at a time and one is finally where they did not want to be.
A person's DreamArena is a very personal area and has remarkable
tendencies once properly understood. What is not really known is the
fact that others can enter a person's dreams without their knowledge
and manipulate situations without the original dreamer knowing. This
is where The RealGuidance pays off the most, as one is now with The
Real UNUversal Guides and they have a protection from invaders who
are unseen and mainly come from others who project themselves
from the earth or the Lower Astral Realms.
Those who are of a
religious nature will sometimes have dream experiences with their
recognized saviors or saints, but many times this can be an entity
disguising themselves and playing the role of a looked-to ancient
figure, just like actors playing parts here in a movie, because Your
dreams are a movie until YU understand them. The savors and saints
of the past rarely made it past the PsycRealms into The Real
UNUverses. Even Jesus has to work with the Lords of Karma for
what he did on earth, even though the made-up stories of him are
such, many are not so. Again, Marketing Ploy by the REPSystems.
Some of the more truer facts about the original church and what it
decided to write and not write into its 'Bible' in early history is coming
more to light all the time, as there are now TV Documentaries being
televised supporting such evidence. I simply go to The UNUversal
Files, which show me exactly what happened with anything in Human
History. The REPSystems, the WorldOrder Brats, have been the

power center for the unaware to look to for centuries, but the time is
coming when many people will Become MoreAware as THE
NUWAVIS THE NUMAN is better understood. The masses have
been hypnotized into looking to the past for their answers and always
'hoping' the future will be better. The church has continued to predict
the return of Jesus for thousands of years, but it hasn't happened and
it really will not. Even if he did return, very few would even recognize
him, because the artists renderings of him are not what he looked like.
The REPSystems have built a lot of emotional drama around their
'star,' whom they destroyed, yet almost guarantee that he will take on
the karmic debts of everyone, simply by a person being dowsed with a
little so-called Holy Water, which really comes from where?
Being unprotected in one's dreams is like one's commuter without a
'Virus Protection' to where a person can experience a deluge of
entities entering their aura and dreams, and even hypnotizing the
unsuspecting dreamer. Those who do Astral Projection, Remote
Viewing and other sorts of psychic endeavors will find their protective
aura being punctured. In many cases what happens is the unaware
person is being set up to have another satisfaction through them, such
as an addiction to alcohol or drugs.
Those who use these two
narcotics on a regular basis are asking for trouble, as I mentioned
earlier in this book about someone I knew who experiences
nightmares from their addiction. When one sees a person on artificial
stimulants it is only obvious something unseen is going on. Many
times the users will tell of visions they are seeing and of others and
even monsters. When LSD was popular, and now it is things like
Meth, there were books written on the aspects of gaining godrealization with the use of certain drugs. All of this nonsense is once
again Marketing Ploy to get people's attention and make the marketer
of the product a hero for their worthless knowledge. In the long run,
everyone involved goes downhill and their lives become tormented. It
is not at all known, but the notorious Jim Jones of Jamestown was into
the psychic arts and was able to enter his followers dreams and
posses them. Even those close to him did not know this, because he
kept certain parts of his life a real secret. Rebazar, once showed me

The UNUversal Files pertaining to him and others like him, and as I
watched, just like in the movies, I was being shown a series of
experiences showing Jim Jones leaving his body at night and raping
some of his women followers and putting hypnotic spells on all those
around him so they would obey his every whim. The same has been
happening for centuries with the church, which today is constantly
coming out in scandals with the priests and even the Popes.
As Jim Jones life came tumbling down with all the outside pressure,
the Death Wish in him became stronger than the will to live and face
the consequences, so along with himself, he persuaded hundreds to
destroy themselves. The others would have been fine and returned to
their normal life, but his Kontrol was insurmountable and they all gave
in accept for a few who saw through his illusions. What is not
understood at all is the fact that when a person takes their own life
they will be taken away by the Angels of Death and then returned to
another body immediately to face what they were running from,
because they destroyed the body and are responsible. The material
realm is a learning process that must be completed. It is from here we
learn about ourselves and then we can enter into the higher realms
and eventually The Real UNUverses, possibly during this lifetime. This
is one of countless examples of a person using the Black Arts of the
Dualistic Forces. Here is where people justify an evilness to gain
something, usually from others or create outright destruction.
A
person practicing evil methods eventually learns how to enter a
person's dreams and give them posthypnotic commands. Under the
guidance of The RealGuides, this sort of practice cannot touch The
NUStudent unless they are willing to let it happen.
Similarities in dreams from one person to another can easily occur.
Almost everyone is leaving their body at night, even without their
conscious knowledge of it, as they are still gathering experiences in
the other worlds. Paul talked about two people who had sent in the
same story to an editor with all the same characters and plot. The
editor was perplexed, but Paul knew these two had went to the same
place in the Astral Realm and studied the same story, and upon

awakening wrote the same basic idea down and sent it in. Things like
this occur in the creative field all the time, especially with all the
writers and movie scripts that are being produced today. There is a
Thought Current that encompasses the earth, and as one travels out
of their body, they come across this reality and pick up certain
impression as does a radio receiver pick up the air waves. So, it is
nothing odd that many people will wake up with the same idea that
was 'floating in space,' you might say.
On a happier note, there is what I call The Butterfly Dream. I have
personally had so many of these experiences and I know of many who
have. In our physical lives, Butterflies are really magical little
creatures who hop around and look cute. And so the same is true
when we meet them in our dreams, but in the other worlds they can
provide us with secrets we would not otherwise know. Life ITSelf
always knows The TruIntent of each person, and each is given what
you might say their 'just rewards.'
For me, Butterflies are The
RealGuides, who are always having fun with themselves and those
they like to protect. Heather, my friend from Book Two, 'A Journey to
Real Freedom,' sometimes tells me her experiences with The Real
Guides. One she had recently was where she saw me at the waters
edge on the beach and suddenly a group of Butterflies carried a large
type of throne chair from the sky onto the sand. She said I then sat in
it.
The Boys were giving me a gift as I am doing my part and
providing The NUPresentation to the humans. As a person watches
nature and how it really is, they will come to Recognize with all that is
about us is of a mystical and magical sense, and then when we enter
our DreamWorlds where we are in a place we love. Eventually, those
with a TruHeart come to Recognize the world in which the physical
body is in is really The Passing Dream and only very temporary.
Those who become The NUStudents of The RealGuides begin to run
off their past life karma in their DreamArena, so that the PersonalSelf
in the physical realm is not so disturbed by past events. The
RealGuides take their NUStudents to various places in The RealSide
and perform the ability to put a person through lifetimes of situations in

a matter of moments or eliminate certain karma all together.

The
RealGuides know who will be with them and who will eventually leave,
but many are given the opportunity, so that when they do return in
future lives they will have a better understanding of what they left
behind and had once again lost. This is why it takes thousands of
lifetimes to build up the endurance to be able to handle one's self.
The general public, even though on the surface seems so sensible, is
actually in a mode of demise, because they are accepting The Outer
Dream to be their only Reality. There are many people with great
hearts and good intentions, but all the goodness one can accumulate
does not equal the ability it takes to surpass the PsycRealms and
enter The Real UNUverses. This has been the Marketing Ploy of the
Belief Systems for eons to get people to be 'Good' according to their
regulations, where supposedly only 'they' can decide a person's fate.
This is where the public has been once again ployed by the Belief
Systems and has accepted the deceptive driven indoctrination of the
Authoritarians and their decidedness on what is good and bad, right
and wrong, and also what heaven a person will go to after death.
The Authoritarians have their heavens all picked out for their followers,
and those who follow the brutal commands and notions of the World
Rulers will not be in the heaven they are told, but sometimes that of
the Astral Hells and for lifetimes, because of their 'Blind Faith.'
The Japanese Pilots of World War Two, who were actually on the
Meth serum Hitler had contracted to be invented for his men from a
Japanese Scientist, were indoctrinated to perform 'Harry Carry' by
crashing into American Battleships for the love of their homeland.
This is known as a 'Blind Patriotism' that is used all over the world with
the Military Kontrollers.
Of course, when a person is on drugs or
heavily intoxicated with alcohol, it would seem from their view they
could do no wrong, but the opposite is true.
All those involved will
be at the mercy of the Lords of Karma and must pay. Today, it is the
terrorists of the east who are being fed certain information about the
US, and it has even been written in their Koran Bible, that the
Americans are the evil does. Whether this is true or not is not the
idea, but it is the act one does that creates situations that must be

dealt with. This is a form of hypnotism that has been agreed to. It is
interesting to note that there are people who cannot be hypnotized,
because they do not agree for the most part. Then, there are those
who do agree, and when given suggestions follow them out. This
world is moreso based upon being hypnotized, than it is based upon
the reality of the situations each person is actually going through. To
most, what takes place on this world is about 'right and wrong, good
and bad,' according to how most people have been educated. If one
human kills another and eats them, that is bad, but if an Eagle kills a
small animal and eats it, that is okay. Because the human race has
been led down certain roads, mainly that of demise for the purpose of
others taking them over, they have not been paying too much
attention to what is really taking place, and many times right in front of
them.
Humans are mainly led by their head and emotions, and
seldom take the time to investigate their own intuitiveness.
The US Government Agencies do the same hypnotic spells with their
people, as they constantly create Deceptive Political Ploys and get
people to 'believe' what they are doing is for the security of The United
States, when it is really a disguise to not only take the American
people over, but takeover other countries and rule them for their
resources as well.
Those who are in the military usually have the
most disturbing dreams, because of what they have gone through as
they have been in some type of confrontation or battle.
The more
emotion that is attached to something in our lives, the more radical our
other worldly experiences will be and so will the distortion of the
Dream Experiencer become to where they cannot find themselves in
all their created mess.
And because of the emotional charge
involved, so will it be that a person becomes very attached to certain
situations that can bother them for lifetimes. Here again is where the
professionals cannot identify the real cause within a person, but must
rely upon their education that has taught them a particular way. Of
course, from a surface level here it will in many ways make sense, as
does driving a car with a piston engine that pollutes the environment.
Humans have driven vehicles with polluting engines for over a
hundred years, and most people still are not interested in waking up to

what they have been doing. And so, this is why I go over so many
different scenarios as to what is taking place on this world, and still
most people will not get what I am presenting. Before a person can
even begin to understand The Whole of Life, they must first start with
themselves to figure out their own mysteries, and only RealGuidance
can assist one. YU must 'Face Yourself' Realistically, moreso than
with what YU have been educated here with on this Surface World.
Again, there is no justification to killing anything, only Cause and
Effect. LifeIS already what IT IS, and it is not what the REPSystems
deem to be so. Just like the Indians who first lived on this land, they
worked with The Natural Environment and did not try and change it,
and this is what they taught their children. Today, as it has been for
hundreds of years, the so-called White Man has almost totally
rearranged nature and is now having to deal with it. Through their
own egotistical arrogance, the foreigners who came here did not pay
too much attention to how the Indians lived and truly cared for
everything around them. Instead, the newcomers saw the Indians as
savages and pushed them aside, and when they wouldn't move they
killed them.
And so today, a lot of payment is being made for all
those involved. Those who do not accept The RealGuidance will
continue on with the Gods of Man into future lifetimes of worse
possible drudgery than what is taking place today. Everyone has the
right to choose their life, but it does not mean that Life ITSelf will
uphold what a person chooses. Until a person learns about their
RealAwareness and steps aside from their ego, they will be the Effect
of all they decide. Life IS Bigger than all the little minds here.
One of the many Real Experiences I have had as THE NUWAVIS THE
ROD OF PURITY, is where I was a Superman /Green Lantern Hero.
This DreamRealniss, would be under the heading of 'RealHeroes.' In
the experience, I had the focused position with THE ALLIS, as I was
demonstrating to a group of NUStudents the difference between the
power of the PsycRealms and The TruReality of THE IS. I was
explaining the 'power' idea of how people normally consider the
concept and application of it. Most humans are with the consideration

that the Dualistic Forces are to be controlled and manipulated

according to the mind and mannerism of a person's personal self, but
this is not at all what these forces are for. It would be like a person
deciding how a plant will grow, which there have been a lot of
scientific alterations, and when they truly do serve as a benefit to all
concerned, then it does make sense, But, in the case of something
like Monsanto Korporation and what it has created with their GMO
FakeFood, and solely for their own little purposes, while using the
Marketing Ploy idea of a benefit, here is where Cause and Effect will
soon show up, and will not be a benefit to anyone, but only a disaster.
The 'power' aspect can be like a live wire, and it is best understood
before it is manipulated. Here again is the PsycSciences, which are
the razors edge on this level, and will always become hazardous.
Some of the major manipulations of our time is the invention of the
Atomic Bomb, and all the inventions after it, which are even worse.
HAARP, which is based upon Tesla Technology, which Tesla himself
would have never built, as he was a RealHumanitarian. Military
Lasers, which are used to destroy, and then once again we have the
piston engine, that has done more than its part to extremely pollute
the earth.
These are a few lethal devices which are used in a
misappropriate way, as they have become common place in today's
society. The inventors of these and many other things were usually
people who had the best of intentions, but when the government and
the military got a hold of these creations, the end result is what is
taking place Now. When Paul was here, he warned people about
those who misuse the powers they have, especially with anything of a
nuclear means. Humans are very stubborn and are not at all
interested in listening to RealGuidance Now. The power in the lower
realms is to be understood according to THE ALLIS, and ITS Natural
Process when it comes into the PsycRealms. In my Super Green
Lantern Experience, I was showing The NUStudents how to work with
the lower power, as opposed to directing it. Because THE ALLIS, is
in a 'no power' position, and so it only makes sense that we each must
learn to fully PerSeeve what this TruReality IS, or stay in the lower
realms and constantly struggle with those who rule over everything.

Paul Twitchell, constantly warned people about the Psychic Sciences,

as they have their appealing way about them. Just like when we
were small children, there were so many things that fascinated us,
and when we graduated to being the adult, now there are new toys to
be amused by. Humans do not for the most part See Past their
fascination for things, which they interpret into some kind of thrill for
themselves. Of course, one of the most important things for any of
us is to have fun with out lives, but if a person sacrifices the
Recognition of their RealAwareness for the few small thrills of this
world, then they will soon experience a real loneliness, as they have
once again separated themselves from their opportunity to realize The
TruReality LifeIS. With what The RealGuides have to offer, a person
soon realizes they will have everything they need, moreso than thrills.
As I was showing The NUStudents how the Cause and Effect of the
lower nature of Life works, at the same moment, I was also
demonstrating The RealPosition of myself and how THE ALLIS, IS. In
the movies, Superman and Green Lantern use their powers, which are
of this world to offset and fight those who are using the same forces to
have things their way, no matter who they interfere with or hurt. Like
White and Black Magicians, what is taking place is the use of the
same force, and according to the intent and focus of those deciding to
use it. Here is where the difference with what The RealGuides do,
and those who are still unaware of THE ALLIS. I stood in place as an
example of BeingISness. What I am saying is, it is not a matter of me
doing anything, but Being The RealLight of Life, instead of resisting
anything that is taking place by trying to change what would be taking
place. Here is where each situation is different, and a decision can be
made or not. There will always be the 'Bad Guys' and the 'Good
Guys,' as everyone chooses the role they want to play. But, The Real
Position is beyond all concepts the mind and imagination can come up
with. Most people will not comprehend what I am referring to, simply
because they have no RealExperience with THE ALLIS. As I stood
BeingReal, I could easily PerSeeve what The NUStudents were trying
to imagine, but it was like children trying to figure out what their
parents do at work. I could PerSeeve what they could not.

In this RealSide Experience, I was standing with Rebazar and Paul,

and at some point Miss Ursha showed up. It was a real surprise for
The NUStudents, as they looked at her and stared motionless for the
longest time. Because humans carry so many little restrictions about
them, they have a hard time going with the idea there are such Beings
as MerMaids. My life and experiences are such that I have not put
mental or emotional restrictions on my imagination and awareness.
One of the things I have found to be interesting, and that is the
membershrimps of the Krone and Jerold Korporation, and how I am
constantly contacted by them, as they seem to be on their own little
missions like that of the do-gooder Christians.
At first, they are
friendly as they email me and ask me questions, then when I suggest
to them to contact Rebazar and Paul about what they are asking, then
they proceed to write me about their guidelines and documented
information they have become familiar with from the Korporation. I
simply try and explain to them about The NUNowness and to check
with The RealGuides, but they usually insist on what they have been
told from Krone and Jerold. Here is where many have lost touch with
The TruReality LifeIS, and given themselves to the personalities they
have been seduced to follow. It is not for me to say what they should
do, as they are the ones who have come to me. On another note, all
The NUStudents are usually from the Deceptive Krone Korporation.
While one still has a body in one of the many dimensions and levels of
the PsycRealms, they should make an intensive study of the Dualistic
Forces, and not take for granted what they have been told and
educated with from the REPSystems. In the lower division, the
Creative Realms, there exists the idea of Positive and Negative. Now,
there are many ways to explain these lower currents, but masculine
and feminine is an understandable way. While in the lower realms,
The RealGuides take on a body that suits them for their purpose for
being here. But in Reality, they are neither of the Positive or Negative
nature, but are Beings of RealLight, as they have positioned
themselves with THE NUWAVIS THE ROD OF PURITY, while they
have a functioning vehicle. The Real Opportunity for anyone to do
this is available, but very few will take on the focus and intent to do so.

This is why The NUPresentation cannot be anything but a

presentation, and nothing of what is taking place with all that is
decided from an emotional and mental state of personal affairs here.
Humans want to feel comfortable with what they relate to, and so until
a person really decides to take on The RealJourney to enter The Real
UNUverses, then they are stuck with the Dualistic Forces and are like
a leaf floating down the river out of control. A wonderful experience I
had with Miss Ursha LU, was where we were in the ocean together on
our surfboards and suddenly something began to rise out of the water
in the distance. At first, there was a huge bubbling with the ocean's
surface, and as the churning and swashing back and forth of the water
continued, there began to emerge a figure that rose from the water.
After a few moments, as the giant structure continued to rise, I could
see that it was the Statue of Liberty.
I began to laugh as I looked at her and said, Miss LU, did you make
all this happen?
Ha, ha, not at all, but it is something we will discuss for Your
DreamVisions NUBook, she said.
The giant figure finally emerged completely, as it sat on its base just
like the original. Then, LU started to speak...
As you can see, the Statute of Liberty is a woman, which depicts the
negative current of the Dualistic Forces, just as Kali is depicted to be
the same, as is The Influence. But, to most humans who have not at
all paid any attention to where they are at in Time and Space, they
have accepted the idea that this was a gift to them from others, when
in fact it is a Trojan Horse, depicting the complete takeover and ruling
factor of everyone who is in agreement. The Certain Few, the
DarkBrats, know how psychologically attached most people are to
their sentimental emotions, and those things that have certain
relationships with their emotional attachments. So, the Statue of
Liberty was given, not so much so to the American people, but was
erected by those in compliance with the World Conspiracy Network,

as part of their many takeovers on the earth. The idea of the statue is
'Land of The Free,' but there is no such thing, but only as an 'implied
idea,' just as there is no such thing as the Deficit, that most politicians
bring up while they are running for office. Here again, is where the
masses have taken for the granted the idea that their Political Rulers
are really on their side.
When The US Constitution was first established, and I will use this as
a place in Human History to take off from, there were those who were
very sincere with what they were establishing, but over the course of a
little more than 200 years, the world of today is very distorted along
the lines of integrity and honor-ability, that neither of these is worth
mentioning with what is taking place with the REPSystems Now. And
even in less time, we have Seen what has happened to Paul's
Presentation, which has become malignant into what we term as the
Korporation. The Statue of Liberty is a purposely placed symbol of
DarkSided Rulership. Of course, try and tell the average Patriotic
Psychotic American, and they will want to probably get rid of you right
away. The DarkBrats have laid out multitudes of evidence about what
they have been doing for hundreds of years, because they are
egotistical gutless brats, and they want to be recognized, just like the
Joker in Batman and Lex Luther with Superman, for who they are and
what they are doing.
They are very proud of the fact they have
fooled most people into accepting and agreeing to all their purposely
placed demise. What they have done is right in front of people.
The Thirteen Colonies never really broke away from the Imperialistic
Kingdom of Europe. With so much information on the Internet, it
would be in the best interest of those who are wanting to find out the
why, where, and who of it all, they should do a lot of research. The
best source will always be a person's DreamVisions and The
UNUversal Files. Now that you have finished NUBook Five, 'THE
NUWAVIS THE ROD OF PURITY,' it will give people a lot of
information to start their own investigations into what is really taking
place on planet earth.
The earth is now a challenge like never
before, and a lot of people will stay asleep, as they will not accept

what is really taking place with their elected officials, because they are
like great movie stars to most voters, said Ursha LU.
Everyone I have introduced Rebazar Tarzs to has experienced a great
difference in their lives, and as they continue it becomes even more
evident. The RealGuides have greater access to The TruReality than
any Savior or Saint ever did. The old timers, the anointed Saints of
days gone by, professed the gods of fire and damnation. These are
the lords of the lower heavens who want to always keep mankind in
bondage. The illusion from the human mind is that the dark realm the
earth and all the other planets are in is the heart of Life, and that out
there somewhere, possibly way out there, are the gods the earth
people are praying to. And then, it is always the idea of 'belief,' even
when a person belongs to a faith, they still question their faith. If we
are all living here and experiencing what we are, then it only stands to
reason there is a Reality behind all of this.
I am only pointing this
out, because with all that has transpired on the earth, when a person
does not get their way it does not mean that The TruReality no longer
exists, because IT IS Always an ISNESS, just like the sun shining, IT
AlwaysIS. And so, because man has a brain and a mind that is so
elementary, he cannot see The TruReality LifeIS, but only wants what
he can get from something which is not Real at all.
With all the
humans have gone through up to this very moment, people still look to
religion and science to give them answers which will never be true,
and so it is, The RealSecrets of Life will always elude those unaware
humans who only listen to the Pretty Kontrolling Words of others.
YOUR DREAMVISIONS PART FOUR
As The NUStudent lays their head down on their pillow at night, The
RealGuides then take care of a lot of the various attachments that
hang around a person and alleviate them by the time one wakes in the
morning. This is The Gift of The TruReality, to provide assistance to
those who look to IT, because all of us are part of THE ALLIS.
Eventually, The RealGuides arrange for The NUStudent to have their
first stages of Becoming MoreAware in their DreamVisions. All Head

Masters, such as Jerold and Derwood, are from the lower Astral
Realms, and are not able to succeed any further with their
membership and followers, because they have been banned from
entering into the higher areas, as they have decided to have people
worship them, just as the Gods of Man have with the unaware for
centuries. There are multitudes of HeadMasters upon the earth who
support the Gods of Man and what they imply.
All of them play it
supposedly safe with their agreement to the REPSystems, so as to
not 'rock the boat,' and by doing so, keep all their followers with the
Dualistic Forces. The RealGuides do not hold favor to anyone, they
stand with The TruReality, ALL That IS Real.
Just like Superman
who does not make deals, The RealGuides are not concerned about
the politics of others nor will they yield to the 'power plays' of arrogant
and ignorant humans who, just because they have money,
possessions, or so-called status, feel they are special in some way.
All that a person owns will soon leave them and they will be once
again wandering though Life, and searching for RealTruth, which only
The RealGuides have a RealConnection to. People who who follow
politics and religion do not want RealTruth, they want to belong with
others who are lost and marketed with pretty words that only sound
good. When a person wants RealTruth, they will run from all the
systems of earth and find RealGuidance, then and only then will they
discover what RealTruth IS and what RealFreedom IS.
In a person's DreamArena, The RealGuides provide The NUStudent
with what Paul called Self-Realization, which IS Now the Recognition
of The RealU, YU as a 'Being of Light.' This where a person becomes
aware of the first five levels of the PsycRealms and their involvement.
Here is where one stands at the top of the lower realms and is able to
look down upon Creation and over the top of the Gods of Man and
PerSeeve a remarkable NUVU of all one has been through.
Soon
after, there is the most wondrous experience of all, the entering into
The Real UNUverses of The Seventh Level, where there is no evil or
darkness, and all the authorities of the earth are forgotten forever.
This is the first stage of BeingISness. Eventually, those who have The
Great Courage and Heart to go all the way, come into the most

astounding awareness of ALL, The Great Reality, The TruSource of

ALL That IS. This RealPosition cannot be described in any way, but
only Recognized & PerSeeved. Very few will reach the top of The
Mountain of THE IS and See IT as IT IS, because IT IS Far Too Real.
All of us have gone through a vast amount experience to have been
able to come into this day and age, and as we are establishing our
new life each time around, we are in a new set of situations that
involve many complications, and so it is not uncommon for certain
people to have a complex about dealing with others and especially
large groups. I know it took me a lot to build my confidence over the
years as I went out and did presentations in the public on what The
RealGuides had to offer.
Going out in the public and setting up
lectures is one thing, but to present something that is not common to
most is a big task to take on. I went through a lot of attitudes with
people as they sat and listened to me and were not always sure as to
what I was presenting to them. As I watched the audience with each
presentation, I could tell how they were responding. At times, I could
see people fidgeting and moving around in their seats and sometimes
taking notes and handing them to their mates. There were a few
times when I finished the talk, then some people would jump up and
run out of the place. All of what I have done is a huge step of
courage, because it for sure was not my nature to be in the public eye.
And so, many who have a shy streak in them will often dream about
being someone they look up to such as one of the Presidents, or a
sports hero, even possibly a character from the past such as
Napoleon, Cleopatra, or for those with the Mid-Evil in them, Genghis
Khan. I always seemed to dream of being Superman, as it was my
destiny. Much of the human race looks to heroes of some sort, but
when all are compared for what they really do and are, The Real
UNUversal Guides are The Real SuperHeroes, far beyond what
anyone has ever done here in the presence of the public.
The average person likes to think of themselves in a particular light, or
with the sense they have been brought up with. They see themselves
as free thinkers with what they regard as the right way to see things

no matter what the idea involves, but what is not seen on the surface
from the human view is that all thinking, no matter how supposedly
creative or divine, is Censored Thought. Most people do not really
listen when a conversation or communication is taking place, they are
usually too busy assuming and dreaming in their mind, either what
they want to hear or what the outcome of the involvement will be for
them. I work with all sorts of people, and because I have had a lot of
experience relating to others, I have learned to listen to every word a
person says and at the same time listen to what I am saying. It is
very true that most people do not listen to others, and especially what
they themselves are saying. Here again is why most people do not
understand their dreams or even want to, because they can in no way
understand themselves, and quite frankly, they do not want to relate to
someone such as themselves, and so this is why a lot of people
constantly criticize others, when instead they could be doing
wonderful things for themselves first of all, then they would be a
Shining Example, like the Sun. I find that the majority of people start
'assuming' ideas around what I am presenting to them.
I like to use
the Sun as a representation of THE ALLIS, as it shines upon all and
asks nothing in return. It simply just shines and provides so much.
The reply I will usually get is something like, Oh, is this some form of
meditation or one of those Eastern Philosophies, or possibly like,
Whats His Name and what he wrote? Have you read his books?
Here again, who is really paying attention? I always pay attention!
Here is the perfect example of a person not at all paying attention, but
assuming all over the galaxy which in no way relates to what I have
mentioned to them about the Sun and the simplicity of What IS Real.
If it were me I would reply, Wow, that sounds interesting, tell me
about it. Then, I would listen and respectfully ask questions.
At
times, I am amazed that anything gets done on this planet with the
way everyone is always in a hurry to get nowhere. The only thing
anyone is rushing to is old age.
The more patient a person is the
faster they learn.
And so, humans are generally thinking creatures
with their own nature about them, which relates moreso to their Astral
Body which is their emotions.
Being more of a feeling entity than a

sensible person is the main reason for the dramatic situations that
occur in ones life.
So, to better understand the nature of one's
DreamVisions, they must first learn to be patient with themselves and
learn to pace their life with What IS Real and True. Being creative is
something all of us do, but when it overtakes our life to where The
Whole of Life is lost to the small little creations of the human ego, then
the eventual effects start showing up. The Whole of Life will always
make sense and the creative parts will always be self-limiting, no
matter how brilliant a person is. Again, Human History is one of the
many good 'References' to what I am presenting that Makes Sense.
When a person is faced with a decision that has more than one side to
it there sometimes becomes a conflict, thus creating dreams from the
unconscious. The person involved may become overwhelmed by
their decision on which way to go, and so therefore has symbolic
dreams. If the situation is to where the person has trouble going
either way, the dream will portray itself as the person unable to move
from where they are, or possibly a struggle moving with the stronger
of choices as the desired direction. This always give the Dreamer the
'Objective View' of the situation. So, unless the person can achieve
all their directives, it will be most certain the final choice will go to the
strongest wish. And so, it is almost certain the direction will be with
the most emotional element involved, because most people are more
influenced by their emotions than their rationality and reasoning. On
this level and the next two, the Astral and Mental Worlds, love is blind,
and so as most humans keep considering their emotional responses
to be love they will continue to blind themselves to the reality of who
they really are. RealLUV and emotion are two different things, but to
those who are led only by the appearance of things and their senses,
they will have to continually struggle to find RealHappiness in a world
which has little sensibility to it from most humans.
Actually, Real
Happiness is such a rarity, and even those who experience their
greatest emotional sensations have not achieved RealHappiness. I
cannot properly explain what it is, but can only hint at it, as the
majority of people with whatever they have in their lives do not have it.
So, for the most part, when a person is in love or desire of another,

they are not seeing the imperfections of the other person right away,
but as time goes on and they continue to experience their partner, a
new perception of them always emerges. And, as people get older
and they stay with their mates, it may be moreso out of tradition and
some kind of obligation, because deep down inside they may want to
leave or have a new life, as all of us want to evolve and experience
what we cannot as yet Recognize. Our physical experience here is
such a small window of seeing what Life is really about, as it does not
provide The RealPicture. I am providing a huge number of views and
nothing here is absolute, because these are only written words as
'References' and nothing more. Each of us has Free Will, and we
can always change anything and this is the fun part for everyone.
What I am stating here is that all thinking is not free in the terms one
would consider or even imagine, just because a person can think and
do whatever they want to. The PsycRealms are an arena of Cause
and Effect, so there are always consequences for our actions. All
around us there is a created world that entices the senses, from the
things we see and the things we want, to what is seen on TV, and in
every place we go where there is a constant bombardment of
advertising to get our attention and make a decision for us to buy or
do something, whether we want to or not.
A Free Thinker knows
their direction, and it is not aimed at anything of a material sense, but
can See there is more to Life than just Creation, and at the same time
uses Creation to better their position of Becoming MoreAware and
Become Free from all created obstacles. To live in this world and do
what one does is part of the life of being human here, but to give one's
life to just this level of appearances is to surely surrender one's
RealAwareness to more unconsciousness. The Idea of the process
we must all go through is to Become MoreAware in The TruSense. It
is a radical approach to take the time to discover the hidden secrets of
ourselves which have eluded us for millions of years without our
knowledge that it has been so. Even with all I am presenting here, it
is still not enough to remedy the searching and provide all the
answers one is looking to find, but this is the best place to start. The
RealGuides are the most Exceptional Beings, and they alone know

The Hidden and Secret Way with The Whole of Life as IT Really IS.
The TruReality IS always Here and Now, and never in the past. What
took place yesterday is gone, and so each person must decide to
discover What IS New Right Now. Those who market the past events
are sales people who want their commission for the false promises
they are selling. The RealGuides will show anyone how they are
being fooled by today's traditional sales antics in their DreamVisions.
An unaware person's life is mainly based upon mental and emotion
concepts, and once in awhile there are some intuitive insights that one
catches along the way. The old term, 'they are squares' is very true,
as most people have been victims of circumstances, so they are more
likely to live a lifestyle in their Literal Senses, that of mainly 'Logic and
Reason' which are inventions for the mind. There is nothing wrong
with any lifestyle, as all of us have plenty of ways to choose from and
live.
A car is a mental concept and then it is put together with
material parts from the earth and ground we stand on. The car will not
last, as all mental concepts have proven they are temporary. The
earth is a playground for the inventive. All of us learn through what we
have decided here, but what we are doing here has nothing to do with
The TruReality that IT IS Real and does not take part in the lower
creative process, accept to enter The RealAwareness of those who
are open to IT. It is always an individual choice how creative one
wants to be, as there is no such thing as sacrifices to or with The
TruReality, as there are with the Gods of Men. The basic formula for
most people is, mental concepts and emotional stimulant. These two
arenas of experience rule the hearts and minds of almost all humans.
And as history has shown, the two never fulfill what they are intended
to do, because they really cannot. There can be no TruCompletion
here, but only the striving for something that cannot be obtained with
the five lower vehicles. The upfront reality of mental and emotion
involvement only, has come down to the basics of sex and money.
With the REPSystems, these two aspects of people's lives are the
main issue, and a moral issue that is used to manipulate others.
They have made the rules and regulations so they will have their hand

in what everyone does, and without doing any of the work themselves.
In The Real UNUverses, everyone is Self-Sufficient and works 'with'
each other, but in the three lower levels of Creation there are gods,
lords, and rulers over the masses. The Two Heavens of Man are
mental concepts, bases upon emotional attachment which keeps most
people going there and then returning again for more unconscious
lives here.
These heavens are the appointed areas by the
REPSystems. Everywhere on earth their presence is applied through
various means, such as the money one has and the 'In The Gods We
Trust' concept and idea. This is a Marketing Tactic, set forth by the
Kontrollers to keep people under their rule. Even though the basic
lifestyle has always been sex and money, it is interesting to note how
the REPSystems always take the moral side, which they invented, of
the implications of these two and should be held only under their
Kontrol. Yet, they continually display their gaudy show of wealth,
while many of their followers are in the street and starving. To this
day, the REPSystems have huge secret involvements with money, sex
and drugs, legal or otherwise.
Is it a wonder why history keeps
repeating itself and is headed for self-destruction once more?
The REPSystems, who are responsible for a lot of nightmares in
people's lives, justify all their misdeeds with professional political
rhetoric. These officials have learned to enter people's dreams and
do them harm. This world is filled with a lot of Black Magicians, and
many of them are hired by the authorities. When a person learns to
be Self-Sufficient, they no longer need the various Kontrolling
Systems. Until a person has RealGuidance and is shown the various
levels of Life and how they correspond to ourselves, then those who
do not listen will continue to experience the same effects as they
always have. The idea here is to learn to rise above and See Beyond
the artificial officialness. The information I am providing is the first
step, in other words, what I am presenting gives a person an idea of
what they are getting themselves into. There never has to be an act
of rebellion at all for anyone, but one of Becoming MoreAware, as The
RealGuidance gently assists one into The Real UNUverses, where a
person can See all of Creation. Because most people lack any type of

courage, they will be left to themselves on earth with all that will take
place. As a person learns about their worlds of dreams, they will
eventually be able to rise above their DreamArena and have a better
perception of how Life works for all. Each person thinks and feels
what they desire, and so this is what takes place in a person's
dreams. A person's thinking is censored in countless ways by their
emotions, and that one's desires of their life is fitted into preconceived
mental patterns. Very few people understand that the consciousness
of what has been established is actually censored thought, even
though most consider their lives to be different and their thinking free.
The human consciousness is merely a vast and seemingly endless
collection of impressions and mental concepts, with the addition of
emotional stimulation, which are mainly from the subconsciousness
and the created reactions that are involved. As a person decides
their desired ideas, assumptions and relationships, these images and
configurations, along with added emotions, are set into play in the
invisible realms of the unconscious. As the creator continues their
elaboration of all they want in their life, their creations begin to take on
a life of their own. This is the creative magnitude of each of us, and
so as lifetimes procure, we become the effect of our own creations, as
many times we think in terms that it is someone else.
To hide
oneself from the shame of their creations, most people have used the
'god or devil' idea to blame something other than themselves for their
inventiveness.
There is a 1956 movie called 'Forbidden Planet,'
which is really a good science fiction movie I saw in high school. The
basic idea is, there is a monster on this far away planet that was
actually created by the scientist living there, who decided to play
around with Alien Technology. At first, he denied anything to do with
it, but others soon discovered it was him who created it as the
'Monster from The ID.' Because he feared the monster he created, he
had no control over it, so eventually it became his demise. This is
exactly what happens to people who are into drugs and alcohol, or
anything obsessive, they soon lose control and become the victims of
their choices.
Also, the Gods of Man have been blamed for the
creation of physical bodies on this planet, when actually each of us is

our own creation from what we have come to know. It is not hard to
see how human deformities occur, and an example is those who have
used certain unhealthy things in their body which sometimes produce
strange offspring. Then there is the unaware soul coming into a new
lifetime who may have done some real dastardly deeds in previous
lives, and so this time around their body has a variety of distortions or
malfunctions. People pray to their gods for help, and at the same
time blame them for almost everything. The reality of self-creating is
so evident, yet most do not want to look to themselves, and so they
would rather use some idea such as a god or a curse and then
continue on with their own unawareness of what they are doing.
For the most part, mankind is not a conscious being, but lives an
unconscious life of reaction, because of the creations he has
embedded within his invented consciousness. Because of the various
strange relationships with people that have been developed over time
along with a person's own projected hallucinations and illusions, many
are TapLined by others and their ideas. Just like in the movie 'The
Matrix,' where Neo broke away from his TapLines to start to see what
was really taking place with the world in which he lived. This world is
exactly the same, a strange science fiction projection of the collective
consciousness according to what has been created. Of course, the
unaware and asleep humans do not really See what is taking place on
their world nor accept this fact, but as the effects of what is decided
show up it all becomes a rather rude awakening. So, it only stands to
reason as most are first conditioned by their parents to live and be a
certain way, as they will usually stay about the same until their death.
It does take a lot to break away from ridiculous 'traditions,' which is
another word for being 'condemned' to do the same no-where routine
again. There are many happy traditions, but they still may fall into the
same social traps of staying unaware of Reality. Each person should
do as they please, and the end result will be according to what they
have chosen. Intent is a RealFocus, and it depends upon what a
person centers themselves with, which is a position of choice.
An experience I had is where, Rebazar and Paul took me to some of

the secret meetings of the Certain Few, the DarkBrats.

These
people are very evil, as they have their Scum and ButtHead Fraternity
membership. Many of the elected officials, such as the Presidents,
the Congress, and Senators, are groomed with the Scum and
ButtHead Fraternity, as they must take their part with the total
takeover of the EliteBrats who rule the earth if they want to run for any
official office.
From The RealSide, we flew into to many of their
secret meetings unnoticed, as all of them looked like small creatures
with scales. Even though from a human point of view they seem to
look normal, here is where one can See who they are dealing with
from a RealPosition, which shows a person's Real Intent.
These
creatures are always planning their next assault on others and
instigate some kind of propaganda for the masses to be sucked into.
They have always professional people they hire to create something
appealing to the public, because they know how the public reacts. All
of us have been around for thousands of human lifetimes, so
whatever course each of us have chosen, the end result is showing up
now. There will be a long and bad future for those who have chosen
to be with the DarkSide, as they will have to work their way out of the
murky depths they have decided onward into future lifetimes. In My
NUBook Adventures, I give many examples of the DarkSide Brats.
Your DreamVisions always expose so many things and all the details
if need be, that is if YU take the time to Recognize them.
The
RealGuides always take us through endless situations to benefit from,
until we can learn to stand with our own chosen position.
The
Invented Systems of the earth could do the same, but they have been
taken over by those few who are the biggest cowards of all, because
they are so afraid of being like everyone else, an equal in ALL of Life.
Fear, is always the driving force with most humans, accept those who
have learned about the ploy and illusion of fear from many lifetimes of
battles and deaths. Most people have been taught to be afraid of
what they do not understand, and so a very easy Marketing Ploy has
taken place with those who rule the earth. The DarkBrats do not
realize that the earth is alive and it can also do whatever it wants.
Everything here is Cause and Effect, and each person will answer for

their deeds and the outcome of what they have decided. The reason
for my point blankness about the Political Arena today is, because of
the very fact that it takes a lot of Real Training to finally get
established in The Real UNUverses of RealFreedom. This is not an
overnight process, like that of a baptism, which really gives a person
nothing at all but a few happy thoughts for such a shore time.
I once saw a German movie called, Sophie Scholl, The Final Days.
Her and her brother, along with some friends of theirs were students
at a university, and at the same time they had their own secret protest
going about what Adolph Hitler was doing to Germany. They printed
and distributed pamphlets to the students and local people to let them
know their views about the Nazis Takeover. They were both caught
passing out their message while they were on campus.
The Nazi
Gestapo put them through a long interrogation, then soon found them
guilty of treason, because they were writing about peace and freedom,
as opposed to the brutal massacring of millions of innocent people in
the name of The Third Reich. In a way, I am doing the same thing
with my NUBooks, only moreso, and letting this little planet know
about RealFreedom, as opposed to the implied and marketed
illusionary freedom's of this world. The very same people and ideas
that financed Adolph Hitler, are the one's still heading what is taking
place today. I am not holding back when I say that there is a huge
conspiracy that has been created and was started many lifetimes ago
by the darkest of souls, who now hold the strings to all the gutless
puppets who occupy the ruling positions of most world governments.
Most of the world dictators, as there are no RealLeaders in any
political or religious office, have been bought off by those who Kontrol
the monetary system, and it certainly is not the US Treasury, because
they have been taken over since the 1913 Act, and even before that.
It is very important that each person learn about their DreamVisions
and all that is taking place on this world Now, because most people
are very trapped subliminally without their knowledge of it being so.
What is taking place, as I have said many time is The Matrixed
Dream, and the Certain Few, the Elite World Kontrollers, have most of

the population 'believing' they are the one's, like the President and the
Pope, everyone needs to look to for their supposed salvation, as they
proclaim, 'In God We Trust.' While Miss Sophie was imprisoned by
the Gestapo, she would look out the window and stare at the sun in
the sky, as the sun represents THE ALLIS, on the earth. She was not
aware of The TruReality at the time, but her heart knew Something
More Real existed.
When Sophie and her brother were tried and
convicted by the malignant politicians who sentenced them, as she
walked out to be executed, she said to her brother, The Sun is still
shining.
The Natural Environment holds a very vital key for each
one of us to eventually Recognize and Realize The TruReality. For
the most part, the technology of today is part of the ploy to keep
people as slaves to this world for many lifetimes to come. It is a Real
Truth on this world, that only a very few will discover RealFreedom
Now, and it will only come to be when a person is willing to totally
listen and be shown What IS Real Now, by The RealGuides.
Here is one of many examples how those in Kontrol do not want YU
and others to know what they are doing.
When the DarkBrats are
discovered for what they have done, they either cover it up, or
eliminate those who are the most heavily involved.
Here was
Sophie and her brother simply putting words on paper, as they did
have a right to express themselves, and for those few words, which
could have been expressed in the most derogatory fashion, they were
murdered, because only the DarkBrats can create propaganda and
distort peoples minds. Today we have the Internet, and there is a lot
of stuff on it. I am amazed myself what people put on the Web, but
then again, what I am presenting is really farout for a lot of people.
Society is in a state of unrest, as there are big changes now occurring,
because of the Created Causes from the past. Anything that is out of
balance with Creation soon shows up, and many times it is deemed
as a 'natural disaster.'
The DarkBrats, with all they have learned
over lifetimes, have a huge assortment of backup plans when things
do not go their way. But eventually, they must face what they have
done and learn to balance out their own lives. Because of what they
have put into motion, they too are subject to their own demise, as they

very well know this. All of this gets into the 'power' arena, which
becomes so with those who decide to take things into their own hands
and conquer others. This can be with the forming of armies, or even
in the business world, where a person contrives to steal or manipulate
situations or others for their own personal gain. It has become a
'justifiable' way of life for many to misuse what they have come to
know with what they learned. The Educational Systems have been
Professionally Created by the DarkBrats to 'Robotize' people into
Kontrolled Subjects of the 'State.' They invented the Legal Systems
to protect themselves and to 'Legally' steal what others have.
Very few will discover, and most of all realize THE ALLIS, because IT
IS Far Too Real. It is not that a person simply finds and realizes The
TruReality, but that they live with IT and PerSeeve what IT IS and ITS
TruPurpose. THE ALLIS, stands in ITS own Reality, and there is no
dualistic nature to IT, as IT IS The TruSource, and not the parts that
we experience from this physical level. ITS TruPosition is far too
broad for a human mind to comprehend, and so the Gods of Man
have been invented to take ITS place as a Secondary Substitute, just
like GMO FakeFood for the masses.
As all of this has been
established here for one reason, to have people conditioned to a
fallacy, which from their limited experiences seems so real, as does a
toy to a child. Here is where humans become engrossed in their own
exaggerated egos and vanity, 'thinking' in their little minds they really
do know something, and just because they can think and imagine,
they can then create whatever they want to, as it all must come out
the way they deem it to be. And it may, but only for a short time, even
if that small amount of time is millions of years, the Effects always
show up. A study of one's DreamVisions becomes very beneficial.
At the heart of mankind's dilemma we find a very interesting fact that
most people overlook, and that is the Blatant Kontrol Factor of the
Belief Systems and what they have termed as 'Confession.' This
invented idea of the church has caused more nightmares than many
of the wars and battles humans have endured over the ages. It is not
hard to see why the Belief Systems have implemented Konfession as

a Kon and Taskmaster for unaware people to grovel to. The idea is to
tell the priest one's sins and then all will be taken care of. Even if a
person has no such deeds to their name, the idea is the same, one
must Confess something. This just gets this idea going. The reality
and undermining current of what the church has created this idea for
is to hold people on an unconscious level if they cannot do it on a
physical one. The Belief Systems put into motion the idea of
Konfession a long time ago as their continued connection to those
whom they do not even have personal contact with.
These
DarkHearted Brats actually do Black Magic on their followers in an
unsuspecting way, it is all done through their dreams where TapLines
are placed in the Astral Body. From The RealSide LifeIS, The
RealGuides watch HarOld and Alien Joanny do the same thing to their
Agreeing MemberShrimps, those who 'Think' their Fake Initiations
really mean something. These people have been so Dumbed Down &
Drugged by the 'Pretty Political Phrases' of their TapLining Master,
that they rarely check their 'inner' and ask Rebazar Tarzs & The
RealGuides 'What IS Real Now!' The MemberShrimps are so far
down the scale of Life they have become little animals in HER House
of Horrors, the Krone Korporation.
The OneWorld Brats have
learned how to enter a person's dreams and set the stage for what
they want to happen, which is always along the lines of Kontrol and
persuasion. I have personally witnessed Jerold and Derwood doing
this with their unsuspecting membership many times, and especially
Jerold's wife Krone, as she is The Influence personified in this
physical realm.
There are many like these three who have
organizations and Korporations that work hand in hand with The
Influence. The 1984 movie 'DreamScape,' is an excellent example of
what is taking place without the public knowing. In it, scientists have
learned how to enter a person's dreams and take charge.
Rosemary's Baby, the 1968 movie, gave an excellent example of what
can take place, as a woman was raped by the Devil and then had its
child. The truth is, there is not just one Devil, but millions of them, as
humans continually create their own demonic future and make
contacts with other unseen realms that these creatures reside in. It is
always your choice as to what your life will become.

There are a lot of movies about pesky invisible entities and

possession, which gives a good indication of where a lot of people are
headed, even more than they are now. The hard core rancid music of
today and all that is demonstrated with it, is a TapLine Konnection for
all those involved to the lower Astral Demons.
I am not writing a
commentary here, but an actuality of what has and is already
occurring. And so, for those people who choose to align themselves
with certain aspects of the lowest forms in Creation, their dreams will
be more nightmares than pleasantries. There is s huge and vast
scale of experience for all of us from the most unimaginable horrors,
to the greatest of lighted realms and UNUverses, and each one of us
has the advantage and opportunity to do so much better for ourselves.
I would say that certain movies can be a very good objective view for
one to see what this world is into, but the fact of a lot of people
becoming 'fans' and worshiping movie stars and political people is
absurd, because then a person can actually give themselves over to
huge and unseen negative influences that they will have to work
through, possibly for lifetimes.
The RealGuides teach us to be
independent, individualized and free from darkness, so what could be
better than Recognizing one's self as a Free Being of RealLight?
It is not hard to see as Human History has evolved, and how the
REPSystems, and mainly the Central Church, have played the biggest
role in the implementation of societies nightly dreams. And so we see
why with all the references to dreams in the Holy Bible, no one really
wants to speak up about a person's dreams today, because it would
soon be realized and found out what the Belief Systems have done
and are still doing to most of the unaware population. One does not
have to be the Great Inspector Clouseau to figure out what is really
taking place with the idea of God and the Devil. If man's god is allpowerful as people want to 'believe,' then why is it god allows the
Devil and his evil to exist, unless they are one and the same? Scary
thought for most people, as they stand on this little floating rock in
space and look up at the sky and wonder who is really in Kontrol? In
Book Four 'The Adventures of Rebazar Tarzs,' I lay out a great and fun
scenario of personal experience and adventure to learn from, as I

expose the real identity of The Greatest Deceptor of All.

But of
course, like the movie Rosemary's Baby, most people will think it is all
science fiction until they begin to experience it for themselves. I am
not here to scare people by what I am presenting, as the REPSystems
have done an excellent job of intimidating, scaring and destroying
people's lives all along. My position is to show people where they
have been and what they are presently involved with, along with what
they have come to know. Those who are willing to Take The Risk and
have RealGuidance and a RealEducation will have RealFreedom.
The four other bodies of man are not at all known to those of the
Social Orders, that of the Astral, Causal, Mental and Etheric Vehicles.
What a person learns from their parents in the first five years or so,
sets the stage for the rest of their life, as it can make a person strong
or weak, stupid and unaware, or brilliant and perceptive.
But, The
RealSecrets of Life are never taught, but caught with a Receptive
Awareness of TruRecognition, as most parents usually have no Real
Connection to The TruReality LifeIS, but only to the Invented Systems
of Man and their created distortions.
As the young child develops
their other bodies, emotional, memory, mental and subconscious, they
become set into motion on their own accordingly, which is more like a
machine that has been turned on to run its course on its own. This
then becomes a situation of sorts for the individual, as they try and
make their way with multitudes of unknown influences, which are not
at all for the most part understood by the Personal Conscious Self.
Because most people have no idea what RealGuidance and a Real
Education IS, they are at the mercy of not only the outside world of
others creations, they are walking in the dark when it comes to the
open and endless vastness of other dimensions and realms they are
tied to. The memory body already has the seeds of pastlives with it, as
it enters each new life, and the individual unaware of this is effected
by the past as they have to deal with what is so hidden in them.
These become the karmic patterns of a person's life, which are
understood by very few. The personal convictions one is taught with
while they are young will generally last with them for their entire life,
even if they were in a situation to be brainwashed, it would be almost

certain they would hold to their former upbringing and Personal Will.
The earth itself has a consciousness and is alive, which social
humans know nothing about. The Super-Stupid Powers of this world
look to their technology as their strength, not realizing there is so
much more to their environment than what meets the eye. The great
geniuses of this world cannot have what nature will have for itself, as
there are natural unseen forces at work which care for the earth and
do not want it destroyed by stupid humans. Atlantis was perhaps the
greatest civilization ever on this planet, yet it disappeared, as nature
had the final say. Today, the earth is starting to strike back, you might
say. It will do whatever it must to offset all the pollution and disregard
for it. Many would think it is the Gods of Man, but this is not true, as
the gods cannot interfere as they would then be responsible to the
Lords of Karma. The gods can influence mankind, but that's about it.
The Influence, which is the hidden head of The Three Headed Kalaum
God, plays the biggest role in all that is taking place with all the
Korruption and Konspiracy from the REPSystems. As SHE weaves
her way into the hearts and minds of people, because they want it so.
Most people have determined it is their gods doing all the right and
wrong on the earth, but not so. Because somewhere in the dark and
misty past, humans decided to anoint the unseen forces as their
worshiped ideas, and so the gods became personified according to
the creative minds of the time and live on to this very day.
All
countries have their idea of their gods and all of them are of a
Dualistic Nature, and so as humans determine their fate with what
they have made agreements to with their deities, a secretion of sorts
takes place, thus becoming the overall Kontrolling factor which comes
to life as 'The Influence.' Just as humans have created things like
gasoline for their cars, but didn't really realize the effects of carbon
monoxide poisoning. The Influence is the same, only moreso as a
living reality created by humans from the Unseen Forces here.
What is physically seen from the eyes of humans is a sea of created
phenomena, that has been built from the dirt based upon personal
agreement. The Human MindSide sees what it wants to be true for

itself and will make it so even if what it sees does not agree with it.
The basic idea is boy meets girl, and if the girl, as an example is not
interested, then the MindSide of the male will go to work and try and
make the situation according to what it desires, sees and wants. This
can be a fun adventure for the two people involved, or it can become
a nightmare for both, it just depends upon the egos of the two. In The
Real UNUverses of RealLight, there is no need of anything, because
everyone has the same opportunity for whatever they want. And so
this is where the Educational Systems have completely failed those
who look to them for instruction when it comes to the understanding of
Life, or what is considered here to be Life. It is true they do serve a
function, but one that is very temporary, and when the person has
been educated accordingly, at some point in their life's experience
they are left without any RealExperience and direction as provided by
The RealGuides. Therefore, children are very susceptible to what
they are being taught, and as they are given instruction they can only
assimilate and understanding according to the personal experiences
they have.
A child, along with adults, picks things up as others
demonstrate something to them. Humans for the most part are funny,
but usually rather dah. By this I mean, a parent can be smoking and
drinking in front of a child and say to them, You don't want to smoke
or drink when you get big, because it is bad for you. The child may
nod their head in agreement, because of what is said to them, but
what is being demonstrated is their personal experience and not so
much what was said. So, who is the Real Dummy in this situation?
Of course, these are the same adults who are polluting the air and the
earth and expecting the authorities to clean everything up for them, or
a Savior to come and do it and take all their karmic baggage.
So, as I have brought the reader to this point, it is obvious the
thoughts and thinking of as person entails the unconscious mind and
thus creates dreams. This should be an indication as to the creative
ability of all of us. Life is not based upon the Created Systems or
anything else of the earth, but it all occurs within ourselves as we
learn to pay attention.
All the outer institutions are Contrived
Businesses from their own personal view, as it is their way to survive.

And, doing business on the earth is a real position, but when it is

implied that is it something else, such as divinely enacted or erected,
then a Real Investigation becomes apparent for those who want to
know what is really taking place. I have always suggested to people
to test what I am presenting, and as they do, they find that it is Real
and does work. For the most part, the social humans would rather
watch their TV sets and play with their cell phones than learn about
RealSurvival, as they keep 'Thinking' the Social Structure will survive
thru anything and always be around. I suggest to see the three
movies, 'The Lord of The Rings,' as this is what this world is all about
and the OneWorld Brats who rule would be more than happy to the
earth in the same ways as is determined in these movies. To survive
what is taking place here each person needs more than just their TV
Clicker. This sounds silly, but it more than true for a lot of people.
A person's Thinking Process is basically ruled by their likes and
dislikes, and what is not understood by humans as they are subject to
their personal self and their unconscious mind, is that they are
keeping themselves under the influence of the Dualistic Forces, which
in a way rule the unaware.
To most humans, what I just provided
here would really not seem to be a whole lot of anything, but to The
RealGuides who know the encumbrance of being subject to the
notions of the mind and what it always wants, they themselves will not
allow the opposites of Life in the lower realms to rule them. There
are many examples all around us, and here is one Paul Twitchell
points out...Elizabeth, the Queen of England, in that country's most
golden era who was ruled by her likes and dislikes, despite the strict
Protestant rule of morals in her time. She brought about the death of
her cousin, Mary, Queen of Scots, as she believed was threatening
her throne, as she persecuted thousands of Catholics and had lovers
by the score. Talk about a woman with Kontrol, actually out of control
and paying for her misdeeds to this day.
Francis Bacon, the
philosopher under James the First, tried to work out a metaphysical
theory which he dreamed of a perfect world ruler for all humanity. This
was similar to the ideal state that Plato and others had of a utopia in
which man could live in peace with his fellow man. This is how

unaware the human consciousness is, and so by thinking up some

idea, deems that it will be so, but it never is, because as one gains
experience and as the years go by, which accumulates the age of a
person, their values change along with the situations of this world.
The Human MindSide is always tempted and justifies itself in
seemingly endless ways, so to have lasting peace and perfection here
is a fallacy and will always be, because of the Dualistic Forces that
exist as Creation.
These ideas entail imperfect thinking and
emotional assumptions which have always proven to fail. The only
systems that have sustained the wear of time for any length is what
the Authoritarians and Brutalitarians have establish through constant
intimidation and forcefulness. This is really how the earth is, not from
nature, but from humans. Nature is the basis, and with embodiments
on the planet anything can happen and always does.
The REPSystems and other institutions are based upon symbols.
Everywhere we look we see a symbol of a business or institution,
which can be their logo or insignia. Most religions use the Cross as
their symbol, which was originally a grave marker and still is, and so it
really does apply, as all religions are based upon death more than
they are based upon life, especially a RealLife. They keep people as
dead as possible here and they try and Kontrol the after death market
also. The Cross is a symbol of death and is so widely accepted as
people wear crosses and display them, but do not consciously know
what they are doing. Here is where humans will sacrifice themselves
for a superstitious belief which has been marketed to them, and into
accepting their religious invented creations. In the mail I received an
advertisement from the Trump people today, and the symbol on their
material is a Gargoyle, which is a creature from the lowest realms of
Creation, the Astral Hells. How many hints do people need before
they see what is taking place with the Kontrol of their RealAwareness?
As I am going along here I know what some people are thinking, Gee
whiz Duane, you criticize everything and everybody. Actually, I am
simply 'Reporting The News' as it is happening. The symbols, as in
this case are purposely done, as they are a Mark of Kontrol. But of
course, the ones using this type of symbolism will flat out deny any

connection or relation to its actuality. For those who saw the movie
'Ghost Busters,' there's another hint for YU.
Those who I refer to have already made their choices in Life, and so a
RealAware Person would see that I am merely pointing out what
already exists and not making up stories. As one understands the
various Levels of Life, they will then See how those here make their
own connections to those areas. One can think of it like taking a
cruise on a ship, and let's say the captain of the ship is Donald.
Where is it the ship will really end up? And is Captain Donald really
steering the boat for all those on board and where they want to go?
Or is he steering in his own direction, which will lead to where he will
eventually end up with all he has invented?
Here is a fun test
according to the questions I just wrote...Before going to sleep simply
sing The NU-U for several moments as you lay still. Then sit in
silence on your bed and ask the question in your mind, Rebazar,
where would Captain Donald take me if I was on his ship? Think
about being on the ship with Captain Donald the best you can, and at
the same time see Rebazar with you and either demonstrating your
answer or telling you. Pay close attention and try to remember your
DreamVision. Be sure and write it down in the morning, so you can
Become MoreAware. It will be your experience and you will know.
Colors, symbols and presented fronts, or created ideas, tell a lot about
what an operation or business is. Religion, which is a huge front and
business, uses the sign of death, and usually dresses the part as most
priests wear black with the red mixed, are the lowest colors in Life.
Red and black mixed, become the colors of evil in the true sense,
along with their demonic ritual, which is a symbol of Kontrol as is their
Kontrived doctrines. Education, uses teachers and children along
with books and an apple as their symbol. Politics uses the American
Flag, the Eagle and the faces of the Presidents and the money all of
us exchange. The Social Idea uses the community view and what it
is people like to do and be involved with.
Of course, there is so
much more to each of these, as each will have their symbols as a sign
to relate to. All of these systems want others to recognize who they

are without even having to say or print words, but simply see their
symbol. When one see the letters 'IRS' they know what it means
immediately, as it usually creates a reaction in people. The same is
true if people see a heart drawn or printed on a card or billboard, they
know what the symbol means. And so, when we are dreaming, to get
the message in a more realistic fashion across to the conscious mind,
our experiences for the most part are in symbols, which we have to
decode for ourselves to understand. The DreamArena will for the
most part, use the symbols a person is already familiar with, but most
people do not pay close attention to the symbols in their life, so it will
take them time to figure out what is going on with them. Different
people I know represent attitudes or actions that occur in my life. If I
have an attitude about something, a person I know will show up in my
DreamVisions and play the role as to the outstanding attitude about
them. This then gives me the basic meaning of the dream, and I can
then figure out the rest. Properly reading ones dreams is like learning
a new language. You can get the basic ideas and then there is always
more to learn as more is constantly added.
Once a person has had RealExperience with The Real Guides, they
will see for themselves that all theory, philosophy, metaphysical and
religious teachings are very secondary, and even scary to be involved
with, as they are strictly a material phenomena that has taken the
attention of the masses for eons, because people have not had a Real
Choice and a RealEducation until Now. All these systems make their
followers subservient and eventually cause a neurosis in them,
because they are under the rule of the Kalaum God, Lord of all The
Belief Systems in the three lower levels. Those who have dreams of
dark figures in their nightly experiences are being shown how they are
watched by the agents of the Kalaum God, who are in the unseen side
where most people have no RealExperience as to what is taking
place. The dreamer will also experience a feeling of fear at times,
because their higher awareness senses what is taking place and is
trying to convey the message to their lesser self, the personal physical
human. The HumanSide of what all of us must deal with here is very
susceptible and strong willed to have its way, and being so, always

takes itself into a plunge of death in a happy or sad way. Keep in

mind, The Dualistic Forces play both sides of this Passing Dream, just
like the politicians do as they portray the idea there are two political
parties, the Democrats and Republicans. The political faces that are
presented to the public are the puppets of The Puppet Masters. This
world is a science fiction dream come true with all that has been
implemented and created. Most people are so TapLined into the
system by an unconscious means they cannot see over all the
agreeable phenomena they have come to know as their lifestyle.
Everyone has experiences in the other levels above this 'bottom of
awareness,' but many are not aware of this fact, and so to better
understand what is taking place within them they should give
themselves a command before going to sleep each night that they will
remember their dreams. The moment one awakes, they should jot
down the basic idea of the dream, because as the experience comes
into the physical brain it is like a bullet hitting water, it quickly loses its
momentum as the HumanSide immediately takes over and floods the
person with what it wants to be doing.
So, for a person to get to
know themselves better, it is a real task at first until a pattern of
Recognition starts to set in, which may take years or even a lifetime.
With all that is being presented here, it is best a person also Becomes
MoreAware of the world on which they are living, if not, they will
always be the unknowing affect of what is taking place all around
them. If a person wants to 'believe' they know what is taking place
here and accepts what the the Authoritarians are telling them is truth,
then so be it. So, 'Whatsoever a man believeith so be it,' as this idea
applies to the first three levels of The Passing Dream only, and not
The TruReality in The Real UNUverses of Sound and Light. Yes, this
idea does apply, but it will not save a person's life by going the way of
the ego and whatever it wants. Anyone can 'believe' whatever they
want to, but it does not make it so, and especially with here.
I have met some who do not have any recall as to them ever
dreaming. For one reason or another they have cut themselves off. I
have also experienced those who do The NU-U Sessions and then

they suddenly start dreaming. It may take many attempts for one to
bring the recall of their dream experiences to the surface. The
Subconscious Mind is a vast and remarkable place that is highly
unknown by the professional humans of the earth with all their
certified degrees from the Invented Systems. The FreeBeings of THE
IS, are the only ones who can unlock the secrets of each person as
they are ready to meet themselves.
The Psychic Seers of the
physical and Astral Worlds may be able to See some of what is taking
place, but they do not have access to handle all the situations from
the higher levels. As each person continually decides their life and
fate, they are storing all kinds of images and feelings in their various
bodies, just like creating documents and files on a computer. When a
person has access to The Universal Files, they will witness how this
process is done and See for themselves how The RealExperiences of
a person's life cannot be distorted on the upper levels where all is
what it is.
Those who create a distortion or conspiracy here are
already seen from the higher levels, which show exactly what they are
doing along with their intent. Some think of this as their god, and it
can be so in some cases to those who have forfeited their life and
awareness to the Space Gods of human understanding. Each one of
us chooses our relationships, mainly from our upbringing, but not
always. As I returned in this life and write about in Book Two, 'A
Journey to Real Freedom,' I was gradually shown once again by
Rebazar Tarzs, who I was and why I was here. Even though I was
raised by my mother, she didn't have the greatest effect on my life as I
was experiencing other worlds and places that even she did not know.
The subconscious will sometimes take the wish or desire of a person
and store it away. This is where the idea of prayer comes into play.
When people pray they are really praying to themselves to have
something in their lives fulfilled. The church has taught people it is
the Gods of Man, and it can be so if they are willing, but for the most
part it is each person doing unto themselves. The idea of Positive
Thinking is in the same realm as the unconscious, as it will manifest
the creation of a person according to their acceptability and
awareness as to how to realize it in their lives. Some things come to

some people very easily, while others struggle. Again, it is all about
the consciousness of the person and their relationship mainly with
themselves. When a person is The NUStudent of The RealGuides,
then they are given the best assistance to fulfill their desires if what
they are deciding is along the lines of providing a RealBenefit to
themselves and possibly others. The RealGuides are aware of the
fact, this world is The RealDream, and at the same time will work with
those who are productively creative to assist in fulfilling a natural
means of survival here until one can become Self-Sufficient on all
levels. The RoundWorlds are the infancy stage of development for Yu
as The Utun, but it is here we learn so much as we have The
RealGuidance to surpass all the Maya of the DualForces.
An idea that has caught the attention of many people is The Dream
Catcher. While Dream Catchers had originated in the Ojibwa Nation,
during the Pan-Indian Movement of the 1960s and 1970s, they were
adopted by Native Americans of a number of different Nations. They
came to be seen by some as a symbol of unity among the various
Indian Nations, and as a general symbol of identification with Native
American or First Nations cultures. However, some Native Americans
have come to see them as 'tacky' and over-commercialized due to
their acceptance in today's popular cultures. Traditionally, the Ojibwa
construct Dream Catchers by tying sinew strands in a web around a
small round or tear-shaped frame of willow (in a way roughly similar to
their method for making snowshoe webbing). The resulting 'Dream
Catcher' hung above the bed, is then used as a charm to protect
sleeping children from nightmares. Dream Catchers made of willow
and sinew are not meant to last forever, but instead are intended to
dry out and collapse over time as the child enters the age of
adulthood. The Ojibwa believe that a Dream Catcher changes a
person's dreams. According to Terri J. Andrews in the article 'Living by
the Dream,' about the Ojibwa nation in the magazine World & I, Nov.
1998 page 204, "Only good dreams would be allowed to filter through,
as bad dreams would stay in the net, disappearing with the light of
day." It's recommended to hang the Dream Catcher above someone
sleeping to guard against bad dreams. Good dreams pass through

and slide down the feathers to the sleeper. Another legend is, 'good
dreams pass through the center hole to the sleeping person and the
bad dreams are trapped in the web, where they perish in the light of
dawn.'
In the course of becoming popular outside of the Ojibwa
Nation, and then outside of the Pan-Indian communities, Dream
Catchers are now made, exhibited, and sold by some New Age
Groups and individuals.
According to Philip Jenkins, this is
considered by most traditional Native peoples and their supporters to
be an undesirable form of cultural appropriation. Here again is a
materially constructed idea to somehow comply with other levels of
Life. In its own way it can be a symbol, but like the rituals of the
church that look as fun as a parade, the reality is, it all means
relatively nothing, but more sound-good ideas to head people off in
the wrong direction from RealTruth and RealFreedom.
To get civilized man to look at something Real in his life is one of the
hardest things to do, because of all the 'tricks and treats' which have
been invented from a material means that cater to the intellect and
emotional behavior of people.
The average person is not at all
interested in the intuitive and perceptive side of themselves in relation
to The TruReality LifeIS, only if it means a personal or monetary gain
to further ones quest for more emotional and mental stimuli. All roads
that have been created for commercial purposes eventually lead to
failure, as this Iron Age of Man begins to come to a close with the last
cycle we are now in, so did many just like this one disappear into
Human History.
Each lifetime a person starts over and begins to
develop themselves, as they are given multiple demonstrations of
benefit in their DreamVisions, along with RealGuidance for those who
do pay attention, so they can meet certain present situations. They
are nudged along to see if they will once again pay heed to what is
many times right in front of them. The SuperKnowledge I am sharing
here is just the beginning of a RealLife Adventure like no other, as one
begins to once again realize their origin form The Real UNUverses of
Sound and Light. It is as plain as day as to what is taking place on
this world right Now, yet most people want to chase The Phantom
Dream which has been manufactured, mainly out of fear and

intimidation by all the REPSystems. Human History shows so many

of those who spoke even the slightest bit of truth who and were
involved with the REPSystems, tried to share an elevated view with
others as a warning to these systems and their Kontrollers, they were
almost immediately gotten rid of, and it looked as though it was either
by an accident, or a sacrifice of some kind to appease the onlooking
public. This is the earth, a dangerous place to live and get comfy.
The historical rituals and ceremonies performed by the church and
other gatherings have actually come from Demonic Ritualism in the
Dark Ages. First of all to get people's attention, just like the movie
stars do to entertain the crowd, the Belief Systems do their Peacock
Fraternization of themselves to draw the masses to them for the
purpose of indoctrination of their contrived ways, as they have set
forth their commandments for all to obey. I really like how children
and animals in nature seem to attract others without any temptation at
all, and that is they are already wonderful as they are just being
themselves. Yet, here are educated and civilized adults all doing the
silliest of barbaric, immature, ritualistic demonstrations, thinking in
their minds it all means something.
Those who mess with the
Dualistic Forces in a Satanic Ritualism, such as those powerful people
in the world that belong to Secret Cults, will find they have TapLined
themselves to the Demons of Hell, and will be living for hundreds of
years in the bowels of the lowest of all Astral levels with them, and will
be their lords when they leave this world for the next. In today's world,
the ignorant and unaware public thinks it cool to flaunt certain
dastardly images that are of a negative nature, such as the Heavy
Metal Bands do with their imagery and posters of mainly their own
form of Devil Worship. It is all based upon seduction, manipulation,
and Kontrol and nothing of a redeeming value that will aid a person
with anything in their life. Anyone can think in their own minds these
things are just play things, but many times they lead to hellish
nightmares, because the originators who ploy the public with such
nonsense are after only one thing, the popularity to Kontrolling others
to their will and to keep them stupid enough to keep doing so, as they
build their empires on the bodies and with the funds of others.

There is such a great and vast difference between the earth and what
is taking place here, and The Real UNUverses of Sound and Light.
The earth really does have many beautiful places, but with all that is
taking place, none of it will last long. There are too many people on
this earth who want to destroy so much, just to see the thrill of it, as
they justify their cause of whatever it is, and kill as many people along
the way as they can. The simulated freedom that is politically spoken
about here is a 'shadow,' that always eludes everyone and can never
happen, only as a temporary remedy in ones mind.
RealFreedom
comes from the persistence to PerSeeve and realize The TruReality,
and then move into Unlimited Positions of RealLight, while still living
here. To some, this may sound like what will happen when they cross
over from what their Belief System preached to them, but far from it
for sure. The RealGuides teach their NUStudents to identify the lower
levels and lords before their life is done here so they can bypass the
Lords of Karma and all the entanglements of the Gods of Man. The
'after death promise' is one of blind faith, and is as worthless as the
ceremonies of baptism and marriage. All these things are made from
agreement, and each person has the right to decide how their life and
destiny will be. I have not created a criticism of some Holy Order here
about what people want with their life, it is simply a clearer overview.
The church devised the ideas of marriage and baptism, so as to have
Kontrol over the hearts and minds of those involved. Once a person
is baptized, they are then expected to follow all that has been
established in the name of the church.
The marriage ceremony,
which the church also contrived, is one in which a person is held to
another no matter what, but today more people have Become
MoreAware to the psychological trappings of the church and their
deviousness, and so people are making up their own vows. This is
where church and state meet, and that is one must obtain a marriage
license for the union of two people to be 'official.' This then becomes
a binding agreement, when usually soon afterward involves lawyers
and judges. Do birds and animals do this stuff? And after the two
parties finally discover they cannot deal with each other anymore, they
have to have silly legal consent to 'officially' separate. I would say

that all of this is obvious Premeditated Kontrol of others lives and will.
However, people wanting to get together is their choice and right, and
there is no such thing as 'living in sin,' as what has been stated by the
Belief Systems. It is just another Kontrolling Ploy based on Fear to
intimidate people with how the church has invented their own rules.
The Established Church is nothing more than a petty business like
used car salesman selling second-hand stuff to unsuspecting people
who are too afraid to stand up for themselves. In times past people
were killed if they did not 'believe' in the gods, and today these same
people still carry the memories and emotional trauma from those
lifetimes when the church persecuted them into submission. There is
nothing but a Foundation of Fear with the Belief Systems.
Food plays an important role in a person's DreamVisions, because
everything we do has some type of effect on us. Hundreds of years
ago there were no pesticides and chemical fertilizers and processing
as there is now with almost everything we eat. We are in the dark
ages of food and it is all getting darker, as those who want healthy
organic food struggle to stay around with GMO FakeFood. The GMO
FreakFood has been purposely created to Kontrol and then do away
with a large number of people the OneWorld Brats want to eliminate.
This is just one of many ways they are making people sick and ill and
then feeding them pharmaceuticals and telling the masses all of what
is being created is good for them, when in fact it is all conspiracy to
eradicate most of the population. It is all a Psychological Slow Death,
so that people pray to their Invented Gods for relief and become very
emotionally attached to the ideas of the church and at the same time
what they are experiencing Now will carry over into future lifetimes to
where these same people will once again be Trained Slaves for those
who Kontrol the World Systems. This really does sound like Science
Strange and Fiction, and YES it is happening in your neighborhood
Right Now. YU can pretend for as long as YU want that the earth is
where YU are to be and live and it is all your choice, or start exploring
for yourself and become MoreAware and Free.
It would seem that I am getting off track a little bit, but actually I am

just getting going, because all humans are involved with these ideas,
which are of mainly and emotional matter and do affect people in their
dreams. Believe it or not, so much of what mankind is running from
in their dreams without their awareness of it is, from pastlives, where
many of us were persecuted by the establishments still existing today,
that have an ancient heritage to them. As I mentioned before, what
we term as primitive people and animals have no conscience. Why?
Because they haven't been indoctrinated with all the corrupted mental
and emotional ideas of the Kontrolled Social Structures.
Here is
where 'An Adventure Like No Other' makes sense, as this is your
opportunity to be like James Bond and Indiana Jones and have a lot
of fun Becoming MoreAware & Free. There is a law for everything we
do here and thousands more on the way. The LawMakers have
become the most ruthless varmints when it comes to posing a benefit,
when they are really setting everyone up for a fall. When people are
properly taught how to Become MoreAware, they do not need all the
rules and regulations, because then they will act accordingly and
know the self-repercussions if they do not. Instead of 'dos and dont's,'
it would be better to instruct children on how the Law of Karma, Cause
and Effect works in their life, then direct them to their DreamVisions to
learn what to Recognize when The RealGuides are teaching them.
Then, it would be a good idea to make a RealStudy of Nature, not
according to Martha Stewart, but a True In-depth Perception of what is
really taking place and how it all applies to their life. Respectfully,
everything and everyone has their place in this Life, from the lowest of
creatures, to the hoodlums that cause havoc, to the systems that rule,
they are all part of The Great Test of each one who is looking to find
The TruReality, THE ALLIS. The test being, will a person have The
RealCourage to stand up for What IS Real and True? If they will, The
RealGuides will teach them and take them to The Real UNUverses of
RealFreedom. Those who want the Worlds of Make-Believe, they will
always have the right to stay here and deal with their own actions.
There is a mechanism within The DreamArena, which often utilizes a
method of mind activity that is different from the conscious personal
awareness of the person.
It pertains to colors, as many people

dream in black and white. Some may have two or more colors in their
experiences, while others have the whole spectrum. The colors and
experiences start to open up so much more as one does The NU-U
Sessions and brings The RealLight LifeIS into themselves. As a
person begins to study their DreamVisions in a realistic manner, they
will begin to see a transformation of their other worlds. With all the
years I have taught this subject, those who really paid attention and
sincerely wanted to learn had the best of experiences. I have met
people who never dreamt, and I would imagine it is like being a blind
man who cannot see, but here is where The Real Opportunity for
everyone Now exists. So, first is to gain the knowledge that there are
other worlds within us, and an idea of what dreams mean and to study
them. The world doctrines have written a lot of information about
those who had dreams in the past, and so it only makes sense that as
almost everyone is always having nightly experiences, that theirs
would have the same value. Again, here is where the authorities have
decided to discount the nature of each unique individual and herd
them into rules and regulations of conformity and drudgery. LifeIS ALL
about The RealAwareness each of us have and to be a Free Being of
Light, not just human bodies always struggling on the earth under the
Rules and Laws of the Pharaohs, who are Now Presidents and Kings.
To start off with, we are all a consciousness of considerations from this
realm and the other Four PsycRealms in time and space known as
Creation. We eventually have the opportunity for RealGuidance, and
then begin to expand upon what we have experienced here to where
we at some point have a TotalAwareness of ALL The Levels of Life,
and not just the first three. This is where our life becomes more fun in
The TruSense. I will say this many times, Life does make sense!
So, when a person has an insight, an intuitive nudge, or even a gut
feeling about something, they should test it out to where if some idea,
tradition, rule, or whatever does not make sense to them, they should
Take The Risk and explore other possibilities, because Life LUVs The
RiskTakers. The Whole of Life is so Big and Wonderful, that all the
happiness and thrills of this world are but a speck of dust, and I am
not exaggerating a bit. Most people have no idea What a RealLife IS,

because it cannot be found on this planet. Once a person gets into

the higher levels, The Real UNUverses, they will never want to return
here again, because what is here is far too dull compared to Reality.
I have had the experience of The RealGuides talking to me at times,
usually when I am in a quiet position. When I first took THE ROD OF
POWER in 2001, about a week after, I was lying on my bed and I
heard Yauble Sacabi say to me, When are you going to do
something? At the time, because of my experience with Jerold on
The RealSide, I expected him to call and confirm what took place as
Paul gave me THE ROD OF POWER, but it never happened, and so
for a while I was perplexed as to what to do. This is one of many
examples of a person hearing sounds or conversations within
themselves. It doesn't always have to be in ones DreamVision, as
The RealGuides are always around and watching those who are with
them. A person may also hear a variety of sounds, such as bells,
animals, trains, ocean waves or the rustling of the wind. Each level
that already exists has its own sounds just like the earth does. Sound,
plays the most important part in our experience, because The
TruReality is Sound and Light. As all of us have come through the
history of this planet and others, we have each experienced so many
various ways in which sound can be experienced.
Metaphysical,
scientific, and religious doctrines make reference to certain sounds
and chants. The most common is the sound from the Mental Worlds,
OM or AUM. At one time, the AUM was the sound to use to make
contact with the levels beyond this world, and at some point the
church adopted their own version of the AUM and turned it into Amen,
which became their physical version of an other worldly experience.
The church has basically brought everything that was once of a divine
nature to the bottom of Life, even though from the dark arena of their
human consciousness it would seem to be not so, but it is so!
Sound IS The Primary Reality, it is the essential to our very existence
with The TruReality, THE ALLIS. As, THE ALLIS decides who will be
THE NUWAVIS, there is always a NUSound with The NUNowniss
LifeIS. In the old, old days, when Paul did his presentation, then with

Derwood, and finally Jerold, the sound at that time was HU. When I
stepped into The RealPosition of THE IS in 2001, I personally saw the
elimination (burning away) of the HU from The RealSide, as I was to
decide a NUSound. The HU, AUM, Amen and many others are off the
Astral and Mental Worlds and go no further. When one sees where
they really connect themselves to with these and other sounds they
may not want to use them anymore. As I took on THE NUWAVIS for
the second time in 2007, I was shown The NU, as The NUSound for
The NUNowniss of THE ALLIS. The Great Reality is always updating
ITSELF, you might say, but actually IT IS always Becoming
MoreAware in The Forever Nowness of ITSELF. All world doctrines
look to the already lived and dead past and claim 'tradition' as a way
to live by and apply the Dualistic Forces to their present lives as their
understanding of Life. As anyone can see, they are still searching for
The TruReality, as is the Scientific Community with all its technology.
When people become dissatisfied with what the REPSystems are
doing, the authorities simply apply more rules to keep people busy
with. The TruReality has provided the sun in the sky as an 'example'
of ITSELF, as IT sets ITSELF in the most unique position of all, hidden
from all unaware souls. Beyond the emotional and mental arenas lies
UNUverses of PurBeing, which are so indescribable and magnificent.
As the sun is a great representing shining example upon all, and
providing all the benefits it does, so do The Real UNUversal Guides
shine The RealLight of Life, the same with all and who they relate to.
There are so many different cultures and beliefs on the earth, and
from them come a huge variety of information and knowledge about
this world, and the worlds and universes beyond this one. I am
constantly exploring this world and mainly other worlds, as I will only
be on the earth for a short time longer. I am one of the few Lucky
Ones who has listened to The RealGuides, and so I have been shown
dimensions and worlds most people will never know of. Respectfully,
each person's experiences are unique to them and I learn from all who
I come in contact with. It is not that this world is a bad place, but
when a person has a physical body they must always deal with what
the environment here entails. There is a constant cycle that is taking

place with us in the Material Realms, and it is very necessary we each

complete our term and fulfill ourselves until we do complete our
course here and eventually Become TotallyAware of ALLLife.
YOUR DREAMVISIONS PART FIVE
For those wanting to establish The RealConnection, they can start by
using The NUSound, NU-U. Simply sing it before going to sleep, NUU-U-U. Do this for about fifteen minutes until you fall asleep and then
YU will suddenly be on The RealSide. The NU-U Sessions begin to
lift a person towards The Real UNUverses, actually YU Become
MoreAware Here & Now. YU will also begin dissolving your Karmic
TapLines that have been associated with others, where YU work, and
especially if YU belong to a Political, Religious or Spiritual Path or
Teaching, as those in Kontrol of these Earthly Korporations more than
often TapLine their Paying MemberShrimps.
Be sure and ask a
question if you like before going to sleep and be sure to have the
attitude that 'Life will show YU' instead of YU always deciding what
Life IS. All the words and phrases we use have a vibration to them
and they apply to the various levels of Life. Most of the public use
words and phrases that apply to the first three levels, because they do
not know what lies beyond the mind and all its configurations.
Because many people are of a religious nature, they have been taught
the ultimate is the AllKnowing Mind. And so, it would seem that
whatever is mentally decided it must be so, but it is so that the mind is
only a vehicle for expression as is a computer and nothing more. All
of us have the Free Will to decide whatever we want to, but it will most
likely have nothing to do with The TruReality LifeIS, and most certainly
will apply to the Mind Gods, which most people look to as Real.
The movie, 'The Ten Commandments' gives a good example of how
the masses want to see their gods and how things on the earth are to
be for religious followers. I always liked this movie myself, because it
is more of a fun adventure than a religious conviction. Moses was
hooked up with the Astral God, Jehovah, who appeared to him as the
Burning Bush. Moses became the Deliverer, because what he was

providing is what some of mankind could understand at that time.

The RealGuides were definitely around, but in the background and
unseen as usual, as this was not their act, but that of the Kalaum God
and his subordinates.
Moses, did his PsycMiracles for his people
and eventually got them to where they were going and doing what
they had always done, which is just more of the same work and just
another place on the earth, but no RealFreedom.
This is a great
example of how the REPSystems and The Gods of Man want people
to think and see things, from a material level only.
Moses did not
provide any RealTruth or RealFreedom, but just another place on the
earth to toil. Because of what Moses and Jesus supposedly did in the
past, people are drown in the same ideas that happened then, which
are more like Fancy Fairy Tales with all the editing of these events.
Because of stories like this and so many more, the masses are
expecting someone to come along and correct everything they have
done and make life here as it should be once more. The part where
Moses throws the tablets onto the Golden Calf, and as the earth
separates and people fall in, its interesting to note how his god
suddenly ejected several lightening bolts to the participants of the
happy party everyone was having. I admire the courage Moses had,
but he never found The TruReality, but dealt with The Astral Governor
as did Jesus and most other saints and saviors. What people are
getting from the Bible and other such works is a well written movie like
those made in Hollywood. Worshipers have not been taught where
there heavens are nor where there gods are, so how is it they will find
them? The 'idea' of 'Belief' is a Marketing Ploy and nothing more.
During those times, there were many secret teachings that were
around, but for the most part, the general public did not know of them.
Secret Sounds were given those who wanted to explore the other
realms and universes unseen to most humans. This is what Jesus
meant when he said, Listen for the Word. He didn't mean the written
word, that of the Bible, which did not exist then, but The Sound Light
Reality from The Invisible Worlds & UNUverses. Jesus never wrote
anything and did not start what is taking place today, other humans
did. The reason for the secrecy in those days is because the Dark

Forces who rule the first three levels do not want anyone to escape.
Almost since the dawn of man, there have been those who gathered
others to their favor and contrived the formulas of what exists today,
the REPSystems. Those who were found to be different were hunted
and slain, as this is all part of Human History. Pythagoras had his
mystery school, as he was working with The RealGuides at the time,
but eventually fell to ruins as the authorities found out. The church
and those who rule do not want anything to interfere with their plans in
keeping people unaware of their full potential, so they continually
create fear, by making those with more awareness become examples,
as The Authoritarians use their power position to destroy anything of a
RealBenefit. Here again is where the general public is so fooled
about this world they are on. It is a place in Life with life forms on it,
and not Life ITSelf. The idea is to live out ones life as respectfully as
possible while doing The NU-U Sessions, and eventually when this life
is over, then being guided to The Real UNUverses and never having
to return here again, unless one so chooses.
The reason people are so drawn to the ocean and waterfalls and
when it rains is, because of the nature of The Sound involved. To sit
by the ocean or a stream or waterfall and listen to The Sound it makes
becomes a soothing and healing occasion. Nature provides so much
as we observe and listen to all the Realism it demonstrates and lives.
Keep in mind, the physical realm is not a perfected state of affairs, nor
can it ever be, because of the Dualistic Nature that resides here.
Besides, there are far too many unaware souls who constantly pollute
the ethers with their thoughts and their intentions, plus the fact of what
they create and destroy. Nature and its creatures are closer to any
Reality than most humans, as there are no rules or regulations with
the animals, birds and fish, and they know what to do as they simply
live. The Indians knew this and taught their children according to what
Nature is always demonstrating, but when the hostile white man came
along, all this began to change, to where we are now today, a brief
two hundred years or so later and we are ready to self-destruct. So
much for the Great Minds of our time.
The RealGuides do not
interfere with anything in its Natural Order, but always help to protect

all concerned. I would say it would be so obvious to most people

what is taking place, even with the major companies claiming to do
their part for the environment, which may be true or not. I'm sure it
depends upon their 'bottom line' to see if saving anything Real here
makes sense. Life is about survival and the basic survival needs
here are RealFood and RealWater. When YU fully Recognize The
Real UNUverses YU can drop away the Five Bodies and BE Free.
It is important for one to have the best health and to be able to sustain
the physical body, so it can continue its routine to provide for itself and
explore all the possibilities in Life, as it must have the best essentials
to live by. RealFood and RealWater are harder to come by all the
time. With the drug conspiracy agencies like the FDA and other
agencies, who just want to drown this world in synthetic drugs and
GMO TechFood for the sake of Kontrol and their own monetary gain to
rule over the unaware, it becomes harder for people to know who to
trust and what to look for. This is where The RealGuidance in ones
DreamVisions will provide all the answers a person will need. Today
is the 'new way' of growing produce, from the Genetically Modified
Organisms, which contain altered ingredients from the seeds they are
grown with. For the most part, the general public does not know
about what they are buying at their local store and what is contained
in all the processed products they are buying. Most of the products
are GMO, which the bees, butterflies and ladybugs cannot pollinate
and actually die from. Then a good portion of the public microwaves
their processed stuff, which they think is RealFood, and the end result
is a carcinogenic glop of whatever it becomes. Of course, the legal
drug dealers always have a so-called remedy, and so most people are
subdued by the quick fix. I am sure some of the stuff being sold has
an effect, but what about all the natural wonders which are all around
us? By the way, these big businesses want to get rid of, or make it a
prescription to eat an orange. There is so much more to this as one
explores for themselves and uncovers a lot of hidden agenda.
RealWater is just as essential for all of us as humans. Originally, our
water was from streams and rivers and underground wells, but as

commercialization took over, so did the difference in our water. Today,

most people get their water form the local Water Districts. Instead of
using a natural means to filter the water supply, they use harsh
chemicals such as chlorine, which is a poison and so developed as
one, and what has been termed as 'Sodium Fluoride,' which is actually
a waste product of aluminum. The invented label 'Sodium Fluoride,'
was put on aluminum toxic waste to sell it instead of having to pay to
send it into outer space, because it is so hazardous and causes all
kinds of ailments. But how can all this really be so? Its so simple,
its about Kontrol and who has the most money and power. Once a
person becomes familiar with their DreamVisions, they will have a
protection and source of knowledge like no one else. This is the
reason the REPSystems do not instruct anyone about their dreams,
because first of all, they have no RealKnowledge of what is taking
place in a person's other worlds, and second, they do not want to
expose themselves as frauds and have everyone else MoreAware
than they are. To become MoreAware is The RealCure for ALL. For
those returning in future lifetimes, they will experience this world as
not too delightful if it keeps going the course it is, as it is constantly on
a collision course with what is so obvious right now with Cause and
Effect. I would suggest to watch the movies that are being made,
because they are an indication of what will be taking place soon.
I met a woman who is working in the agricultural field, and she
happened to see an ad I am running in Awareness Magazine. I spoke
with her on the phone and as we got to know each other a little better,
she related one of her dreams to me...I was walking along a road
where there were fields upon fields of crops beautifully growing. The
sun was shining, and as far as I could see there were all these
different varieties of crops and vegetables. They were the most green
and colorful, as I stepped closer to grab one for myself. As I touched
it, I could sense something different, and as I pulled it from the ground
I noticed it was so perfect. What I had picked was the most perfect
carrot I had ever seen. I brushed it off and then tried to bite into it,
and to my surprise it was plastic. I immediately threw it down, then
thought to myself...Where are the bees and the butterflies?
I then

looked all around and saw this huge manufacturing plant in the far
distance, with all kinds of black smoke coming from its giant
smokestacks. I suddenly realized that everything had now changed
with our food. I was very startled and annoyed at the same time!
I told this young lady, Life was showing her what was really taking
place and not what appeared to be so on the surface. As she was
telling me her experience it was easy to see The RealGuides had
given her this experience, then soon after that she met me. There are
some science fiction movies that depict people who are in outer space
traveling about, and their meals consist of taking pills. On earth, the
manufactures of GMO TechStuff, want it so they can have the 'perfect
food' even if it is not food, and even if it is harmful. The FDA does not
let the public know about Monsantox GMO, because they have been
paid off. With all their expertise in marketing people into thinking their
way, the unaware masses will buy what they are selling. This world
is a 'stage show' of created phenomena and survival at it lowest.
Those who think building more Casinos, Resorts and other such
things of little value, will someday have a rude awakening, as the
people on this world look for RealFood and RealWater. Petroleum
products have drenched the earth, from fertilizes to whats in soaps
and shampoos. Everything has its place, but the business world has
gone way overboard justifying its existence to do what- ever it wants
to with things that do not work with Nature, but usually work against it
and destroy it.
It is not a matter of rebelling against the social
structures and their creations, as it is to Become MoreAware and start
from a New Position that really does work with Nature. If everyone
Became MoreAware in The TruSense on this planet, which they won't,
there would be no more need to obey all the regulations created by
culprits to make people prisoners on their own world. This IS Real!
Some people have dreams with odors and smells, along with touch
and taste. Many of these experiences are Association Dreams, or
something that has been established by The RealGuidance to give a
certain experience, like the one I just mentioned. Those who are with
The RealGuides, are trained to handle their Immortality in the other

worlds, so they are prepared when they leave the earth for good. And
so it is, we are dealing with two aspects of dreams, which is the
Dream Material and the Dream Shaping Force. Within the awareness
of the individual unveils the experience of the dream, as it takes shape
and reveals itself like the production of a movie. Parts of the Dream
Production will show itself in a symbolic form, which is really a
language all its own for those who pursue the strange depths of their
own unconscious, and eventually get to the source of their own Being.
The RealAwareness does not have itself in the subconscious, but
there is an association to the area, because it is the last body of man
that is the most unknown and mysterious. The RealSecrets of Life are
for the very few and not even for those who feverishly investigate such
matters, there's will only be a surface interpretation. The RealGuides
have access where others do not, and they know the interest and
intent of each person who ventures out to possibly discover RealTruth.
For most, The RealSecrets of Life will always stay hidden, because
they are the ruthless who want power for themselves, and so they will
stay in The DarkWorlds of material gain for as long as it takes for
them to mature. In the Dream Production, most of what is hidden
from the viewer is important and also hinted at, and revealed in a very
subtle fashion. THE ALLIS, for all that IT IS, establishes what IT
wants for ALL of ITSELF in its own way. And so, IT touches each
Utun as they wakeup to ITSELF, in their own particular manner.
The dream material is that which reflects a persons decisions and how
their life is at any given moment and what they want in it, and so
comes the Dream Production to produce what will come to be. It can
be that a person wants a lot of money and sets out to get it, but the
overall view from The RealAwareness is such that what the conscious
mind wants, the personal self, is not in accord with The
RealAwareness, unless it works for all concerned in an honorable
intentional manner. The RealU, is always searching for The Greater
Truth, as there are endless steps to The TruReality, that which will
always be out of reach, while the personally developed self is out to
see what it can get, usually only for itself. There is nothing wrong or
right about what a person wants, as all of us can have whatever we

want. Once a person has a RealPosition with their RealAwareness,

then everything is available with ease. But, in the meantime, most
people are always struggling to 'get their fair share,' and in doing so
they many times run their life ragged and find themselves in
predicaments they could never have imagined. This is because the
personal self is always after the little pieces that exist on the earth,
and does not have a RealOverview, which only The RealGuides can
give. There is nothing wrong with having anything once The RealU
and the personal self come to a workable agreement. All of this is a
matter of TruPerception, and not really a mental idea that is created,
such as 'positive thinking.' It is always good to have as many options
as possible, but not be held to the lesser ones as the overall reality.
Before each of us came into this life, we had a basic plan so to speak,
a personal destiny to fulfill during this particular lifetime.
As one comes down to this hard and encumbered arena of experience
and enters the body once more, all that came before entering here is
forgotten for the most part. This place is the hardest test. It would
seem those who become what is deemed 'successful' have figured
out this life, but many times the opposite is true, for they are more
trapped by their own illusions than most. In this realm we create
something to survive, but today we have out created ourselves to
where our creations are attacking us and effecting others and the
whole environment.
In a person's DreamVisions, they are being
nudged to move in a certain direction and explore the many
possibilities. Because humans have figured out how to transform the
dirt into a variety of shapes, such as cars, houses and all the fun
things we have in our lives, the overall determination is that our life
comes from our mental state and works accordingly, but this is not at
all so. The mind is merely an instrument like a toaster, and it provides
certain functions and that is all it can do. The RealU, uses the
imagination to perform what it wants to eventually get to and realize
Real Truth, but first it must go through the maze of dealing with a
lower self. like that of a baby, then a child, to finally come to the first
step of its long journey, that of Self Recognition. The spiritual paths
have called this self-realization. But without RealGuidance, most

people end up in the Astral Worlds, here again 'thinking' they have
reached their goal, but actually have only recognized the second
PsycBody they carry around with them. This is where the Psychic
Sciences and many spiritual paths fail, because many of them are
doing Astral Projection or Remote Viewing, and a host of other things
that imply the same limitations.
Only The RealGuides teach
Universal Positioning (UP). UP, centers on The RealU in The Real
Universes beyond time and space and The Gods of Man.
There is an endless array of knowledge and information that can be
collected in the PsycRealms, and anyone can spend eternity here, but
they really do not have to.
Once a person learns Universal
Positioning, then they will experience Real Truth and RealFreedom.
Until then, they are subject to the illusion they have some sort of
freedoms on the earth, just because they can walk down the street
and drive their car anywhere they want to. This of course is, Literal
Sense Humor, as most people have trouble trying to read 'between'
the lines, as words are not perfect symbols for broader and higher
meanings. Here is one of the reasons this world is in all the complex
demises, as humans have tried to figure out what has gone on with
Human History, but usually interprets most things in a Literal Sense.
The Bible, is the best example of being so misunderstood, to where
those who seem to be in the 'know,' are radically off with what they
consider certain truths to be. But again, anyone can write anything,
and just because the information came from Human History, does in
no way make it valid or of any RealValue. Real Experience, can only
be validated by the person having the experiences.
All that is comprised in ones dreams come from three basic areas
which are, first of all, from our personal self that resides in the physical
body and deems this world to be all there is. Secondly, a person's
dream are also the memories of past lives and the actions that
occurred then. Third, are Real Experiences with The RealGuides
with their instructions and journeys for one to the higher levels. For
many, past lives are a 'belief' if they do or do not believe in them. But,
the actuality is they are Real, and it is up to each person to PerSeeve

their reality. No one can be convinced by anything if they do not want

to be. Those who have been indoctrinated into the ideals of religious
beliefs will surely deny anything of a past life nature, because they
have already been 'brain wrapped' for this lifetime. Accepting the
reality of ones DreamVisions can take a while, for the fact of how we
are brought up in a world of objects and feeling those objects. The
upper PsycRealms are similar, but as one enters The Real Universes,
the circumstances are ALL too Real with Sound and Light as the main
ingredient. On the lowest level, the earth, it becomes a real task as to
understand the entirety of what is taking place here along with where
a person is really headed. The human vehicle is a complexity of
arrangements, because of the other four bodies which are involved
and unseen, and so lifetimes of various drama occur until the person
begins to see past all the temporary situations that have been
invented by others.
The anxiety of a person translates to having dreams. This is a type of
mental emotion stimulate which has a different source than from the
expressed DreamWish.
It is found in the general symptoms of,
irritability, anxious expectations and a tendency to look at things
pessimistically. Also, bodily functions may become disrupted such as
breathing, heart activity, nervous twitching and even nail biting, along
with being frightened at night resulting in nightmares.
One may
experience dizziness at times, and fears and phobias such as an idea
that something is going to happen, fear of darkness, of crowds, doubts
and suspicion of others along with nausea and diarrhea. There is a
whole array of situations one can have happen to them as the
tendencies of anxiety build upon itself. Here we find two different
streams of unconscious emotion coming together and then fuse into
one single dream.
One comes from the anxiety state within the
person's subconscious and the other comes from the unconscious
desire which one normally contains in the subconsciousness. I have
found the best thing to do is Live Now, and live with each moment.
Most of us are taught to always be in a rush, but The RealTruth is, all
anyone is rushing to is old age. No matter what is gained, a person
soon becomes older, and then really old.

Every person dreams accept for infants under the age of six months
and a very drunk person. Their level of awareness is way too feeble
to be conscious of any dream activity. The overall idea here is that
dreams have an effect on a person's heath and well being, as they act
as a relief and chemical balancing within the body. There are four
basic stages of sleep that occur from light to deep, as muscular
tensions are associated with the stages of transition along with
respiration and circulation that relate to ones pulse and heartbeat. As
the person's muscles relax and a gradual shift takes place with The
RealAwareness of the sleeper, then the dreams begin to softly show
up. And so, as a person goes with their nightly experiences, they will
simply blend into it and go on some NUAdventures. Those who do
not dream are the ones who cannot fully relax and allow their body
and mind to let go. They do not get beyond letting their body and
mind respond to the changes in muscle tension, nor the slowing down
of their respiration, circulation, pule and heartbeat. All these things
are important to allow The RealU to slip out of the conditioned self and
explore in its own DreamWorlds. I have developed myself to be able
to go to sleep anywhere, and so all it takes is practice. As a person
does The NU-U Sessions, The Real Guides will begin to work with a
person until they get them to go along with their DreamVisions. The
outer world takes its toll on people, and so many do not realize they
are missing a lot besides the 9 to 5 routine-rush they have established
for themselves. When I was younger and doing construction, it would
be hard for me to go to sleep at night, because many times I was
thinking about the next day and what I would be doing. Over the
years I have learned to 'Just Be' within each moment, as all that will
be done will come into the moment it is to be done. As we learn to
completely let go, we find those things we deal with and everything
else will still be there waiting for us when we wake from our dreams.
A persons DreamVisions are universal, and act as a vital part of the
human person as one functions on this world. The four states of a
person's relationship with living are, being awake, sleeping, dreaming
and Universal Positioning with The RealGuides, who take their
NUStudents to other worlds while the body sleeps.
Most humans,

only realize and have the first three in their lives and some only two,
waking and sometimes sleeping. To experience all, one can practice
having all four states of activity in their life. The church and religious
orders have basically condemned a person for having dreams, and
most of all to tell about them.
So, it is not hard to see how those
under a religious rulership will have more psychological tendencies to
deal with as the misunderstanding they have been indoctrinated with
becomes a part of their life like ghosts in ones house. All the people I
have taught over the years who begin to realize their DreamVisions,
suddenly are a lot happier and have a greater sense of freedom in
their lives. Dreams, are of a positive nature when a person
understands their relationship better with themselves and what they
are experiencing. Everything in Life is to be experienced, and as we
gain the wisdom to make better choices, we begin to experience The
RealLight of Life. It is sad to say that the Belief Systems want their
followers to be in dire need of something, that way they can take over
a person's life with their 'slight of hand' and documented regulations.
There are no rules in Nature, only Having Fun and Being Free.
As the body rests, The RealU moves outside of its perimeters to
discover new areas. Its kind of like when we were kids and we snuck
out at night and maybe climbed out of our bedroom window to meet a
friend and go exploring as our parents slept. Some people feel
themselves leaving their body as they begin their sleep session.
Many are doing Astral Projection, which is what those who are
involved in the PsycArts think is the only way out of ourselves, and
that the Astral Body is the Soul. This is where people with no Real
Experience guess at what is taking place. It is true, most people will
leave themselves with the Astral Body at first, but once they meet The
RealGuides, all of the PsycStuff begins to disappear. The RealGuides
go directly to The RealU, and not the various bodies of man as a way
to move about in The PsycRealms to start with, and then eventually
into The Real Universes. The Astral Body is the second body of man,
the emotional vehicle and nothing more. It corresponds to the Astral
Worlds as does each body we have relate to their particular world. In
The Real Universe, we do not need any of the lower bodies, because

we realize ourselves as The RealAwareness as Life ITself IS. To work

out certain situations for one, The RealGuides take their NUStudents
above the Time Track, to where they can See all that has to be
arranged for the completion of what is necessary. For everything in
Life, there is an answer once a person discovers how to get the
answer they are looking for. RealGuidance is The Key to The Secret
Worlds, where the REPSystems, and the great minds of science
cannot enter. There are so many wonderful and beautiful places on
an endless scale of foreverness that are waiting to be discovered by
those with a heart of courage and adventure. Eventually, one learns
to read The UNUversal Files, and is able to see all the past as it really
was and into the future that is not formed as yet. All in all, to discover
one's full potential with their DreamVisions, far exceeds anything on
the earth and what can be obtained here as secondary knowledge.
One of The Great Gifts of The RealGuides is they obtain the karmic
debts of their NUStudents from the Lords of Karma, and then begin to
work them off in a much faster way than one having to go through
more lifetimes of the same earthly drudgery. Many situations will be
taken care of from The RealSide in one's DreamVisions, as the
person sleeps and simply lives their daily life. The Real UNUversal
Guides want to get as many individuals out of here during this lifetime,
because they already know what the future of this planet holds for all
those who will still be trapped here.
The added gifts form The
RealGuides is, they will assist a person in their physical life with
RealGuidance along the lines of their career, as a person aligns
themselves with a lifestyle of TruSensibility and TruSincerity. Many
famous authors and poets found their discoveries from the other
levels, sometimes consciously or recognized the notions which came
through from their Dream Journeys. On the Astral Level is the Great
Astral Museum, which houses all the future inventions of this world
and others. Once a person learns to go there, they soon have access
to an almost unlimited source of new ideas and inventions.
The need to dream is very strong with the HumanSelf, and so all the
so-called rules of sleep must be obeyed or various problems begin to

arise. When one is deprived of their sleeping and dreaming sessions,

there becomes the presence of possible psychotic symptoms showing
up along with health issues. Many of us can go for long periods
without much rest, but eventually it does catch up and we may even
sleep for days. When I worked construction I liked what I was doing,
but eventually my body would warn me about exhausting it and
becoming fatigued, which would lead to slight illnesses. So, when I
felt myself taking too much on, I simply cut back. Approximately, 15%
to 25% of a persons sleeping time will be spent dreaming. Most
dreams can be put into the following categories as a reference to go
by, compensatory, reactive, predictive, somatic, telepathic, Astral
Projection or Remote Viewing, UNUversal Positioning and deep level,
which would correlate to The Real UNUverses.
The idea of The
Dream Arena is to help the individual to eventually Recognize their
TruPotential with The TruReality. To accomplish this can be a very
long process, because of all the lifetimes of corruptive interference of
all the particulars involved in a person's journey within time and space.
With The RealGuides, the process goes much faster, as these Great
Beings go directly to what the person's needs and what they can
accomplish. The REPSystems, basically do the opposite and drag
things out for lifetimes to where the person is more lost than ever. So,
the idea of what is taking place in a person's DreamVision is Life from
an overall view, as IT is trying to communicate various examples and
messages, so the person will PerSeeve their rightful place in The
UNUverses of RealFreedom. The outer man's only concern is with
what others think of him and the standards of rules and regulations set
up by others, such as laws, morals, and commandments.
The Reality of The RealU is unchangeable, but always open to a
continuous evolving expansion of its RealAwareness. The personal
PsycSelf can be changed and manipulated according to the
awareness of the person residing in the body. Even though a person
is gaining knowledge and experience on this level, they are not really
acquiring Real Experience according to The TruReality, as only The
Real Universal Guides can accommodate such proceedings. All that
can be understood and had at this lower level is very minuscule

compared to The Real and TotalAwareness of a person's TruAbility.

Of course, the HumanEgo will not see it this way, as it will always
defend its position of learning and what it has been educated with and
who by. The so-called great scholars of history and present day have
their way with the personal survival and knowledge of this world, but
not of the worlds beyond, which they mainly guess about and create
all kinds of philosophies and theories as to what they might be. As
Human History continues, the barrage of seemingly endless
information and formulation of so-called facts and figures becomes
insurmountable, and at the same time overly confusing. This does
not have to be so, as those who are The NUStudents of The
RealGuides can attest to. The NUStudent starts to experience a
sorting out of all the phenomena the personal self has been given
over the lifetimes spent here, starting with their DreamVisions, and
then filtering down to their personal world. Even though there is so
much to see and do here, when all is said and done, what is it we are
really here for? Is it to follow regulations and commandments and to
strive to survive, or is it really to Become MoreAware and PerSeeve
The RealFreedom that is already available with our RealAwareness?
As the PsycSelf can be changed or modified to better understand and
receive proper information and instruction from The RealConnection
with The SoundLight Reality, it will always be according to the
individual nature. Life ITSelf is always waiting you might say, and
that is for The RealU to make the decision to rise above the
PsycRealms and experience Reality as it Really IS.
The task and
training to Become MoreAware is a very big accomplishment, and so
great patience and practice is required, as I have personally seen so
many come and go, because they do not keep up with all the avenues
of experience they must go through to succeed. As I came into this
life, I was taught at an early age by Rebazar and others, then when it
cam time for the personal self to get involved, I met with Paul
Twitchell's presentation. Just prior to meeting Paul, I was involved
with several different gatherings which led me up to Paul. This was
the starting part of my process this life.
As Paul taught his
presentation, I became very involved, because I knew for me this was

Real, as Rebazar showed me at the time. When Paul left, there was
another who came in for that time period and did what he did. Of
course there was controversy, but I saw it as part of the adventure.
There were many who left the teaching then, and so as the years went
on things began to reveal themselves with this fellow, and he
eventually left. The next man was going to straighten things out, as
that was the plan, until The Influence came along and seductively
persuaded him to see things her way, mainly without his full
perception of what was really taking place.
All of what I have
mentioned here makes for the most adventurous story ever, and who
would ever believe it?
Well, here's the fun part, only those who
decide to explore and have The RealGuides show them what has and
is taking place right Now will ever know. All along, this has been The
Great Adventure for me, even though it has been a lot of heartache
and constant adjustments, but The Final Hour, you might say, is here
with all I have been through to finally bring The NUPresentation.
Only with The RealExperiences I have had from The RealSide with
The Boys, along with my persistence to record The NUHistory of THE
IS on earth, I have now established a basis for what THE ALLIS wants
all unaware souls to know, so they Now have the opportunity to
Become NU. Everyone must start somewhere, and so of course they
will start with religion or similar things. Any of these areas has a real
danger, especially in today's Marketing Ploy World, even though from
the public view they seem friendly, helpful and and harmless, as does
Monsanto GMO TechFood and the vaccines most doctors prescribe.
They are just like anything here, once you get to know them you see
them for what they are.
Paul recommended a person belong to
nothing at all, simply because they would have to shed their
conditioning of them to finally see The RealLight of THE IS. With the
encumbrance of the five bodies and the ideas constantly formulated
by the mind, a person has a lot to deal with as they must view through
their limited considerations along with the secondary vehicles they are
working within, and so it becomes a prismatic view of distortion,
unless the individual has RealExperiences to compare with their own
personal situation and what they are looking to accomplish. Anything

less than RealTruth and RealFreedom is a waste of time, and only

leads to more drudgery under the submission of the REPSystems.
There are so many who profess to be able to adjust a person to
something better than what they are, and this can be so from the
arena of our physical experience only. A fat man can get thin, a poor
man can get rich and an ignorant one can become brilliant, but the
arena of these is really very small compared to The ALLAwareniss of
ourselves. All techniques used from this level of awareness are
basically of a PsycNature, some more than others. The Key
Ingredient is The RealConnection and what it entails, along with what
the person chooses for their survival here. All we do here carries a
responsibility of sorts. There is a scale of action that exists here, and
within the three lower levels it is best to become familiar with how this
works, otherwise one stays with the status quo, and on a road that
continues to circle the globe, until this life is done and then the same
process starts over again.
The RealGuides, use every means to
unravel the entwined consciousness of a person so they can begin to
see their own plight if they do not wakeup to where they are at. A
great responsibility is involved with those who experiment with people
and their dreams and other PsycBodies.
The old saying, Birds of a feather flock together, is true in the sense
of each person deciding who they want to hang with. In The Real
UNUverses a TotallyAware Being is the wind, a vaporous Shadowy
Being that IS ALL into What IS Real. From the human mind and
emotions, The TruReality LifeIS seems so foreign and strange, which
is understandable. In one of Paul's books, 'The Tigers Fang,' he
briefly describes the higher levels of Life. To many, what he wrote
about was more of a fable and a fantasy than a Reality. Fortunately,
Reality seems to be like the childhood fantasies all of us had, and this
world of a physical existence with all its flaws and shortcomings has
become a solid reality for so many. Here again are the 'flocks' of
each species deciding where they want to nest. The Conditioning
Systems want each person to be just like everyone else, law abiding
citizens and hard workers for the establishment. The world of today

is based more upon Robotics than it is on anything Natural and Real.

If the Certain Few who already rule the world had their way, they
would make everything blacktop and there would be no windows in
the buildings for 9 to 5 workers to look out from.
Everything around us that is being created is a hint as to what is to
come from all the Causes that are taking place Now. This is The
Passing Dream and each person here fully decides their involvement
as to what they want to create for themselves. Even with all the
'processed fronts,' most people still 'glaze' over the reality of what is
taking place. Everything really is okay, and if this is where a person
wants to stay, they have the right to do so. The NUPresentation,
which I have created as a Great Opportunity for people to Become
MoreAware, can only provide the information and knowledge as a
'reference,' and not an actuality, as is The TruReality, THE ALLIS. So,
with this in mind, each person on the planet is given a sort of 'grace
period' to decide if they are interested in RealGuidance or not.
Those who choose to stay as they are and live as they have before
and listen to The Influence that rules the lower PsycRealms, they will
experience the end result of their choices, no matter what they may
determine with their minds or 'believe', or what the Authoritarians tell
them is a truth according to officially contrived doctrines and pretty
words. All of what I am Presenting Now, then becomes a warning for
the humans of this little planet in deep dark space, and is in no way a
prediction of doom, as each person decides their own fate by their
choices. To have RealGuidance is a Great Gift, this is Real Now!
Imagery and the imagination, which are fluid realities of Life, become
the functions with daydreams, nightly dreams and also The
TruLanguage of the various areas of the dream states. Dreams are
revealed in images, which are displayed while the dreamer may take
part or simply observe the actions. There becomes a communication
to the personal self through thoughts and impressions of what is
taking place and what is to be revealed. As I am writing this, Yauble
Sacabi was in an experience where I saw him holding back these
huge walls as the Forces of Righteousness and Wrath tried to break

through and get to me, because of what I am writing here and

presenting to this world. In the experience, Yauble was standing
where the two walls met so there was a break to where I could see
and feel the gigantic force trying to get through to destroy me. As
Yauble held the walls they were pushed forward in my direction as I
stood and watched. His back was pushed up against the walls with
him standing in the position of the break and he slightly turned his
head and looked in back of him at the force that was trying to get
through, and then let out a scream as he was burnt on his face by the
power emanating from the DarkForces. When I awoke from the
experience it took me a few moments to realize what had taken place.
In this experience, Yauble was showing me the force at which there
are those who do not want me to come to the surface. This is not the
first time Yauble has taken a hit for me, as I have seen him walk past
me smiling with a gash on his forehead several times. Yauble and the
rest of The RealGuides remind me of the 'Verizon' commercial where
all the Verizon Team is a backup. The RealGuides want what I am
presenting to come into the public view, but the REPSystems and their
Appointed Gods do not. The Real UNUversal Guides are always with
The RealAdventure LifeIS. They stand with Real RiskTakers.
This DreamVision experience was exaggerated to show me what was
really taking place with all those aligned to the lower twin forces, and
those who do not want this SuperKnowledge to get out. The setups
most people have made in this world as their way of life are held to by
The Influence, because with all the agreement she gets from the
multitudes of unconscious souls, she will surely not want to let any of
them reconsider their limited positions with her. Not everyone will
have experiences as I do, because I am THE NUMAN. Those who
want RealGuidance will be gently taken along, so as to not disturb the
Sleeping Beast that deems fear in all those under its shadow. So, if
one does not become The RiskTaker, then they will once again forfeit
their life to more unconscious episodes in this Passing Dream.
Those who have gross nightmares and actually types of possessions
are those who have opened themselves up to the PsycForces in some
way, along with the fact they have no RealProtection. The Unseen

Forces which exist in the lower levels can be good, bad or indifferent,
it all depends how one relates to them. A person can develop many
allies with the good forces, but if they play around with drugs, alcohol,
smoking and raunchy diabolic music as an example, they are asking
for trouble as though they were trying to dodge cars on the freeway.
There was a movie from years back called 'Ghost,' starring Patrick
Swayze. In it, there was a good depiction of what happens to those
people who mess with dastardly choices, as these little dark entities
came along and took those who were killing others directly into the
ground when they passed over to the Astral Dimension. There are no
mistakes in Life, as we get all that is coming to us. Very few people
will do what I am presenting, because they do not have The Real
Courage to do so. They will stay as they are and play it safe, which is
not really true, because there is no safety here, only the illusion of
being safe. I have been to THE IS, I know What IS Real, so I am not
concerned about the choices that take place with this world and all the
deception the unaware dream up. It is understandable the choices
people make that are very limited, as this is how the mind and
emotions are set up, as they are secondary to The RealAwareniss.
The watcher of The DreamVision is The RealU. Most people do not
notice, but they really are not in their physical body.
The occult
teachings have taught mostly from the idea of the Astral Body, as it
does shimmer, and so it is thought of as the 'Soul' of the person, but
this is not true. I really do respect the abilities of those who can See
Beyond what is only in front of them, such as Psychics and Seers, but
they mainly See into the Astral Worlds and no further. They can give
certain predictions and match Soul Mates up, but they have no idea
what RealFreedom IS.
I have known many of these people and
worked with them, because it is fun to relate to those who are above
the general awareness.
The dreamer is always the observer,
watching the demonstration and taking part in it, and sometimes even
watching themself objectively with what the scene portrays.
It is
understandable why most people are very puzzled and in the dark
about their DreamVisions, because they do not realize they can
become involved and control the situation. The dream mechanism is

a mochup, as is this world a created display of hardened material

stuff. But in The World of Dreams, the scenery can instantly be
changed and altered, because it is another dimensional vibration
which is much finer than here. Also, one can learn to go into the
higher levels and explore, as this idea becomes the most fun. At first,
one may want to play around with the scenery, but eventually
discovers it is much better to fly in the air and be free. Flying is one of
the dream aspects many people did when they were young, and some
want to get back to those experiences. And so, by practicing The
NU-U Sessions, a person can get help to start to fly again. When one
is flying, it shows they are above things and have a much better view
or simply wanting to be free from the earth. Many are intimidated to
'keep their feet on the ground,' but one should not be fooled, they
have the right to feel the great Child-Like Reality of themselves as
much as they want to, and so Take The Risk and Have Fun!
Within our DreamArena lies mysteries beyond belief, way moreso
than the humans of the earth will ever realize, no matter what
technology they come up with. In the beginning of some of my Real
Experiences many years ago, I tried all sorts of experiments, one in
which I met different parts of my own creations. I met the little nasty
self that likes all the pleasures of the human mind and dealt with it for
years. I would even wrestle with it at times and stretch it out of shape
like Plastic Man. It is not a matter of destroying the other parts of
ourselves, but to focus on The TruReality and then all will eventually
come into place with our lives. The psychological institutions want a
person to make friends with their internal developed principles, as
they try and reason with the unseen entities a person has developed
over lifetimes.
This can be a way of doing things from a onedimensional arena, but The BiggerVU is much better. Of course,
these people with all their ivory palaces and fine degrees have no real
idea what is taking place on the various levels of the Astral and Mental
Worlds, yet they portray themselves as they do. As one enters their
DreamVisions, they will find a seemingly endless world of phenomena
as one finds here on earth. It is best to have The RealGuide with one
as they enter into realms above the earth. As we are here in this

realm and mostly dealing with the three lower levels, a person is
constantly having to deal with their own creations which are labeled as
the likes and dislikes, or desires one has within their own worlds of
creation. As I have taught for most of my life, I am straight with those
who really want to excel beyond their own little life as it is, and that is
the biggest step for one to take, is to meet themselves. As one does,
they will see the illusions they have been under and soon get past
them. This becomes The RealGift as one is assisted by The
RealGuides to see themselves as a Radiant Being of Light.
There are four basic qualities that determine The DreamArena which
everyone should become aware of, as they are, sensations,
predictions, thoughts, and feelings. All of these together also effect
the outer personal self. As a person experiences their DreamVisions
and brings back their inspirational adventures, they will then extend
into this world and apply accordingly. With these four aspects one
begins to set into motion their journeys into the other levels. Why
would a person want to be second best to all the creations that have
been erected here and the systems who deem themselves to be the
'officialness?' There is no longer a need to do so as one gains The
RealConnection of SoundLight, which is More Real than anything this
world has to offer. As soon as one steps into their DreamWorlds they
find all the creations of the earth do not exist except in the notions of
ones self. Touch alone is not all there is to Life, as we have been
taught on earth, but there is a wondrous perception that reaches
beyond anything tangible.
As one gains insight into the worlds
beyond, they will bring back to their earthly mind and body so much
more than anything that can be taught in all the schools of earth. The
Great Love that is beyond anything of this earth is waiting for those
who encounter The RealGuides in their Radiant Beingness. Once a
person is free of the gravitational pull of the mind and emotions they
will not want to return to this place of dreary darkened hardness.
For the most part, a person can only grasp a small percentage of their
nightly experiences, and only a portion of that at best to even
understand. Most people think in their minds they are learning so

much from the Invented Institutions, which only apply to this earth, but
once they learn about The Reality of their DreamVisions and what can
be accomplished, they will exceed into broader and great heights for
themselves. Once grasped, the mysteries of Life that haunt others will
no longer affect those who Become MoreAware. The four qualities of
sensation, prediction, thought, and feeling, effect the external
consciousness with a better understanding, provided the dreams are
clearly remembered upon awakening. And so a person can basically
only grasp about one forth of the truth about any such phenomena.
The simple reason for this is, when the energy from one particular
quality is running strongly it cannot be changed, dismissed, or
transferred without the others playing a part to offset it. So, if one is
heavily involved with a lower function such as hate, which is the
opposite of love and caring, the energy therefore has been
established and cannot be switched or changed. As one runs with a
lower course, they soon want to obviously do better, so a new
consideration must take place with the other qualities involved. And
so it is, that one needs at least three of the qualities mentioned here to
arrive at any truth within them. This of course will take time.
As one awakens from their dreams and can possibly see the
correlation, then they can decide a new course and do better. This is
where a person's DreamVisions give an objective view of the person
involved, and as stated before, all experience is personal and it is up
to each person to decide if they wish to take the journey upward into
the higher levels of Life. Until one properly evaluates themselves,
they will stay lost with all the lower Maya and phenomena the lower
levels produce. Proper evaluation does not mean a guilt position or
any emotional strangeness, but similar to one trying to figure out a
math problem, and as one practices this they finally get the answer
they are looking for. It should be easy for one to understand at this
point what they have been taught from their childhood, and with all
their experiences with the 'world of grownups,' they have not really
learned a whole lot about What IS Real. Our parents and the existing
systems, for the most part, will not provide an avenue to RealTruth.

With the four qualities mentioned, one determines how they can
measure their dream experience with this information. Sensation, is
the quality which tells that something is, as in a relationship that
already exists, but at the same time can continue to change.
Prediction, tells if something is going to happen, as in the relationship
where one or both of the parties involved will be deciding a new
avenue to travel, as an example. Thought, is what tells and says
what it is, and feeling is that which says what a person knows and
understands through sensitivity, as it is the Astral Body, which is
considered the weakest of the five bodies. Above all four of these is a
TruPerception, which can take place once the person has had contact
with The RealGuides. Sometimes the dream experience will express
itself a certain way, and one may think they know the answer, but if
there is an impression involved as the action is taking place, then it is
the impression that should be looked at first. Many times there are
others who are involved with a person's experiences and they do not
want to divulge or alarm the dreamer, as they are trying to 'pull a fast
one,' you might say, in hopes that the dreamer is not paying close
attention to what is taking place. This is no different than a broker or
salesman wanting to make a deal for themselves and not wanting the
agreeing party to read the fine print. If the dreamer is aware of their
relationship with certain people, then they will figure out their
experience, as it could be a warning they are shown as to the intent of
the other person. I have had many such experiences about warnings.
Being that all dreams are so individualized, if one can come close to
the interpretation, then they have made headway for themselves. It
takes a lot of persistence and patience to become one's own authority
with their DreamVisions. Once grasped, those who do succeed are
on their way to Secret Worlds of BeingFree. With all this, it is
interesting to note how the feeling person can be exploited by the
thinking type of person, as I have learned many lessons along this line
of experimenting.
Most of us want to get along with others and
sometimes make new friends, but in the business world of today there
are far too many foxes who are watching the hen houses of others. I
have had far too many encounters with wolves, snakes, pigs, sharks

and baboons, which are not of the animal kingdom, but dark creatures
who have formed themselves to the practices of many lawyers and
politicians. There is way more taking place on this planet than the
average one-dimensional person can accept, as most people are very
unaware of the overall reality that actually exists here. Until one is
FullyAware, they are unaware, and at the mercy of The Influence and
her many ways of seduction. Too many people take their thinking
and feeling areas for granted and assume things will work out
accordingly, and this can be so, but just like a good business person,
there is always a lot to learn and Be Aware of.
With feeling, one knows the worth of something. And so this can be a
general application to go by and know what a dream might mean to
one. Thinking, or Literal Thought, will not always resolve a situation,
nor will analytical observance, but for the most part, feeling will,
especially along with perception. This quality built into the human
consciousness will help to show the dreamer that something of value
has occurred and one needs to know about it.
The Dream
Experience may or may not provide the full answer, because the
Censor is always involved, but the answer to what the dreamer is
looking for will show up if one's Sense of Perception and overall
experience is qualified enough.
As an example, the business
dealings I have had over the years have not always given me the
complete answer each time to what I am focused on, as I am taken
through various stages of the process that it takes to complete
something I am doing. Here again, it all depends upon what a person
has their Primary Focus on. Even for many people who are
supposedly religious and god fearing, their Primary Focus is upon the
things of the earth, because they usually have very little or no Real
Experience with the worlds beyond this one. Their 'belief' is moreso in
the background, as their personal life is more important, so they
usually carry a lot of concern for their physical welfare. As a person
reads what I am presenting, they must learn to eventually See what I
am really relating, as opposed to the narrowness of what they have
come to know. I am not saying one should not be concerned about
their life here, but as a person Recognizes their RealAwareness, they

will better handle themselves here, and at the same time have a much
freer ability to deal with the situations of the personal self.
The thinking and feeling qualities are the staple diet of most humans
in the lower realms of positioning, and so for the most part, dreams
are built on these two aspects. In those states of dreams by which
one is in love with another person, whose ideals, code of ethics and
religious ideals one may refuse to accept, are simply an effect of a
feeling which is from causes much deeper than the attraction
embodied by the loved one on whomever the feelings of love has
been projected. Love in dreams are deep emotional feelings, together
with thought processes which are directed toward another, whether
the other person knows this consciously or not. Most people seem to
have a well-adapted life on the outside, but many times lack any
control with their unconsciousness. What eventually shows up from
the lack of control and understanding on their part leads to cases of
arrested development. So, as one grows older, their pattern of life
and their overall attitude become more fossilized according to general
standards, as they experience more inflexibility and a drying up of
their life from their own inner source. This is where people cease to
explore, thinking they have come to the pinnacle of their life, and now
it is time to cruise into their heavenly abode for their eternal rest. Also,
most hold to the past and feel the best part of their life has already
pasted them by. Life is not about age or anything the personal self
dreams up, but about BeingNU Now. Once The RealConnection is
made, The NUNowniss of THE ALLIS begins to move into a person's
aura and RealBeing. LifeIS The Great Adventure and there is no
end, as all of continue to evolve and Become MoreAware.
Your DreamVisions and what one experiences, which most of the time
the personal self cannot fathom, Recognize, or even PerSeeve, is so
beneficial with releasing worries, tensions, stress, and a host of many
things that constantly bother the little personal mind and body. With
The RealGuides, many unseen obstacles are taken away, so The
NUStudent can get on with their daily routines. There is a huge Fear
Factor, that is mostly hidden and obscured from the conscious mind of

those in the Social Orders, because it has all been purposely

disguised to look like part of the landscape, and also marketed to
seem as though it is 'logical and reasonable' that it exists, and must
be so. This of course it so preposterous, yet the REPSystems are
built upon this Fear Factor, as this is how they maintain their
operations of control. I recently saw a National Geographic Special
about North Korea. One might say that, North Korea is a total Mind
Prison, because of how the government is run to subdue and Kontrol
its population. The Head Dictator, is like that of the late Jim Jones,
and even moreso. Almost from birth, the Korean people are taught to
wholeheartedly worship the Head Dictator as their god on the earth.
There is no Internet, no cell phones, and no pictures of anyone else,
such as advertisements, movie stars, or even other political figures,
nothing! YU are very fortunate to have this NUBook, as many people
around this world cannot get this.
I can see that most people in the
Western World would look upon what is taking place in North Korea as
an abomination, but I can See there is so much more that most people
do not at all See. Physical appearance and circumstances are one
thing, but it is the invisible netting that has been consciously and
unconsciously put in place that provides the hardest prison to escape
from. There is a Huge Net all over this planet that is very real.
North Korea is a very open and obvious example of how the
populations on the earth are now Kontrolled, yet most people will not
See the same subtle Kontrols with the society they are living in. The
entire earth is wrapped with this Fear Factor Kontrol, and it is very
real. The Subversive Mind Kontrol that is here Now and has been
planned by the DarkBrats for hundreds of years. It has silently
covered the entire earth without most people ever noticing it and how
it has come to be. Because of the high-end technology they have, the
DarkBrats use various frequencys to influence people's minds and
emotions, like that of HAARP. Most of the population is not aware of
this, as it would seem like science fiction to many. There is really no
difference with how the North Korean Head Dictator and the Korporate
entity known as, The United States Korporation, operates.
Most
people are fooled by Political Personalities and the fronts they have

created. When a person studies the real side of Human History, they
will come to discover what has led up to all the wars and economic
misfortunes for the common people. The earth world can be a
beautiful place, but it is a 'Place in Life,' and that is all. Humans, with
their desires and ideas of conquest, have provided all the Causes and
Effects that all of us are now experiencing. Here is where a person's
DreamVisions are very important, as they can lead one into multidimensions that are more real than this earth world.
The RealGuides are not into any type of confrontation, even though
they have to deal with it all the time, as they already know that using
force to meet an opposing force only leads to more situations to deal
with and be burdened by. They teach their NUStudents to Become
MoreAware by the way of written works, such as, 'The AdventurIS
Series,' and especially Your DreamVisions. The physical works are
merely a 'reference' to Something Real, and not an actuality. Duane
The Great Writer has not produced any 'doctrine,' that is of a religious,
political or spiritual means, nor rules and regulations, not even any
'guidelines' to adhere to, and he is not a master or guru, HE IS THE
NUMAN WITH THE ALLIS.
His writings are examples of Great &
RealAdventures!
This is what The Best of Life is all about, The
Greater Adventure that lies just beyond our breath from this place in
space. Not out there somewhere, but Right Here Now, with ourselves,
as ALL LifeIS an ISNESS. While we are here, we can experiment
with our own RealAwareness to discover what unlimited potential we
have. We can learn to leave the mind and emotional attachments
behind and fly off to fun and romantic places, like Peter Pan and
Superman. There are no limits, as long as one respects others and
does not interfere with their life. RealFreedom IS being able to
supersede the humanside and explore The Greater Positions.
For me, My RealSide Experiences are along the lines of why I am
here and what I have to deal with. We each have chosen a way of
doing our life and when we come into this Physical Realm our choices
can change, because of the circumstances we encounter. Life is
always showing us something, but to pay attention is rather difficult. I
have had so many radical experiences to keep me alert to what I am

doing here, but it is always my choice as to what I will do. I have

always decided to focus on The TruReality and live the adventure as I
present it to this world. It has always been my privilege to be a part of
what The RealGuides are doing with their adventure as they have
made their way thru Human History. I was raised with Rebazar Tarzs
& Paul Twitchell during this life, and so My RealExperiences are along
those lines. There will be those who do not understand everything I
am relating until they study the RealHistory of what Paul presented
here. What has been seen on the surface is one thing and what has
taken place behind the scenes is another RealAdventure all together.
My RealPosition is The NUPresentation and ALL IT IS Now. Judging
by the number of people on the earth, which is over Seven Billion, I
will be able to touch most of them with what I am doing, but for even
ten percent of them to actually Recognize what I am presenting would
be astronomical indeed. It is not about the 'numbers' with me, as
LifeIS Forever and each of us must go about our own way to first
make contact with The RealGuides, then Recognize THE NUMAN,
and from there practice The NU-U Sessions, and eventually
Recognize & PerSeeve THE ALLIS. This IS a Big Journey for ALL!
After Paul this this Physical Realm and went into the Real UNUverses,
the next person was given the 'opportunity' to Do Something Real, but
he did not, and so the time came for the second one after Paul, and
then he was taken down by The Influence, as his new wife and mate
is a Reptilian and her sole mission was to subdue and takeover who
is Now the TapLining Master HarOld of the Krone Korporation. This
would seem so impossible that a 'spiritual master' could be swindled
and convinced to actually ruin something that was so wonderfully
created and beneficial, but it has happened and Reptilian Joanny is so
very happy as to what SHE has accomplished for Her Alien Race.
The Reptilians are the Original Race on this planet, as they created
the Humanoids as slaves in the very beginning, and what has come to
be the the Fairy Tale of Adam & Eve, has been a story that most
people have agreed to and nothing more. The Reptilian Aliens have
written their own history and basically forced the little people to agree
or be eliminated, as we have read about in Human History and is still
happening today. They make almost everything look very justifiable,

when in reality they are only interested in ruling everyone, as have the
Kings and Queens throughout history. The Reptilians have created
the idea that people should be 'good' and be godly and obey the laws
that have been created for the supposed benefit of everyone, but the
opposite is true, as they have invented the Kontrolling Systems to own
peoples lives and everything they produce. All of what I am reporting
is right in front of all of us, but few people will See this, because most
have been taught to be 'Emotionally Attached' to the Created Ideas of
those who rule over others. By doing so, the Reptilians TapLine the
Astral Body of those who agree to their Korporations and Systems in
their dreams at night. TapLining is all over this world and most of the
RoundWorlds where there is any form of life, whether in this Physical
Realm or the Astral Realm. There is so much more to learn while YU
are still here for YU to compare with what YU have come thru.
With all that has taken place in Human History, The NUNowniss of
THE ALLIS, is like nothing ever experienced here, but few will See IT.
This IS Real Now, as The TruDimensional Awareniss of those who can
PerSeeve THE ALLIS, cannot in any way be defined as what is being
defined with our physical life. So, what I am Sharing is something that
is actually non-existent to anything known to those on the earth so far.
Science is rather a mistake of invention, and especially when it comes
to Recognizing The TruReality LifeIS, because it cannot. The masses
have been led astray from their RealAwareniss by the REPSystems
and especially science, because almost everything that has come
from the Scientific Community has done a lot of harm to The Natural
Environment that supports ALL of US. There are better ways to work
with what IS Already Naturally Occurring with ALLife. Science is
another means of Kontrol and has been marketed as something
special and necessary. To some people it makes sense to have your
own Atomic Bomb, so they can feel a lot safer in a world filled with
others with Atomic Bombs. These are the educated adults who are
heading the Kontrolling Governments on earth that make no sense.
Those who Test The NU-U Sessions will See what others will not, and
especially those who have a Real Intelligence and not an artificial one
like so many have developed from their educations here. What a

person does here can count as something once they have The
RealConnection to The SoundLight Reality of THE ALLIS. Then what
they have come to learn can be magnified and when properly Seen,
can become Naturally Beneficial for ALL. Until a person has The
RealConnection with The RealGuides, it is more than likely they will
fall prey to the DarkBrats who rule the earth and be bought off to
create more harmful weaponry. What we are experiencing today is a
Huge Marketing Ploy from almost every aspect of creation. People
are so drenched in a lifestyle that has nothing to do with anything
natural, that when something Beneficial and Natural does show up
they question it. Everyone is looking for RealFreedom, but they seem
to 'Think' it can be found from something invented and inside a place
like a building.
What I am presenting makes more sense than
anything on the earth, and IT IS Real and anyone can prove it to
themselves and it will cost YU nothing, accept to put in the time to Test
IT!
Many people will spend a fortune and a lot of their life with
something that gets them nothing and that only seems like something,
but for them to take the time to discover who they really are, they will
mostly not take the time to discover their own Endlessniss.
The REPSystems, want people to be rigid and programmed with
themselves, and so many of these people will experience undesirable
dreams. So, the 'authorities,' those 'officialness unaware people,' will
downgrade a person's DreamVisions to where they are merely one's
imagination or fantasies of the mind. In this way, a person cannot
escape the psychological and political propaganda that governments
and religious factions create to keep the masses supporting their
takeover causes.
And so, the dreamer cannot understand what is
taking place and will many times go to the various dream books on the
market and not find reliable relief, but will accept an answer which
suits them. It may bring about a situation for the person as the
meaning is accepted with a possible mystical or metaphysical sense
about it which are mainly worthless. Most dream interpretations are
phrased in terms of some sort of prophecy and something desirable
such as health, wealth and happiness, or even love and a new
relationship. The person is temporarily happy and waits for the

prophecies to come into their life and usually without any effort on
their part. So as nothing happens, they go for another reading which
gives the same ideas and promises, and in time the person resolves
to a state of despondency, and can even become a chronic
despondent, or what is officially termed as mania-depression.
RealGuidance is The RealCure for that ails anyone, but the elderly
age of a person many times may bring about a closed mindedness,
even with those who think they are free thinkers. The human state of
affairs with the physical brain is a complex region that is still not
understood no matter how much knowledge is taught and shared.
There can be no finalized 'conclusions' with Cause and Effect in time
and space, because there is always 'change' here. The PsycRealms
have been setup a certain way by THE ALLIS to balance out themselves. People have been taught it has been the Gods of Man who
created and manage the 'eternal' idea we call Creation, which is not
eternal at all, but merely an 'idea' that it is so. The PsycRealms are
only real according to The RealAwareniss of each person and what
they are able to Recognize or not recognize. To some, a 'belief' is real
and to others it means nothing, that is because the idea of 'belief' is
only a thought form that some people agree to and not an actuality as
many people 'Think' it is. Thinking is a mechanical process, not a
True & Natural one. Your RealAwareniss IS The RealU, not the mind,
emotions, memory and physical senses, these are only part of a Five
Body System that YU network with to make contact with this world and
the other worlds in Creation. If YU are a person who is religious or
Literally Intellectual, YU will have a hard time with what I am
presenting, because YU will look to your mind for the answers that
Your RealAwareniss already has. So, it will be best for YU to learn
about Your DreamVisions, or stay as YU are and live with your
indoctrinated mind until the day comes when once more it no longer
works and YU wonder where YU will go after this life. No amount of
any 'belief' will carry YU or get anywhere, only RealExperience will!
As a person explorer, one is mainly concerned here with the personal
behavioral complex, which is a complicated system of relationships

between the individual consciousness of man and the society in which

he lives. It breaks down to the fitting of a 'mask' on the person which
is designed to impress others and hide the true nature of the wearer.
This is known in psychology as the Persona, as it is an important
factor in dreams, as one may have shadowy images in their sleep of
being something they are not. More often these dreams are the true
image of what one really is, and so that which the person wears with
their personal outer life is no more than a mocked up psychic mask.
All of us want to belong or be a part of something. The masses are
bred to accept and belong to a herd instinct of others Kontrolling them,
and at the same time, they want to be socially accepted as special
and above things of a common nature. This is where people do not
see themselves as the prisoners they are in their own Matrixed
Consciousness, either worshiping themselves in particular ways, such
as vanity and self-righteousness, or that of looking to someone else in
the present or past, as someone more special than The Whole of Life.
For those who really do want to get beyond and do better for
themselves, RealGuidance is a must, because the avenue leading
beyond this world is long and wide and there are many challenges.
With all of us here there is the Conscious Dreamer, which is each of
us on a daily basis with this physical life. As we are dreaming here,
which I call The Passing Dream, it has its own language as do the
nightly dreams. As we are in the PsycRealms with Five Vehicles we
call 'bodies' it is best to learn what is really taking place here to
survive better and learn to make better choices. Does it make sense
to 'believe' that things are okay here, because they 'seem' to look
okay? Or does it make more sense to investigate what is really taking
place and then plan your life accordingly, so YU survive what is taking
place here? I would say that it makes more sense to have all the
options YU can, as LifeIS so much bigger than YU can imagine. As
YU study what I am presenting and test it for yourself, YU will begin to
WakeUp and Become MoreAware.
Most of the population has
become 'passive' with the invented Systems, as this is what they
want, because it keeps YU and everyone else subservient to them
and always serving their needs while YU work and slave for them.

Those who play to the public, such as politicians and movie stars, as
an example, will most likely have two definite personalities in their life.
The one side of them plays to the public, while their personal side has
a life of its own. Then there is the deeper and darker hidden side that
is not always seen, but lurks in the darkness as the Shadowy Self. It
is very hard not to have this Shadowy Self when we are in the
PsycRealms, because of the environment we are all in while we are
being tested to Become MoreAware of our RealAwareniss. When a
politician or movie star, and this can include religious and spiritual
people who have been known, leaves the earth for their so-called
'Happy Grounds' or heavenly abode, then all kinds of secrets about
their life start to come forward and become known. Some can be true
and some can be more of a fantasy, whatever. Here again is where
RealGuidance and a RealEducation make the difference so YU do not
have to be confused as YU experience whatever it is YU want here.
Until we learn to See & Recognize all the parts of ourself and then
have a RealFocus on THE ALLIS, those that waste their time staying
as they are will continue to reincarnate unconsciously in Creation,
whether they 'believe' this or not does not matter, because YU will!
My experiences in this area are so many. When I first took on THE
ROD OF POWER in 2001, I was trying to let the Krone Korporation,
and those who worked at the International Blockade, that I was the
NULeader. I was asked by Rebazar and Paul to confront HarOld and
his bunch of inmates, and so one of the experiences I had was with
the President of the Korporation.
The opening scene in this
experience was where I walked into a General Store, kind of like those
in the old west, which demonstrated itself as the Korporate Shack in
the Old Days, which is now outdated and actually hurting people as
they are being TapLined by HarOld and his Reptilian Mate Joanny. I
casually went through the door and was immediately met by several of
HarOld's little minions, as they asked to see my ID. I pulled out my
wallet and opened it, and even to my surprise was a card with a
Golden Seal of The President of The United States with my picture in
the middle. For a moment, I even pulled it to my face in amazement,
because I looked to be a teenager, then I showed it to them and they
let me pass as. I walked into the middle of a small part of the store

and looked all around for Mr. Peter, but I could not find him. I knew
he was here, so I called out his name and then I heard a voice from
under the counter in front of me, I'm down here, he said. So, I
looked down and then got on my knees as I was staring right at him.
All I saw was a form under a blanket, and then he lifted the blanket up
and I was looking right at him. He was about three feet tall, and so I
asked why he was hiding? He replied, I don't want anyone to see
me like this, he said, as he looked a little forlorn. Then, I said to him,
Mr. Peter, I have come here to save your life. All you have to do is
stop being silly with what HarOld and Krone are doing and help me
assist the sleeping membershrimps. When he talked he sounded
like a little boy and said, I want to do that Sir, but HarOld won't like it,
and Krone will be very angry with me. I was rather discouraged for
a moment and then replied, If you don't take a risk now they will take
you down with them. He looked straight at me and began to silently
cry, then pulled the blanket back over him, as the experience ended.
This experience is a really good example of the masks people wear.
When a person goes to the Korporate Embankment and meets Mr.
Peter, President of the Krone Korporation, they will surely think he is
as divine as they come, and so this is where The DreamVision shows
where this person really is with Life, very small and hiding.
I had
and still having many experiences with HarOld and Krone, because
what I am doing by providing RealGuidance is automatically exposing
what SHE is doing with the unaware membershrimps. I met HarOld
once in a hallway at his office as he was walking out. He was about
three feet tall and wearing adult cloths like children do when they
dress up with their parents clothing. I could not see his hands or feet,
because the sleeves and pant legs were dragging on the floor. As
soon as he saw me, he quickly turned and started to run, but then
immediately fell flat on his face. He swiftly got up and looked around
to see if anyone was looking, and then hurried off like you would see a
character in a cartoon. Another time, I was suddenly standing next
to him as we were both in front of a full length mirror. I said, HarOld,
take a look at yourself and what you are doing to the membership,
because of Joanny. I could see his reflection in the mirror as he

fidgeted around and would not look into the mirror at himself.
He
didn't want to confront himself and what he was doing. He did not
want to 'See' himself. He had told me straight out he had given his
mastership to Krone. HarOld had become so emotionally attached to
HER that he could no longer control himself.
I have had so many
encounters with Krone. One time, I asked her if she wanted
RealFreedom or HarOld, and she sarcastically replied she wanted
HarOld, because SHE could Kontrol him and have what SHE wanted
for herself. Darwin had become the same as these two characters
when he was the master of the Korporation. He tried to destroy me
many times, because I knew what he was doing. On the outer with
their PsycMask Fronts, these people and many others like them
propose to be 'spiritual masters,' and just like the REPSystems, they
are running their earthly business. This is why I do not associate The
NUPresentation with any 'spiritual idea' or members, as We Are Real,
because The Lords of Karma Kontrol these people and most other
earthly spiritual teachings, which look to and pray to the Gods of Men.
As one studies what I am presenting along with The RealGuidance
and The Wonderful RealEducation, they will surely come to realize
and best of all, Recognize a much better position for themselves as
they Become MoreAware of all the deception that is taking place
among this society and basically all others. By doing so, the person
begins to undo all the TapLines that have been installed in their other
bodies from unscrupulous characters with their PsycMasks. Life here
presents itself in a dualistic fashion, as external and internal, even
though most people want to relate to the outer performance they and
others make, they are really what they are from their motivated inner
intent, and so the end result is they will see themselves in their
dreams a particular way. Most people keep trying to separate and
deny their internal from their external play, but the two are the same
as long as they are doing something in Creation. No 'good looking'
outer performance will fool The Real UNUversal Guides, who guard all
the openings unto a RealLife in The Real UNUverses of THE ALLIS.
Whichever side of the individual is stronger will of course dominate the

other, as in the case of the personal self taking control over the
internal which would have been taught The RealValues. Most people
will not look to The RealValues that can be utilized, as they are on the
invisible side LifeIS, and which would be tossed for the outer life only,
then the valuable intuition and possible RealConnection disappears
for more lifetimes for a Shadowy Awareness. A good balance is the
best position to live by, but there is still more than just keeping in
balance, as this can become a passive position of not Being Active
and Recognizing What IS Real Now.
This is what has and is
happening to most of society with the REPSystems, as these
creations have followers and worshipers that are looking blindly to the
distorted imaginings of others. It is for sure this is a Business World,
as The NUPresentation Foundation is doing a RealBusiness here to
provide RealGuidance and a RealEducation. Doing business here is
fine as everything is okay, but to just have a business in a onedimensional realm and to know nothing else is not RealSurvival, but
that of struggling from lifetime to lifetime and getting nowhere. The
whole idea of Creation is to formulate and create a Wonderful Plan to
get yourself out of here, so that YU do not have to return unaware.
And so, as history goes on and so it IS Now, it will for sure be the
Persona, the outer face which will rule the individual and not The
TruSincerity of The Invisible Being, unseen from the mind and its
ideas of Life. It is not a matter of being nice and accepted, but one
of a Living Being that is Real & True to ITSelf. In our life here, we
breathe the air around us and sense something else most cannot
quite grasp, so for the most part, each person tries to PerSeeve what
cannot be fully experienced with our senses as they relate to their
emotions and mind only. So, as the Persona becomes the greater
strength, the individual will more than likely be an extrovert and will
not have much confidence in his dreams.
But, when the internal
takes more precedence, so does the person look more to their
dreams. This person will be more open to the mystical side of Life
and the various occult arts. His dreams will be more acceptably real
to them as they will look to his unseen side. The Saints and Saviors
of the past had their attention on the fluid invisible as apposed to

working the outer material world for just profit as most people do.
Many of these people did not make their way very well along the
social lines of this world, and so they turned to meditation and dreams
for their salvation, one might say. In so many cases, they wanted to
believe they had made contact with their gods, who supposedly were
guiding them to do what they did. Here again is the difference
between those who wanted to be like 'flower children' and The Real
UNUversal Guides. Very few if any of those in the so-called ancient
documented history of the Bible and other works ever reached or
made contact with The TruReality, THE ALLIS.
As one Becomes
MoreAware, instead of clinging to a 'peaceful and pretty idea' they will
take part in this world as long as they have a body here.
The
'spiritual idea' is mainly a passive notion for people with their god
ideas and mankind has decided what his gods will decide for him.
The RealGuides live in The RealLight of THE ALLIS, not the shadowy
pale reflective light of the Space Gods, the Gods of Man. These
Great Beings do not agree, worship, pray or accept the postulates,
rules and commandments of old and outdated doctrines, or anyone
who has brought them forth. One of the longest running movies on
TV is 'The Greatest Story Ever Told,' and that's all it is, a story that
sounds good. It is an emotional rhetoric to view, just like Mel Gibson's
movie 'The Passion.' These are visual productions for the masses to
become sympathetically attached to, instead of seeking out RealTruth
and RealFreedom. Those who came to this earth many years ago
had their time, but this IS The NUNowness of THE IS and supersedes
all historical events and people. The church, the REPSystems, along
with the political and movie producers have built upon an old story that
gets the crowd to cry and to roar, but will it ever provide them with
RealFreedom? No Never! But, these things and many more
deceptions like them will keep most people unaware and asleep for
many more lifetimes of the same laws to political obedience. The
masses are always into cheap phenomena, and the stranger it is the
more they like it. It must be some kind of thrill to see a man carry a
cross, that is a grave marker with thorns on his head bleeding. There
will come a time when the tides will turn and the REPSystems will be

exposed for the circus they have invented. In the mean time, all the
unaware souls who are searching for The TruReality LifeIS will have
to wait and and even hope they will Recognize The RealGuides this
time around, or they will once again be lost among the dreariness as
they continue their experience on this dust bowl of an earth.
In one of Paul Twitchell's books, he specifies how very few have ever
been to The TruReality, accept for The RealGuides. Those who follow
the Gods of Man and their spiritual paths have never come close,
even Darwin Gross and HarOld Klemp, who many look to as their
HeadMasters did not succeed, and by what they are doing Now
proves it. Only those who have seen The TruReality, will stay straight
forward with IT, because IT IS Exceptional, and nothing compares to
IT, as IT IS ALL Life. Those who have Seen & Recognize THE ALLIS,
and establish themselves with IT, have become The Real UNUversal
Guides. As Paul stated, not all The RealGuides took on what he
termed, THE ROD OF POWER, which is Now, THE NUWAVIS.
Because this world is based upon darkness and not RealLight, but
secondary light, there becomes an identified agitation within those
who have unseen scales upon their inner bodies, that ruffle their
feathers so to speak, when The RealLight does comes into their
awareness. This is why anyone who has tried to bring about even
the smallest amount of truth to this world has been destroyed. The
masses, because of their treacherous upbringing and indoctrination,
which has been beaten into them over lifetimes, fear for their lives
from their TaskMasters who watch over them with vigilance. If one
does not follow the dictates of the REPSystems and how they have
determined things to be, then those who follow them will first
psychologically be tortured, and if the extreme is needed they will
simply disappear, as did some of the Popes and Presidents of the
past. Those who have chosen to belong to such gatherings as the
Mafia and other secret cults, which are unknown to most of the public,
will find it hard to leave such cruel involvements, as they were enticed
to join and looked to be so right at the time. The Great Reality is not
concerned about the choices a person makes, ITS only interest is The

TruCompleteness of the individual awareness with ITSELF.

THE
ALLIS, does not throw lightening bolts to the earth as do the Gods of
Man. Most people are so used to the old rhetoric and mannerisms of
their worshiped deities and so they have an agitated psychosis in
them from days gone by. I am not here to point a finger, but to help
sort out all the injustice to a person's awareness that is not necessary.
And so, this simply means to learn to Become MoreAware and The
RealU will eventually Recognize The Great Heights and Endlessness
of The Real UNUverses beyond all the darkness of this realm.
An interesting aspect that must be looked at is what Paul called the
Shadow, and what I would term to be The Influence of sorts.
It is
part of the moral upbringing and collection of agreements brought
about by social conditioning, which is of course a distortion from
RealTruth. There are so many sides to this created influence, and as
one makes an in depth study of their life with The RealGuidance, they
will come to see so much more. The Moralistic Shadow challenges the
personality within one's self. It is a shadowy character that has been
created by each person, but for the most part is not all together
recognized and confronted, as it has so many different disguises and
paths it leads itself along.
It is what would be termed as the good
and bad or evil in one, also the duality of nature, as in the term of the
Dualistic Powers. It takes a lot of study to recognize all the different
positions that are possible, because each of us can create whatever
we want to and agree that it is real to us. Another aspect that is hard
for many to recognize is their allegiance to their Literal Sense, and as
something so much more important than their RealAwareness. The
RealU, is far too vast and unconfined for the Earthly Educational
Systems to deal with, so they keep most people at a very low level of
understanding and Kontrol. Until YU face up to this world YU will be
its victim, and if YU could See your pastlives, YU would WakeUp Now!
It is the true negative adaption and side of a person that can be ruled
by the third head of the Kalaum God, The Influence. Most people are
hooked up with The Influence in a manner of various degrees of
involvement. Most of society wants to do the right thing with their life

and also with others, but they still have their own association with The
Influence, some more than others. When I took on THE ROD OF
POWER in 2001, the first thing The Boys did was introduce me to The
Influence head on. I had met my own shadowy self many times in
former years, but had not recognized the full potential of this creature
until my awareness was broadened with all my new experiences of
her. She was now shown to me in her true color, so I could better
understand what I was to do here and what she had already been
doing.
She had already devoured Darwin and HarOld, and was
totally lodged in Reptilian Krone, as she was the principle behind
everything now. As I became more familiar with how The Influence
worked, I better understood My NUPresentation to this world.
Because this shadowy witch has basically taken down all the systems
of the earth and most of this realm along with all the inhabitants
everywhere, I knew I was now up for the biggest challenge, and best
of all The Greatest Adventure of my life. The Influence will appear in a
person's dreams many times over, and she will usually appear very
friendly, that is if the person will cooperate with her, but if they do not,
then she resorts to other methods. She wants all the unaware souls
she can get, because it is simply her nature to do so. Humans have
bred their own corruption and diseases, along with The Influence.
Of course, the average person will not accept what I am relating to
here, because they are what one would say is 'drowning' in their own
unawareness.
Just like in the movie the 'Matrix,' everything in
motion with this material world of appearances seems all in place, and
this is what the Gods of Man, and namely The Influence want people
to think and see. The Space Gods, want everyone to be as happy
as possible here, and they are even willing to help, but for the most
part most people continually create their own demise, and so even
The Kalaum God has to make an effort to get people into some kind of
awareness so they are usable for his purposes, or he will have a lot of
couch potatoes and deadbeats to deal with.
For anyone to gain
RealFreedom from this Maya realm is a big undertaking in deed, but it
is worth it when one is standing atop The Mountain of THE IS, and
can See ALLife, and BE Free from the PsycRealms altogether.

A RealSide Experience I recently had, was with three other people

who were supposedly business brokers in the affairs I had put
together.
These three, along with others like them, had either
interfered or tried to take Kontrol of my projects and assets for their
own selfish purposes. In the experience, all of us were lined up in
front of a group of individuals sitting behind large desks, that I could
not quite make out their features. As we were all standing there, one
of the rather faceless men behind the desk started asking questions,
as he first talked to the person on my far left...
What is your involvement with this project?
Oh, I'm in it for the money. You know, to get all I can get and live a
great life of luxury for myself, said the man very smug, as a set of
chains appeared from the floor and cuffed him.
Then, the same faceless person asked the second person to my left,
who happened to be a woman...
What about you, why are you with this project of Duane's?
As the question was asked to her, I could tell she was very nervous
and started to move about a little, but I could see that she could not
stray more than a foot or two from where she had been placed. Then,
reluctantly she answered...
I want to help Duane with his Humanitarian Developments, she said
a bit nervously, as chains came onto her.
Then she screamed, Why do I get these chains? I am a good person
and I do want to help!
Not really she didn't. At first, I did not recognize her, but as she
began to speak, I knew immediately who she was. I had trusted this
woman to be part of putting together a huge deal and transaction, but
behind my back she belittled me and tried to steal it for herself. Not

only did she want the financial part, but she definitely wanted the
personal glory of having it for herself only. It was more than obvious
the faceless person and the others knew the intent of each of us.
Then, he asked the third person standing to my immediate left...
And you, what is your involvement?
I am a friend of Duane's, and I brought another associate in to help
get the funding for his projects, said the man, as I recognized him
right away from his manner of speech.
Then, chains wrapped his wrists and one around his neck. This
person had been the most notorious of all. He tried to blackmail me
with what I had accumulated and created, then tried to steal it all for
himself. It had taken me many years to go through, and a lot of
important lessons from the 'business world of men,' to finally see what
most people set as their 'price for living.' These people, and there
have been so many others, all had a price, and it was not about
assisting me with what I am doing here. Each one of these people
were from the same mold, as I had sent each of them one of my
NUBooks to read, but they never took the time, because they were too
busy thinking how to steal what I had brought to them to share. But,
sharing was not in their agenda, only having it all was! Because they
did what they did according to their hidden intent, they were all
eliminated, one by one, as they were given a Golden Opportunity to
work with The RealGuides, and The NUPresentation. Each one of us
makes a choice, and that becomes our road until we change our way.
Then, the man asked me, What are you in all this for?
I am here to provide as many avenues as possible for the humans to
wakeup to what is taking place on the earth, and to introduce them to
The RealGuides.
The funding and the Humanitarian Projects are
only a part of what I am willing to provide, as my RealPurpose is
primarily RealGuidance and a RealEducation for those who will listen,
I said, as I could feel myself lifting from the floor, to where I could see

the whole room, then I went right through the ceiling up into the sky.
This RealSide Experience showed me a lot, as it was very selfexplanatory. My intent is actually beyond all the funding and the
projects I want to do, but while I am on earth, just like what Rebazar
and Paul have done, I want to help the people of the planet who have
been stuck here for eons. Even from the days of Paul Twitchell, the
earth has changed so radically, and still most of the populations of the
world do not have a Real Understanding of the consequences of their
choices, because they have no RealGuidance, and most of all have
not had a RealEducation with The RealLight of Life. Sometimes what
I am presenting sounds rather 'corny' to most people, and I can see
that, but The Reality of where I am standing and can PerSeeve is
worth the ridicule I often get from others. For me, I know What IS
Real, and as 'farout' as it may all sound, what I have written about is
Very Real and Wonderful, and can only be experienced one person at
a time. Each person must decide their own risks or stay the same.
These are Great Lessons I am providing for those who take the time
to test out and then discover all the various areas of one's self. Just
like any education in the beginning, one must learn first of all where
they are at and what they are dealing with, and the biggest challenge
is ourselves, and not so much the outside world that has been
fabricated from dirt, but the endless creative reality of what we are
constantly deciding and moving ourselves into.
Then comes The
RealEducation, one that is not found on the earth, but is always The
TruEssence LifeIS, which IS Always The NUNowniss and a Real
Focus with THE ALLIS. This is a Huge Challenge very few will even
begin to realize with some degree.
Most people will become
confused by the Literal Education they have been conditioned with,
which for the most part, does not supersede the earth, but mainly
applies to what has been created in a Business Sense and has
nothing to do with RealSurvival. Religion and Politics are the main
businesses of the earth, and have nothing to do with The TruReality,
which is far too Wonderful and Perfect to be a part of anything that is
not Perfectly Centered.
It is so that, The TruReality supports

everything, because all of us are in the same life, but IT IS Positioned

in a Uniqueness, unlike that of what those in the lower embodiments
have decided.
And so as usual, the humans of the earth have
become once again way over-creative and lost their attention span for
what is essential, which has effected The Natural Environment that
supports everything on earth. If YU do not Recognize Your Real
Awareniss Now, then there is no guarantee YU will this time.
It would seem that we are always moving from here to there, as this is
how Time and Space represent itself in the bodily positions of the
material-spiritual realms. There can be no Real Understanding of
The Whole of Life from the human consciousness without Real
Guidance and a RealEducation, as those who try are merely using
their Literal Sense with a scientific application of logic and reason,
which is like a person blowing soapy bubble in the air.
All ideas,
conceptions and most imaginings belong to the PsycRealms, as they
do make a person feel good with what they have created. Everything
has a RealPurpose, and to properly See it, awakens the journey that
is for each of us to Become MoreAware to What IS Real Now.
As a
person identifies the various parts of themselves, they will better
understand and come to know a Real Purpose for themselves. This is
important to each of us, as this is what Your DreamVisions are always
representing themselves as.
Without the constant contact to the
other worlds and Realities, then one is frozen to a one-dimensional
resource that will disappear into the nothingness it came from. There
are more hidden mysteries to ourselves than can ever be revealed
from a physical brain and mind.
To discover RealTruth, one must be willing to be daring and risk
everything they carry with them to Clearly See Reality.
As the
Shadow appears in a person's dreams, it will take on many different
forms to where it can hardly be noticed. It can appear as a friend, a
seductive woman or man, or even disguised as a savior or saint, to
name a few. In the movie 'Devil's Advocate,' a very good depiction of
how The Influence works is portrayed. The Devil in the movie, simply
provides The Influence, and even tells the person he is trying to

seduce that it has been his choice all along and that he, being the
Devil, did not make any of the choices of what the hero and his life
has come to be. And so, even when the hero in the movie thinks he
is past The Influence, he walks right back into its web, as is
demonstrated at the end of the movie. This is how the human ego is,
it goes back and forth from good to bad, and when it feels it has done
good, it now thinks everything is fine. What is not seen and must be
shown to one is The RealSide of Life, above the Dualistic Forces that
shadow the minds and emotions of humans.
This is how society
sees itself as doing the right thing according to all the rules and
regulations it follows, which are supposed to be good for it, but are
takeovers disguised as protecting the innocent.
When we make
sense of what has been provided and established in the way of socalled 'right thinking and doing,' we find a lot of flaws, and mainly the
end result being a contrived demise.
Just because someone
invented the piston engine so we can get around faster, which
seemed like a good idea at the time, does not mean the fumes from it
will not kill one. And so it is, with so many good ideas which have
been and are now affecting the entire planet more than ever. All of
what we are experiencing is the blatant elementary awareness of
humans, yet very few will admit it. Even with all the natural evidence
right in front of everyone, which has always been workable, there are
always those who want to change what actually works fine already
into something that sounds good, but finally fails and ruins so much.
RealGuidance is The RealCure for ALL. Until each person who is
searching for RealTruth accepts The Real UNUversal Guides as The
TruWay Showers, then mankind will continue to decline and fall victim
to the ways of the mind, as has been so in the past.
With all the elements involved with the mystery of one's Real
Awareness and unawareness, it is found that the unconscious part,
with all that influences it, does not spare the dreamer at all.
The
dream experience can take the most righteous person, according to
their own idea of themselves, and shove their face in the dirt as
though they were the lowest of all creatures. The Shadow will feed
on anything of a derogatory nature and is usually the same sex as the

dreamer. This character that has been created from all the collected
agreements comes in many disguises. The Shadow has its own
strength, as I have personally wrestled with it many times. It is its own
cunning entity which moves along the lines of the slithering slime in
the lower arenas, as it sets out to block all achievements to one
becoming successful from escaping the three lower levels.
The
RealGuides help to take care of this culprit, to where it is basically
gone, as they protect their NUStudents.
One cannot get rid of
everything here entirely, because the Dualistic Forces exist in the
lower realms, and they will continue on, so it is a matter of adjustment,
like a person's sails with the wind.
We cannot get rid of all the flies
and bugs on the earth, because they do have a purpose here, and so
what we can do is prepare ourselves to handle whatever it is we have
to. The REPSystems do not come close to The RealGuides of THE
IS. There is no comparison, but the existing educational processes of
this world will definitely not agree, as they will do everything in their
power to maintain a huge hold on each and every unaware soul.
In the movie 'Ghost Busters Two,' the heroes of the movie discovered
a strange pinkish goop underneath the streets of the city. What they
soon realized was, it was all the negative thoughts and emotions,
along with the drama of the big city life that created this huge
distortion. To most, this would seem to be science fiction, because
humans for the most part label things for what they are not, as the US
Government labels UFO as swamp gas.
And so, because most
people do not understand all the worlds they create from their
unawareness, they are constantly the unknowing Effect of them.
YOUR DREAMVISIONS PART SIX
The study of Your DreamVisions is so vast and a Great and Fun
Adventure.
As one become familiar with themselves, their life will
expand and they will become more capable, instead of following the
idea of a 'belief' to where one does not 'believe' in such things.
Nothing in Life is about any sort of belief, even though the term is
used so often. The Whole of LifeIS an ISNESS, and everything else

has been put together from what already exists, as we term 'Creation,'
with ideas that apply mainly to the earth and the business world. To
have a business plan in this world is one thing, but to go beyond all
that mankind has ever known or will know is something really terrific
and amazing. What all of us are experiencing on the earth is nothing
compared to what is possible with a person's RealAwareniss.
As
long as people hold to what others have marketed to them as
something more special than themselves, which it usually is not, they
will stay in the dark about their life as they reach their elderly years
and wait to see what happens as they cross over to one of the Astral
Levels. When people see what humans term as 'ghosts' and that
what is taking place, is sometimes an unaware soul not knowing
where to go or what to do with themselves.
If the entity is
mischievous or destructive, then one should do The NU-U Sessions
and call upon Rebazar Tarzs to have the person taken away by the
Astral Authorities. All the dimensions of Life are Here & Now, and not
anywhere beyond ourselves. This IS The ISNESS LifeIS.
And so, we get into the study of two more aspects of the
DreamWorlds, and these are... the Anima and the Animus. The Anima
is the figure image in man, and the Animus is the masculine image in
woman. These are scientific and psychological medical terms for the
most part and not widely known. These two aspects are imprinted on
the subconscious of every human being.
The Anima produces
moods in men and the Animus creates opinions in women. A good
majority of people are controlled by their syzygy, which is the name for
both of these attributes. Another term in the giant medical field.
These two attributes become rather prominent in both men and
women in their DreamVisions. The man sometimes dreams that he is
a woman and the woman will dream she is a man. Part, but not all of
this is from past lives where all of us have been both sexes many
times over and finally come into what we are now in this life.
The
RealAwareniss, The RealU, will choose the body it needs to fulfill its
experience for each life, as the personal self really has no say, as it is
the 'created front' of the person each lifetime. If one recalls their
dreams vividly, holding on to them with perfect recall for years, this

then means it is most likely a past life. Different perceptions come

through to all of us as we dream and we are awake in this world. Only
YU can prove to yourself it is a past life by doing some investigating
and comparisons and a lot of studying. YU can also hire a good Seer
or Psychic and they can help YU, and this is a fun way to learn.
Years ago, I was on the phone with one of my business associates
from Canada, and he has a good awareness of things, and as we
were talking I jokingly said to come to Huntington Beach and I will
teach him how to surf. He told me he could not swim and had a rather
fear of the water. Then he told me of a man he met, and as they were
talking the man asked for my friends watch, as he then proceeded to
put it to his forehead, as he said, You can't swim can you? At first
my friend thought it was all a gag and said to him, No, I can't. Then
the fellow said, You were an exporter in the 1800's, and you were
standing on the docks with several others and all of you were in a
disagreement about the cargo. Then, one of the men pulled a knife
out and stabbed you in the heart and you fell backwards and into the
water as your lungs filled up and you drowned. Today, my friend is
still in the export business. Here is a good example of a carry-over
from a past life, because he didn't pick his 'water attitude' up this life.
How fun is it to know we have been here before and that we can do so
much better for ourselves with all the experience we already have.
Rebazar would tell Paul and I that when we are able to tap into our
past, which are the experiences in our UNUversal Files, it would help
us succeed with what we are here to do Now.
Past lives are
something interesting to look at, but not to be held by. The interest
people have in the PsycSciences is not a bad choice, but should be
one of careful scrutiny. Those who seem to profess so much in the
way of psychic abilities are also into the business world and many are
times into Black Magic. I have dealt with some of these people, and
almost each time they would want to do a bunch of silly rituals and
charge me a lot of money to perform their showy hokus pokus. Again,
ritual and ceremony have nothing to do with RealTruth.
The Anima in man tends to soften his character and makes him

touchy and rather moody and also jealous at times. From this he can
become vain and hard to adjust to the situations he needs to tend to.
So much of the fear which women arouse in men is due to the Animaimage men can carry of themselves. A close recognition of this can
offset a lot of silly moods in one. Such attitudes show up in the
person's dreams and one can be uneasy and irritable for days as they
experience the different sides to themselves.
The Animus, the
masculine figure in a woman's unconscious corresponds to the Anima
in a man. And so it is as the Anima is notorious for producing moods
in a man, the Animus produces all those seemingly delightful options
in a woman, but these opinions are not based upon RealTruth,
knowledge or original thought, but of created assumptions, as social
women love to grace themselves with. Many of these assumptions
arise from a woman's dream experiences they do not consciously
realize. In social gatherings it is only obvious the nature and level with
which a person relates to by the communication they deliver. Do they
often speak of reference points referring to RealTruth, or exact
knowledge, or is it they are more interested in the behavior,
appearance or outfits of others, especially other women who might be
in competition of their mate or business plans?
Most hold to their
one-dimensional environmental mode, seeing nothing beyond the
assumptions, feelings, and ideas and the appearance of their socially
bred arrangements. Women can be moreso the seductive side of the
DualForces, and they actually love their role even when they are
caught at it. The extremes of this is brutal sex acts and masochism at
times. The social consciousness in people becomes extended
beyond the normal borders as they continue to look for new 'highs and
thrills' with their physical and emotional bodies. What is not seen on
the surface many times is the eventual effects of certain relationships
that have been decided upon. There is always a Cause and an Effect.
The social environment of today is a gross and overly done
exaggeration of a RealLife, as so much entails a radical behavior
among those especially who are very well off financially, as they have
made most of their money from products and services which really do
not provide any RealBenefit to others, the earth, or The TruReality Life

IS, but do serve themselves and The Influence. I have been a builder
most of my life and there has always been a time for certain
construction such as housing and shopping centers for the masses,
but today is has become overdone with casinos, resorts and
amusement parks, that really do not assist The Natural Environment
or educate people to do better in a TruSense. All of this becomes a
way of life as it has in ancient history, which clearly has proven the
downfall of the greatest of civilizations. Add to this the REPSystems
and their not so great contribution to mankind, and it is easy to see
why this world is as it is Now. The Great and Wonderful UNUversal
Guides have always tried to point the way for mankind to stand in The
RealLight and See Reality as IT Truly IS, but most people want the
seductive side of themselves and to be Kontrolled by The Influence.
With these two, the Anima and the Animus, the man and woman's
dreams may appear to be lofty and convincible as they view their
experience from their personal limited self. The Animus, often
appears symbolically in a woman's dreams as someone she knows,
which would be an indication of the attitude she uses during her
conscious personal life.
The person she is with would have an
outstanding attitude on the surface of what is being demonstrated and
the dream experience would be showing one what this attitude is.
Sometimes it can be a relative, such as her father or bother and
anyone acquainted with them, which may indicate they are trying to
relay a message to the person about their illusionary assumptions
being used, or possibly a warning of the misuse of wrong observations
in particular instances. The personal self is usually always the last to
know about anything of a RealBenefit, as it mainly likes to live with the
lesser understandings which are so easily manufactured from its
shadowy arenas. All of this implies states of mainly unawareness,
not RealAwareness. The Social Dream and drama, which the humans
of this planet have conjured up, have taken control as they have in the
past, and as history has proven many times over. In Book Four The
Adventures of Rebazar Tarzs,' I lay out an Exciting Adventure of Risk
Taking, unlike anything this world knows.
My NUBooks are part of
The NUPresentation, The Greatest Humanitarian Adventure Ever.

Sometimes, a simple dream can be taken for granted, as many times

there are obvious but hidden things happening right in front of us. All
of what we are experiencing here, and on the many other levels and
dimensions, is for the sole purpose of each of us to wakeup to The
Whole of Life, and RealGuidance is definitly needed, as Life is far too
big for any of us to comprehend at first in a simplified fashion.
It is not really that hard for anyone to invent a new business system
here, and then go about getting agreement. All one has to do is pick
something that almost everyone is familiar with and accepts as a
standard with our present lifestyle. Of course, none of what is
invented will benefit a person beyond the span of their years here
accept for those who provide an avenue to RealFreedom.
The
Kalaum God, and all his Authoritarian Subordinates on the earth and
other planets, want the present confusion and degeneration to
continue to reign.
As the sneaky REPSystems do their business
plans, they are creating confusion for themselves and others along
with huge karmic debts, because they are not following The Natural
Realness of THE IS. Because of this, most people do not have the
time to pay attention to their DreamVisions, but mainly work just to
maintain what little sanity they have as they constantly try and adjust
to the present lifestyle. So, for many who do not have the patience to
listen to The RealGuides, it is better for them to seek professional help
and pay the 'officials' for their educated views. Sometimes, it will be
that as a person learns to confront and discuss their personal issues
and situations for a partial understanding.
The RealGuides are
always looking for those who have RealCourage and are willing to
take on The NUAdventure of their lives, as apposed to most people
who want an instant band-aid, so they can get back to their Passing
Dream and continue their never ending search for RealTruth. And so,
the principal law in the PsycRealms is that of compensation, better
known as the Law of Karma. Moat people who search for RealTruth,
do not in any way recognize it when it comes face to face with them,
because it is The Whole of Life and not the many little pieces. So, to
the humans who reside here permanently, they will continue to look to
the skies for a sign of their savior returning to correct all the distortion

and misappropriation of any sanity that has taken place here, which in
no way will really happen, but as long as people 'believe' it will, then
the 'idea' still exists in their mind, but it is only an idea.
The actions and reactions of the PsycRealms are what keeps a
person's mind in the most appropriate balance, and so this is where
the experiences in the other levels, that of a person's DreamVisions,
help to compensate physical, emotional and mentally psychological
situations. The DreamArena alleviates a lot of conscious suffering of
which the personal self is very rarely aware of. It is no different than
a sea captain having to deal with the nature of the ocean he is riding
on and making constant adjustments with his ship to stay on course.
We are The RealAwareness, and our personal self is the ship we must
learn to direct to The TruReality.
The PsycRealms are not at all
understood by The REPSystems, who proclaim authority and the
'know-it-all' position over their onlookers, and so a great limitation has
been set forth and agreed upon by those who serve their officials.
This is the very reason why the masses will not accept RealTruth, or
even know how to relate to it, as their other four PsycBodies have
been setup like a computer program to react and acknowledge only
what has been implemented to them. The RealGuides, have a great
compassion for all the humans on this planet, as they make a huge
effort to get people's attention to something Beneficial and Real. The
situation always exists as to who will provide RealTruth and
RealFreedom, as apposed to just serenading people's emotional
bodies into a compliance for agreement, mainly to that of contrived
takeovers from the DarkSide. When Paul Twitchell brought forth his
presentation, he was basically the only one who would do it, and so it
is with me, as I have chosen to do so. I already know there will not
be the great numbers of people for what I am providing as there are
with the REPSystems, because humans are in love with their
illusionary premeditated phenomena, and not at all interested in What
IS Real and True Now. The TruReality IS ITS own RealPosition.
Dreams should be treated like thoughts as one analysis their
experiences.
This is the basic idea, unless one is a NUStudent of

The RealGuides with their RealSide Guidance, then there is a plus

factor involved.
The RealGuides must be invited into a person's
arena and worlds to help take care of their karmic and daily situations
which arise or they will not enter. This is how one learns to unburden
themselves as they surrender all the thoughts, ideas and emotions to
The SoundLight Reality, The RealConnection to THE ALLIS. So, as
one goes to sleep they merely allow The RealGuidance to take place,
as they flow with their experience and the unconscious mind is open
to a fine tuning of adjustments. In this way, The NUStudent is rid of
those obstacles which have held them back from PerSeeving a
greater awareness about themselves. Almost on a daily basis, one
will begin to soon Recognize what is taking place as a very subtle
change occurs. The hardest thing for most of us is to live with
ourselves and see what is taking place, and so this NUAwareniss has
little to do with how we determine things to be along with what we may
usually assume, but simply letting go and allowing The SoundLight
Reality to become a part of us until we are one with IT.
This then
becomes a greater recognition for us and a much broader position
with The Whole of Life, instead of just a bunch of mental and emotion
stimulants that have mainly been set into motion from so many
outside sources that want control of everyone. This is an important
factor to recognize while residing in any of the lower bodies, as The
Influence reigns the PsycRealms and can penetrate like the wind, and
even has dominion over all lords and the Gods of Man.
The Personal Self needs the contact of its DreamArena to survive
here, even when it is not consciously recognizing it or has the slightest
bit of understanding what is taking place. The PsycRealms are so
much more of a psychological position that humans can even imagine.
The Four Ages of human history, starting with the Golden Age, then
the Bronze, the Copper, and finally the last and most harsh, which we
are in Right Now the Iron Age, are all the tests and trials each one of
us go through to eventually complete ourselves, so we are ready to
make the big step into The Real UNUverses. These Four Ages, are
the formative years, like when we were young and then as teenagers
to start to feel our way along. So, one is still the youthful explorer as

they first meet The RealGuides, and as they are tested to find their
endurance level, and if a person is ready to Become Self-Sufficient,
they will be shown what very few will come to know. There are so
many different and various aspects for one to complete themselves
within the PsycRealms, so much moreso than what the authorities of
politics and religion imply. As a person recognizes the fact that they
keep returning to this 'lowest place in Life,' with RealGuidance they
will come to realize they have been in full agreement to The
Authoritarians and given themselves over as part of their many
takeover positions. Here again is where all of us go through the most
harsh conditions to finally get a glimpse of this Great Wakeup Call.
For those who have the opportunity, they will be introduced to what
Paul Twitchell refereed to as, 'THE ROD OF POWER,' which is THE
NUWAVIS THE NUMAN NOW. This TruReality has ITS place in the
physical realm, and all the way up into the very Heart of THE ALLIS.
The average person will not understand what THE NUWAVIS, but for
those who become very intentfully sincere, they will be able to stand
with The RealGuides in THE NUWAVIS. From ancient times, comes
a lot of descriptive definition, along with authoritatively confirmed
documentation, that the answer to Life lies in a 'spiritual quest' that
has been outlined mainly by the REPSystems. In times past, there
were a lot of known and unknown things of a 'spiritual' nature taking
place, as this was a good starting point for many of us who have come
through thousands of human forms to finally reach this new moment.
And so Now, it is The NUNowness of Life that is exposing itself, as the
earthly systems have run their course and no longer have any
RealValue with The Real UNUverses of THE ALLIS. LIFE Itself, has
provide many roads and avenues for each person to find their way
back to The TruSource, as each person has their own Free Will to
decide wherever they want to reside.
THE NUWAVIS, is very
important for those wanting to establish themselves in The Real
Universes, so as not to have to karmically take on any more lower
bodies and lifetimes of unawareness. This is a very Special Position
for those who earn their way and eventually Recognize THE
TRUISNESS LifeIS. The Whole of Life is so much more than any

'defined' spiritual quest and the worshiping of unseen authorities.

It is true that, all those who qualify themselves with The RealGuides,
can stand in THE NUWAVIS, and PerSeeve, The RealLight of THE IS.
From this position here, this Magnificent Reality is like a giant spiral of
PurLight, reaching into all the skies of each level of Life. It can also
appear as a huge shaft of light. From the humanside of this realm, it
takes a lot of training for a person to finally have the slightest bit of
recognition of what this TruReality IS.
THE NUWAVIS, is so
incomprehensible to anything of the human mind, and there is and
can never be any technology that comes close to knowing what it
Really IS. This is where most of mankind has failed in their pursuit to
discover RealTruth, because it can never be found in old ruins or on
other planets, and especially with the personalities of ancient saviors.
IT IS AlwaysNU and Now, and must be approached with a Special
Awareness. All the stories and so many of those who have had
experiences with a degree of light in their life, were usually
experiencing the lesser aspects of IT, as only The RealGuides have
The Real Connection to The Heart of THE ALLIS. It is so that anyone
can proceed to stand with The RealGuides in The RealLight, by going
through the process of Becoming MoreAware.
All in all, this becomes a RealAdventure of Escape, as The NUStudent
now knows their goal is to become free from all the illusions of the
Gods of Man, and the false restrictions that have held one back for
lifetimes. The NUStudent is not to look for agreement from his friends
or family or others, because it is doubtful he will get it. This journey is
exceptional and very few will come to see it for what it Really IS. All
one has to do is to continue to live their life and stay with The NU-U
Sessions, and when they are ready to step forward with RealCourage,
they then will go out into this world and become The NULeaders, as
they work with THE NUMAN to provide The Greatest Humanitarian
Adventure Ever. Our position is that of BeingReal, just like the sun
shining in the sky, we are Really Cool. We have no affiliation with any
political, religious, spiritual or metaphysical beliefs, faiths or the alike.
We do acknowledge and respect the creations of others as they are
making their choices, but our position is one of RealFreedom and not

one of any regulatory bodies. We are not in any manner of an earthly

political structure or nature, nor 'for or against' anything.
Each
person determines their own Being and their own choices.
Our
RealPosition is to provide The NUPresentation, as it works hand in
hand with The RealGuides and the focused Reality of THE ALLIS.
The old saying, 'Seeing is Believing,' has been formed from the
human awareness and the Literal Senses, and has nothing to do with
The TruReality LifeIS. To experience IT, is all about PerSeeving IT,
as there are endless RealPositions, which the mind of man cannot
ever comprehend.
A person's DreamVisions leads one to the first
steps of eventually really being able to PerSeeve Reality. The human
mind does not expand in its experiences like so many may think, but
only collects information as does any machine. It is only when The
RealU becomes active to participate in The Adventure of Life and
Becoming MoreAware, does one's life begin to truly evolve in The
TruSense.
Here then is where The RealU explores beyond the
Literal Sense of conditioning from one's upbringing. On the earth,
humans are taught a solid view of this world only, and the possibility of
life on other planets, which some scientists 'believe' will give them a
much better understanding of where human life came from, but of
course this is part of the make-believeness of the conditioned Literal
Senses. In this world, that of created phenomena from the materials
the human body resides on, the Literal Sense does have its place, but
when it comes to what everyone is seeking according to The
TruReality Life IS, then there needs to be a Whole NUEducation to be
involved with. At first, what is being presented by The RealGuides
seems a bit scary to many, and it is understandably so, because at
first it would appear from the minds assumptions and mental
experiences that what is being presented cannot in any way exist or
be Real at all. So, a total misrepresentation has been created.
No one can actually talk us into or out of anything, because each of us
has our own experiences, and whatever they may be, they are our
validness with what we have decided our life to be. This is where, The
TruReality, can in no way provide even the slightest insight to Itself,

as it is like the sun in the sky, to where IT can only shine for IT self,
and allow ALL of Life to be whatever it will be. Free Will is a very
interesting Reality that each of us live with, and is taken for granted
and not at all understood as the effects of what humans have chosen
show up and have created what they have on the surface of this
world. The ideas of 'good and bad,' and all that lies in between, are
really psychological notions that have been part of the overall
conditioning most people have gone through. As a basic relation to
others, the ideas of good and bad are used to easily describe
something that has, is, or can take place, but seldom do these terms
apply realistically. Here then becomes a more indepth study with The
RealGuides of Becoming MoreAware, with The RealFocus upon
PerSeeving one's position in Life, as each person already carries with
them all the answers they need to realize The TruReality. It is only
with RealGuidance that one will realize this presentation.
A SIMPLIFIED DESCRIPTION OF THE LEVELS OF LIFE
And so, a Great Study of The Real Levels of Life must apply if one is
to begin to understand the endless steps of Becoming MoreAware
with The TruSource, THE ALLISNESS. This True Journey is not for
everyone at this time, even though it is here for everyone. All things
leave their mark, so to speak, and what I am Presenting Now will be
around for a long time, and very few will catch on to it. To start with,
the physical realm with its solidness, has become home to a lot of
humans who keep returning here.
From this 'Place in Life,' one
usually goes somewhere familiar, such as the next level, which is
termed the Astral Worlds.
Depending upon the awareness and
circumstances surrounding each person, their experience in the next
world will be according to their ideas, beliefs, karma, and attitudes of
acceptance, as examples. All of us are very complex while residing
in, and carrying all the lower bodies of the mind and emotions, along
with a lot of past life memories.
These things that I have just
mentioned are a mystery to most people, as they have been taught
that certain things are to be a mystery and not at all understood,
accept by the mysterious gods mankind looks to. Here is an example

of the so-called 'beliefs' a person has become accustomed to, and

therefore, how is it they can surpass themselves when they hold
themselves to what they have decided? The mere acceptance of an
authority figure, such as a god, a deity that rules over others, is
already a decided confinement, and no matter how much emotional
creativeness a person puts into the idealism of their worshiped effigy,
it all equals the same to where a person limits their understanding
from What IS Real Now. LifeIS Always Now and never in the past.
Within the Astral Worlds, which would seem like science fiction to the
hard-headedness of humans, there are many wonderful places to visit
and reside. This is also know as the First Heaven of Man. From the
sometimes cruel world of humans, a place that is a lot nicer and
without all the pollution and many times the down right stupidness of
earth, is actually hard to 'believe.'
There are thousands upon
thousands of possibilities in the Astral Worlds, and again, it is all about
the individual and how they are setup with their decided confined
consciousness.
Each of us already has an Astral Body that exist on
this level, and when the physical body is worn out, like an old car, The
RealU simply transfers over to a place best suited for it. The idea of
there being some sort of 'death' with all of this is not at all so, because
The RealU never dies or disappears, but merely transfers to another
position. Those who do not know of the many other dimensions and
worlds have termed a person's passing as 'death.' Just like Forest
Gump has said, Stupid is as stupid does! Humans seem to like to
put themselves in the worst conditions, and with the worst ideas, then
whine and complain about what they have done to themselves.
In
the movie, 'Flatliners,' several Med School doctors experimented with
a complicated way to die, and then return to their physical life tell
about their experience of death.
They went to a lot of trouble for
nothing with all their complicated equipment and procedure to try and
find what they wanted to be the answer to Life, when they are already
doing the same thing every night in their DreamVisions.
Again,
Forest Gump seems to know a lot more as he said so... Ha ha!
Beyond the Astral Worlds, there is the Causal and Mental Worlds.

These are the Heavens of Man, places one can go after the physical
body wears out. They're beauty is beyond belief. These vast and
seemingly endless regions that have so many amazing sights and
places to experience. Even when a person is in these wondrous
areas, they may still feel a pull to their earthly existence, because they
haven't as yet learned to let go of what they have already
experienced. Life is an endless journey into even great positions
beyond any belief or consideration. The beautiful Mental Worlds are
a huge and alluring consideration to anyone who visits them, and so it
is best to have a RealGuide with one to assist, so as not to be left in
this place, or it is likely one will return to the lowest of worlds and
reincarnate unconsciously again. Life will always make sense,
because it IS Real, and it is up to each of us to continually explore and
discover how it makes sense for ourselves. It is this arena of
experience, the Mental Worlds that the Gods of Man reside. Again,
most people will have a hard time accepting the simple fact they can
visit their appointed deity at any time, but of course, the GodLord is
going to play his own role with each person, making them think he is
the ultimate and there is no life or existence past him. The GodLord,
is one who wants to be worshiped and adored, as do the Elites and
Royalty on the earth world. The GodLord is just as political as The
Authoritarians with their contrived laws and regulations of officialness.
Souls of the RoundWorlds have been cleverly marketed with fear, as
their gods have taken Kontrol of their lower bodies.
Above the fourth level of the Mental Regions is the Etheric Plane.
This realm is for the fifth body of man, his subconscious, the primitive
self. It is in this particular area that one's dreams play a huge role,
because the subconscious is an endless storehouse full of everything
a person has decided and imagined. It is this subconscious arena
that mainly reflects back to the personal self in dreams. Until one has
the protection of The RealGuides, they are mainly at the mercy of this
realm and the Gods of Man. It is true that there are many so-called
'blessing' from this area, as the GodLord wants to keep as many
unaware souls with him as possible. As one ascends into the higher
positions of this region, at some point they drop all the lower bodies

and behold themselves as a Being of Light. I would say that this is

where a TruSpiritual Position is, and not at all on any of the lower
realms of Spiritual Marketing Tactics. It is here, The RealU is realized
and experienced, and all the knowledge of the lower realms is
revealed and PerSeeved. From this fifth level, one then enters The
Deep Dark Border of the Sixth Level. Through the vast darkness, this
special journey finally takes one into The Seventh Level, The First
Real UNUverse of Sound and ALL Light of THE ALLIS. It is here that
one experiences a joy and happiness beyond anything conceivable
from that of the lower mind and bodies. Here, one is a Magnificent
Being of RealLight, and not the secondary light like that of the Astral
and Mental Worlds. There are endless positions of BeingReal on The
Seventh Level, as one positions themselves among others who are
equal in light, strength and BeingISness. Upon this level there are
vast oceans and rivers that contain The Real Fountain of Youth.
There exists here an awesome brilliance of silvery light, with Giant
Golden Castles that cover the endless vastness and into a
foreverness sky. From the lower levels to this one and above, there
is always a Great Sun in the endless skies, which represents THE
ALLIS, that is everywhere and supports all things and Beings.
Anything one wants is already available here, as The Seventh Level is
The First Real UNUverse of THE ALLISNISS of The TruReality, THE
ALLIS. The RealBeings of Light are countless in numbers here and
there is no darkness, pollution, or any type of discordance, but only a
RealLife. As one establishes themselves here, they no longer have to
return to the lower PsycRealms and take on any more unconscious
bodies. Here is where The RealU shines brighter than a hundred
suns, as there is only PurJoy and PurHappiness beyond any belief or
imagination a person can consider. When The RealU is ready, The
RealGuide will then escort one into The Higher UNUverses, to where
one eventually is positioned in the most hidden and secret of all
places, that of The TruSource of ALLLife, THE ALLIS. So wondrous
and unapproachable in any mental sense is this PurReality, as there
are no words to describe IT. It is here that one PerSeeves Reality with
their Being, as nothing of a Literal Sense can exist here. THE ALLIS,

IS Perfection beyond anything, and there are no rules, regulations and

control here, only Radiant RealTruth and Endless RealFreedom.
On The Seventh Level, one is a PurRadiant Being. From The
Seventh Level and beyond, one is more like a ball of light, PerSeeving
ALL That IS, and seemingly moving with the brilliant dazzling lighted
UNUverses, ever onward to The TruSource, THE ALLIS. There is no
actual movement in The Real UNUverses, as everything is a
PURISNESS. From the PsycRealms with its defined Literal Senses
of existence, The Real UNUverses are especially unique for their
PurQuality of Clear and Clean Realness. This is why it is hard for
anyone to imagine Reality, because IT IS far too Real and Wonderful.
The best advice I can give to a person who wants to experience The
TruReality, is to first imagine themselves like the sun in the sky, to
where they are shining upon all, and with no attitudes, but Just Being
like the sun it is. This is how THE ALLIS, IS. Once people understand
how Pure and Wonderful THE ALLIS, IS, they will no longer have to
grovel to the Gods of Man, and especially to the Contrived Marketing
Tactics and Intimidation of the Authoritarians and their malicious
armies. Again, The Whole of Life is about Becoming MoreAware and
once a person decides this, The RealGuides can assist one into The
RealLight of Life, far beyond all the secondary thrills of the lower Mind
Realms.
It takes Great Courage for a person to See Thru their
conditioning, and once they do, they can PerSeeve The TruReality.
YOUR DREAMVISIONS PART SEVEN
The subconscious can be full of endless dark and hidden areas that
are seemingly vast and unexplored, and because of how most people
are educated, and especially with what they see in the movies, many
are subject to the more negative side of one's dreams. This does not
have to be so. Another movie I saw was called, 'After Death,' which
gives an interesting depiction of a mortician who can speak to the
souls that are brought to him, as the person who so-called died is still
with their body, thinking they are not dead at all, because they can still
see and speak, but having a hard time moving their body. The truth is,

the body does die, just like a flashlight battery, but The RealU is just
fine, accept one has no idea about passing over to the other side, so
they are many times unconsciously still stuck in their dead body. This
is where many people are so convinced they are still alive in their
physical body, so they want to stay as long as they can with it, even to
the point of being buried underground and having to go through a long
stay trying to get out of the casket. Here is where a person
sometimes decides they are now a 'ghost' among the dead, but the
opposite is true, being in a physical body is actually being dead, as all
the skin and bones are is an animated outfit for temporary use.
When one's body dies, it is best to have it cremated, then the
individual can move into a better location and understanding of what is
taking place apart from their finished physical life. It is not necessary
for anyone to suffer when they pass over into the other worlds, as this
is all part of the natural process each of us goes through until we are
TotallyAware in The Real UNUverses of Sound and Light.
Modern science has no Real Explanation to a person's Dream
Visions. They can only observe and see what comes from it, as each
person tells their tale of the worlds beyond.
Here again is where
many humans have lost their TruSight for anything more than their
Literal Senses, as most people feel more secure with an 'officialness'
statement from some governing agency that will most likely deny
anything of Real Value, unless it suits their purposes. Agencies like
the FDA, the AMA, the UN, the FBI, the CIA, and so many other
contrived government takeovers, have forced their way into people's
lives to where most people are so afraid to make a professional
decision on their own. Maybe at one time these agencies had their
place, but today it is the almighty dollar that talks louder and is more
convincing. So, it is really up to each person to decide if what they
are experiencing is Real to them or not. None of what anyone does
is a put down, but it only makes sense to wakeup to what is really
going on with this world and those who have been hired to run it. I
am providing the option to excel past reincarnation and karma, and
each and every person who sincerely does The NU-U Sessions, will at
some point Realize and PerSeeve what I am Presenting.

Hidden within the etherical nature of the subconscious mind, there are
many ravenous beasts of unspeakable measure and proportions, as
in the movie, 'Forbidden Planet.'
These dark creatures have their
connections to the world of humans by various addictive means, as I
have explained before. Humans with their idea of how they are
according to their intellectual scale, do not really see what they are up
against when it comes to these unseen realms and what resides with
them. Without the protection of The RealGuides, a person becomes
lodged in these worlds as many have through the use of gross
obscenities, such as drugs and criminal behavior, along with
destructive alliances with various cultures and worshipings. I am not a
'do-gooder' here to tell anyone what their life should be, but simply
'Reporting The News,' as they will someday discover the error of their
ways through their own experiences.
And so, for some who are
continually under the influence of some artificial means, their life can
be at risk with their dream travels. The same is so for those who
practice Astral Projection and Remote Viewing, which are both the
same thing, a projection of the emotional body into the lower Astral
Realm. By using this PsycScience, a person comes to know a valid
experience, but is held by the Silver Cord, which can be broken by
unscrupulous characters form the Astral World. Also, as one returns
to their physical vehicle, unseen entities can latch onto a person and
enter their aura. So many of the spooky movies about hauntings and
ghosts are from this same idea which actually happens to a lot of
people.
Many play around with Wedgie Boards and similar things,
such as Automatic Writing, and soon find themselves a victim to other
negative influences from beyond as their aura is influenced negatively.
The Astral Realm has hundreds, if not thousands of various levels and
planes of existence to experience and reside in. Just like on the
earth, where there are various countries and cultures of seemingly
endless varieties, the Astral Worlds are a million times more vast.
Because the Astral World is where each of us have an emotional
body, it does make sense that most people who make the transition
from the earth will end up within some area of the Astral Worlds. Most
people have no Real Discipline with their emotions, but allow them to

latch onto and cling to almost anything, so the Effect of what they
have decided from what they have Caused, becomes their outcome.
In their mind they will of course consider differently, but Life is not
about the Literal Senses we have been taught, as they moreso pertain
to the business world. Life is Real and provides the PsycRealms as
an Educational Process to wakeup from, and not to hang around too
long, as it is not necessary, as there are a lot better places.
Telepathic Dreams are an aspect of one's DreamVisions. Centuries
ago, with certain highly evolved cultures, people were able to
communicate telepathically. Today, it is the intellect that rules, and
has actually brought the art of Seeing Beyond the mind and its
components to its lowest level, which is evident with this world today.
When the intellects rule the world, circumstances start taking place
where everything goes down hill, as technology once again surpasses
common sense and all the natural means by which to survive. This
was one of the reasons for Atlantis's downfall, among other things,
and so like many great civilizations on the earth, it vanished. Here
again is where the consciousness of the environment they created,
along with Mother Earth taking all she will from humans, ends in
another obliviousness for all the karmic bearing participants. The
TruTelepathy Experience is quite amazing. I have had many myself,
as one of my most famous was right after I took THE ROD OF
POWER, in 2001. I was suddenly in a room and sitting on a chair,
when one of The Boys came over to me and tapped my leg with his.
He said absolutely nothing, as the telepathic impression went right to
me that I was to let HarOld and the Krone Korporation know, I was
THE NUMAN.
I have had many instances where The RealGuides
communicate to me by this Direct Perception. Here is where one
learns to hang onto the 'impression' while they are in their dreams.
In The Real UNUverses, while one positions themselves with The
ALLAliveniss, a TruSense of instant Recognition occurs, and so it is
with telepathy in the PsycRealms with its own nature. There are many
Black Magicians who play with the DarkForces and use telepathy to
influence others to do their will. The oldest legend among the

DarkSide is Dracula and his brides. The interest and craze among
many today, which has been highly exposed by the movie industry is
the fascination with vampires, and how they can seemingly do
whatever they want to.
Everyone, no matter what body type they
have is subject to Cause and Effect, and if a person wants to live
forever in a body here, they have the right to do so, but they will
constantly have to deal with their own karmic nature. Most people
have been induced into the idea that having certain abilities in a
physical and psychic sense allows one to be above the Law of Karma.
This is all a deception by The Influence, as it must be noted that in
most magical stories and movies, whether being a good magician or a
black one, the Law of Karma is rarely mentioned.
Again, humans
like to 'believe' they can have whatever they want in the psychic
realms and never really have to pay for it. The Kalaum God is the
biggest movie producer of all. All of us take on the responsibility of
what we choose and decide here. Reality is more than any science
fiction idea can be, because it is so much better and Real.
The same idea with that of hypnotic telepathy is also done with
Marketing Ploy Techniques among the humans of earth. There are
many documentaries on YouTube, such as the 'Montauk Project &
Philadelphia Experiment' which were secret experiments by the US
Government. These are two of thousands that have and are taking
place without the public's knowledge. The HAARP Project is the
biggest deception Right Now with the President and Kontrolling this
world of Purposely Dumbed Down People. Microwaves are used as a
'Mind Kontrol' device, especially WiFi & Wireless, as there are very
dangerous to ones health. Because people are MoreAware today
and constantly exploring all the various avenues of the mind, they are
uncovering many of the psychic relations with the Dualistic Forces on
a broader scale.
And of course, most humans think these new
discoveries are like little play things for their entertainment and
pleasure, but they really are not. It is like allowing a child to mix the
formulas for The H-Bomb. Paul Twitchell warned his students about
getting involved with the PsycPowers and how they are best
understood through Cause and Effect and left alone. It is the Shadow

or what I call The Influence here and in Your DreamVisions that

tempts a person to do things that create deadly situations. It would
seem from a public view that when the Atomic Bomb was created and
used that it was for a good cause, but the very opposite is true and
totally insane according to The Wonderful Natural Environment that it
has destroyed. Humans tend to try and justify whatever it is they are
interested in such as the vampire craze, along with having a magic
wand or staff as seen in the movies. It is fun to watch, but all of it is
dangerous to to play with for those who want RealTruth. There are
no 'psychic tricks' in Reality, only a TruPerfection that cannot be
understood with the mind and senses. No one can convince a child
with what they are doing, so the child must go through their process to
'WakeUp' to what they are doing. Here is where RealGuidance and
a RealEducation work best for all concerned. As The NUStudent is
shown their own relationship in RealTruth with RealExperiences, they
soon learn to See Beyond all the silliness of those who are influenced
by the deception of the Kalaum God and his Mistress The Influence.
Everything has a use once it is properly understood, but with
technology moving so fast and how the masses are already
conditioned, it is only a matter of time before there is a cataclysm.
The prophets of old, especially Nostradamus, have already predicted
a lot of upheavals such as 911, yet humans still question what is right
in front of them and continue with their present lifestyle, which ends
right where the prophets predict. It is not that disaster is the fate of
the human race, it is that humans are dangerous to themselves and
create the fate they will be living which becomes what it is. The Real
Guides are not really interested in prophecy, because all of us have
Free Will, which can change the course of any event. The Real
Guides are here to warn people about the choices they keep making,
and so just like in my experiences, they are trying desperately to
communicate with as many as possible in their DreamVisions. But of
course, and for the most apart, the REPSystems have condemned
such practices, and so most people are left to the dogma of rewritten
doctrine to try and figure out their dilemmas with. This is the main
reason I will be establishing my NUSchool of RealAwareness, to offset

some of the immature practices of the business community who only

want people to be trained rabbits for the Gods of Man. This Real
Journey is far more than just a 'belief,' a baptism and a confession,
and 'hoping' it will happen. The simplest of ideas have taken hold with
most humans and have become their downfall. Yet, no matter how
many times the same tactics and Marketing Ploy has been used, most
people still buy it. What is taking place today with all the pollution,
disease, and takeovers, is nothing new on this earth.
The Real UNUversal Guides are able to put themselves in a person's
DreamVisions using Universal Positioning (UP). Paul used the term
'Soul Travel,' as he admitted it was in the PsycRealms only, but UP is
for all the levels of Life, and supersedes Soul Travel, and especially
Astral Projection and Remote Viewing. Every dimension and level in
the Heavens of Man has its DreamArena, and for the most part, the
average person dreams within the Astral World Level, because their
experiences will be one of an emotional nature. Past lives are from
the Casual Realm, and those who work in the intellectual area are off
the Mental Level. The last body is positioned with the Etheric Level,
which is the intuitive body of man, the last sheath before The
RealAwareniss. The Five PsycRealms and are encased in The Deep
Dark Border.
It takes The Radiant Light of The RealGuide to
penetrate and deliver a person to The Seventh Level, The First Real
UNUverse of Sound and Light. As one has TruVisions on the Etheric
Level, their perception is much greater than that of the lesser realms.
Here one can perform telepathy with ease and reach those one knows
and alert them of danger. This is a wonderful realm of enchanting
beauty beyond belief where one experiences The Radiantniss of The
UNUversal Guides. The NUStudent, receives instructions from The
TruLight Giver and obtains The Secret Knowledge of THE ALLIS, plus
burns away any karmic matters, so as to be free of all encumbrances
as one goes higher into The Real UNUverses. To the human mind, all
of this sounds too far out, and so it is, The Journey to Real Freedom is
for the very few who have the RealCourage to See IT and BE IT.
The Telepathic Dream entails a lot for The NUStudent as they are able

to decide and establish their life the way they see fit and take control
of the lower bodies along with the personal self. One learns to plan
their own future within this realm, which affects a person all the way
down to their life on earth. The answers to one's daily affairs can be
better handled from the Etheric Level, as one is able to view all that is
taking place within their worlds of creation from the top of The Etheric
Mountain. Here, The NUStudent can decide if they want to stay in
the lower realms and be a teacher of sorts of any of the various
systems or continue on with The RealGuides and then become a
RealGuide themselves.
There have been many who have been
students with The RealGuides and left before their final qualified
acceptance into The FreeBeings of IS. Jesus was one such person
who upon his second initiation form The RealGuides decided to leave
and do his own message.
The years he was missing from the
Biblical writings were those times when he was under the tutelage of
The RealGuides.
Jesus developed his psychic abilities and then
went out into the world and began to heal others and produce
phenomena for the public.
Most people do not understand the
miracles of the mind, which are just phenomena, and many times
become responsible for the deeds that entice others.
Jesus learned his parables from The RealGuides and taught as he
healed, but to this day he is having to deal with the Lords of Karma to
offset his karmic responsibility.
The RealGuides do not do psychic
miracles, nor do they pressure a person if they wish to go on their
own, they simply let them go. Very few will actually enter The Most
Secret of ALL, The TruReality THE ALLIS.
HarOld of the Krone
Korporation and Darwin were taught by The RealGuides, but decided
to become HeadMasters in their own limelight. Most of the teachings
and paths on the earth are secondary, and even third and fourth
generation from The RealGuides. John Roger Hinkins was a little
initiate of Paul's and then started his MESA, as he took what Paul
wrote and used it for his business plans.
On the surface, these
people seem to be doing a public service, just like Jesus, but what is
really taking place is they are not directing others to The TruReality,
and RealFreedom, they are actually holding most people to the Astral

Realm of emotional attachment. As did Jesus, because the people of

those times wanted a savior, and so he arrived just in time. Today it is
still all personality worship, as are most teachings and paths who
direct their followers to the Kalaum God, which is the Lord God and
his Mistress, The Influence.
It is not so that, what the business world of politics, religion, and
spiritual arrangements is offering is really bad in any way, but
everything becomes very self-limiting according to the creativeness of
the individuals in Kontrol and how they are directing people. A person
can have any 'idea' they want of their heavens and salvation, but the
actuality of it shows up according to their awareness and where they
are established.
Here again is where a decided direction with The
TruReality must be very Real and accurate, as most people cannot
possibly grasp The ALLNISS of something far too Real. Sound-good
sermons and pretty words do not provide anything, but very small
emotional satisfactions that are soon gone, and do not exist in The
Real UNUverses.
When a person really does pay attention to The
RealGuidance and wholeheartedly studies The RealEducation they
are getting from their DreamVisions and THE NUMAN, they will be
shown what is taking place with themselves and those who are trying
to influence them into something that has no value.
From the top of The Etheric Mountain, one is able to see his past
incarnations, as this position is so much better than the Akashic
Records from the Causal Realm, which do not contain all of a person's
past lives. Psychics who see incarnations and possible future events,
are working from the Astral and Causal Realms, as this is mainly the
extent of their abilities. They may be great Seers, but they usually do
not have The RealConnection to The SoundLight Reality, as their
connection lies with the Dualistic Light from the lesser levels, which is
fine. Seeing the Astral Light and Being The RealLight are two different
things. Eventually, The NUStudent is taken to The UNUversal Files,
where all past and possible future events are held in secret. The
UNUversal Files contain all the actual happenings of people and
events on the various levels all the way down to the earth. They are

not for any evidence to prosecute one, as each person has their own
Karmic Baggage, but for the purpose and process of learning, as this
position is a very privileged one. No matter how well the politicians
and religious rulers hide their conspiracies, all their Causes and
Effects are perfectly recorded and can be view or experienced in Your
DreamVisions when YU are ready and aware enough. Most humans
are so conditioned with the distorted history and events they have
become accustomed to, that when the Real Evidence shows up, they
are usually so shocked it becomes unbelievable to them. Life is The
Great Adventure, not a school of indoctrination so people become
automated droids for the Authoritarians. Every person has the right
to be themselves and who they uniquely are. When someone creates
distortion, as has the Krone Korporation and so many others, then it
effects a lot of people and they are held to the Effects for lifetimes.
The NUStudent, after years of preparation, is granted a wonderful
view from the top of the PsycRealms, to where they can See their
future ideas and creations as they will be coming forth, but must
always keep in mind they have the right and the Free Will to change
whatever they want. A person's DreamVisions are a guidepost and
not set in stone, but are a good confirmation things are happening and
one is moving along their decided journey. Those who are the most
unaware continually accept what is told to them by others, and so as
long as they agree then it becomes their way of life. I always suggest
a RealStudy of Human History for anyone who wants to see where
they have been with the many lifetimes they have been here.
A
RealStudy, means more than just skimming the surface, but Seeing
each part and how it fits and the choices that were made. Everything
should be compared to THE ALLIS and RealFreedom, this is the best
position to use as a pivoting point of comparison.
In the world of
humans, most people compare illusion to illusion, and so this is why
the masses look to everything which is not actually Real and True.
The REPSystems have had their followers accept what they have
created, and by doing so, most people have given away their own life
to support others. The RealGuides work with each other and not for
each other.
Of course, they have what humans do not have, and

that is a RealAwareniss of What IS Real Now.

It is a struggle for
sure, to gain the TruLiberation each one is looking for, and so a
NUPosition must be determined by those who want to See Beyond all
the 'business fronts' of the existing establishments. The physical
realm, along with the Astral, Causal, Mental and Etheric have their
place and their own reality, and are part of the many places in Life, but
they are not The Central Reality and ALL That IS, and so to compare
rocks to rocks does not make RealSense, as many do on the earth.
This is why each person must gain RealExperience above the
PsycRealms and into The Wonderful Real UNUverses, so as to have
the best comparison of their own unique position with Life. So, we
see that a person's DreamVisions play one of the most important parts
in one's life while they are still here and unaware of The TruReality.
No individual has to be a part of what they do not want in their life.
Too many people accept what is said and done by others. The future
is not set for anyone, even with all the prophetic predictions from The
REPSystems. There is a basic karmic pattern which society and each
person has developed, but once one becomes The NUStudent and
comes to know they are a Being of RealLight, they have a greater
advantage of changing all the old causes. If a person continues their
course of action according to what they have always known, then it
will come out so, but their course is not set by any god or outside
influence, but only their own will to do what they choose. The Belief
System Businesses have intimidated humans since the first campfire
gatherings with the caveman. They have contrived and implemented
harsh rules and regulations upon the psyche of the personal mind and
emotions of the unaware, and so it has been a drastic relationship of
historical cruelty which has taken place from all the Kontrolling selfappointed authorities. It is so, that each person has a body here, but
once a person learns they have many other levels of life to exist in,
they will not be as concerned for this physical shell, because it will
grow old and blow away with the dust once again someday. The
RealGuides, teach UNUversal Positioning (UP). By doing The NU-U
Sessions as set forth by THE NUWAVIS THE NUMAN, one soon
starts having RealExperiences with The RealGuides and begins to

enter the higher realms of The Real UNUverses of RealFreedom,

where there are no gods, or commandments and darkness.
Here's something fun...If a person has a dream that forecasts
impending danger with another, then these two people can work out
their situation on the Etheric, subconscious level and transform the
situation into a much better event, or sidestep it all together. This is
no different than what the business world does here if a new direction
is to be made. Most people have been taught to be more limited than
Real. Situations always change here and can bring grief, but once we
are better prepared for what will happen, and have The TruInsight to
handle it, then we are fine. The positive area of Life has its place and
is a step, but to PerSeeve a RealSense, supersedes all else. Again, it
is making a comparison with What IS Real, The TruReality, and each
choice we make with our lives. And so, with RealExperience from
The RealGuides, one soon begins to get a NUVU, so they can make
better choices. Gaining RealFreedom completes all the values one is
looking for. This of course is a Huge Journey, so it is suggested to do
a lot of studying, as this is what I did when Paul was here. Some
people 'Think' that what is being presented here is a 'quick fix' like
praying for something and expecting it to happen almost immediately.
Now we come to The Archetypal Dream.
When new experiences
come into one's dreams from out of the ordinary of their everyday life,
it is usually The RealGuides providing RealExperiences that open up
the unconscious DreamArena of the person.
This is a gift and a
fortunate occasion for one, as The SoundLight Reality is gently
entered into The RealAwareness from The Real UNUverses.
The
RealLight becomes The TruKnowledge, moreso than the Astral Light
and the knowledge from the lower levels as one Recognizes The
Great Mountain of THE IS. Only those who become The NUStudents
of The RealGuides have this privilege.
Anyone can use The
NUSound, The NU-U, but only those who make a Real Commitment
will be guided into The Real UNUverses this lifetime. The RealGuides
provide a Real Strength Builder like no one else, and nothing can
match what they can do. It is like the difference between Ramses

pleading to his Bird Head God and Moses parting The Red Sea, there
is no comparison. Today, none of the psychic tricks of the past will
work, because even the Gods of Man are different, and they have
learned they cannot outdo the Lords of Karma who rule them. This
why the saviors and saints of the past have not returned, nor will they,
because they fell prey to their own egos and some are still paying for
their 'showtime' while they were on earth. Everyone chooses their
experiences and the end result is what they have chosen.
Today, things are so many times gauged by the amount of money that
is made from a product or so-called service, and for the most part has
nothing to do as a benefit with The Natural Environment. When a
new movie comes out, no matter if it has any social redeeming value,
it is judged by the amount it took in at the box office. I hear this idea
all the time with people I relate to in the business world. They are so
swayed by something the public jumps on, such as the Cabbage
Patch Doll Craze, which has been over with for a long time and a lot of
people have a bunch of dolls in their closets. RealValues with a
RealBenefit are very rarely if at found among the Social Structures.
For the most part, whatever has the least amount of value, humans
will go for it right away. With the world as it is now, it would make
more sense to get back to the basics and grow RealFood in one's
yard, instead of just having the big swimming pool with all the fine
landscaping a person will never be able to eat. But of course, humans
don't seem to mind eating processed GMO chemically produced
things that appear like food, because they are so nicely wrapped, as
they cruise down the isles in their Super Markets with their cell phones
to their head talking with all the microwaves.
There is a Real
Concern for humans that is taking place Right Now from the center of
their Being, and who is it that will focus on their RealAwareniss?
The Great Gift of The RealGuides, lies within a person's Dream
Visions and Recognizing The NUNowniss of THE ALLIS, and it seeps
into the outer personal self and reveals itself to one as Becoming
MoreAware.
As The Archetypal Dream demonstrates itself, a
person will begin to experience The NUSymbols for them to explore.

The RealGuides are always stretching the imagination of the dreamer

to where they eventually venture out beyond their own self-made
boundaries, and begin to See The TruLight of The Worlds Beyond.
This then becomes the most exciting times for The NUStudent, as
they go beyond the normal created standards set down by The
Authoritarians. When anyone reads The NUBooks and begins to
have RealExperiences with Rebazar Tarzs and The RealGuides, they
will understand The NUNowniss of THE ALLIS. The NUSymbols, will
refer to the various levels of the individual and their own journey as
they decide it, so as to enhance their Whole Being, which will
eventually enter the human awareness and add to their own lifestyle.
The idea here is to always have fun with The NUEducation one is
having, as though one is experiencing their youth again. All of us
have an intuition, and it is okay to use it instead of always trying to
figure out our lives and The Whole of Life with mental observations,
literal interpretations, and emotional imaginings, which for the most
part are Old Creations that do not apply Now. In Reality, as Beings of
Light, we have no age or distinction as there is here, but a Great
BeingISness, like nothing else. I have been through so much to get to
this moment to share, so enjoy it, and Take The Risk and do better for
yourself.
It is always important to learn to evaluate The Dream
Visions as best one can and give yourself a lot of time and patience,
because sometimes a lot rides on the outcome of the interpretation.
Now, a whole psychological framework in almost everyone is their
coming into this world from many past lives and experiences and
bringing with them the main ideas all of us have grown accustomed to.
One of the most prevalent ideas is that of, family and relationships.
Again, whatever a person chooses in their life and how they want to
live it is up to them, as everything is okay. My point of reference here
is to provide 'objective views,' so The NUStudents can work thru their
own situations a lot faster and with less drama and continued issues
in the same limited areas. I had parents here, and when they left this
world I allowed them the complete freedom of no emotional or mental
ties from me, as I See them as unique individuals on their own journey
through Life. This is how Life Really IS, but from the human mind and
emotions, the strangest of attachments has been formed and agreed

to and from them comes a lot of misunderstanding and even lifetimes

of struggling with one's personal self and life. I am not saying one
should give up anything, but one's life can make more sense and
there can be a much better understanding with communication and
relationships, when all parties involved have RealGuidance and a
RealEducation, about The Real UNUverses and a RealLife, that is so
much better than anything created here. An Extreme Patience should
be exercised and become a TruReality with those who want to See
Beyond this Hard Creation. Most humans will definitely rebel at what
I am presenting, and it because they are still too encumbered with
secondary mis-information, and lack any RealEducation along the
lines of The Whole of Life. To many, this would seem like a harsh
criticism, but in no way is it, because for those who truly do
understand what I am presenting, they can See for themselves, that I
am only here to provide a RealService for ALL.
Dreams, can and are be classified as an intermediary product of The
PsycProcess. It is always an interesting and fascinating projected
particular, which always occurs at the threshold of what is termed as,
consciousness, where one is at the point of awakening and sleeping.
The DreamVision begins to appear as a person moves into the realm
of ease, and gracefully allows their awareness to slip into their next
vehicle and dimension for exploration. The RealAwareness of each
person never sleeps, even though the personal self does. This is how
The TruReality IS, just like the sun in the sky, IT IS Always Awake and
Aware. We can call this 'transference' a state of mind in the lower
realms, because for the most part, one is moving their awareness
from their personal senses into another vehicle, mainly that of the
emotional or Astral Body, and sometimes the Causal and Mental body.
It is always fun to watch ourselves go to sleep and see if we can catch
that moment when the personal mind gives way and lets go. There is
a great difference between The RealAwareness and the old term of
'consciousness' which only applies to Creation and not The Real
UNUverses.
Here again, is where most people are misinformed
about the various levels and dimensions of Life, as the idea of
'consciousness' is from a created position and with the Gods of Man

and all that applies to the lower realms and those ideas and ideals
dealing with 'spiritual' things. Each one of us does create while we
are in the lower realms, but these creations are not at all us. It is okay
to create and 'use' our creations, but to be 'used' by our creations is
self-limiting and serves no RealPurpose with Your Journey to
RealFreedom. Making a 'place' for yourself on earth may sound good,
but this is nothing more than a 'Rock in Black Space' that is going
nowhere with The Whole of Life. No matter how long a person holds
onto their so-called 'beliefs' and attitudes, they are merely a
phenomena one has established for themselves while they are still
unconscious about The TruReality LifeIS, THE ALLIS.
Human History has a lot of interesting stories about dreams and their
relationship with people and the events of this world, but our main
concern here is for the individual, The RealU, and not what the
masses look to or what they are deciding. No one can save someone
else in The TruSense. It is true, we can help and assist others, but
when it comes right down to it, each person has to learn to save
themselves, as there is always the determining factor of what each of
us chooses as our way of survival and salvation. The old idea, there
will be a savior to remedy what mankind has chosen all along is a fairy
tale, and so are most of the pretty promises set forth by the political
demonstrators, those who are hired to manage the affairs of others.
There is only one main guarantee with what humans decide while they
are on this planet, and that is, there will always be another 'takeover'
from those who see that people can be led like sheep and they soon
forget about the past, and once again fall asleep to the dastardly
deeds of others. Humans are always chasing rainbows, but on the
wrong levels and into the strangest dimensions. Yes, there is already
Something Wonderful for everyone, but it must be done a step at a
time, and must be authentic and make RealSense. The ancient
doctrines that have been created on this world are not authentic, they
have become Marketing Tactics. Nothing that is found in the ground is
authentic, accept the dirt itself. Here again is the huge psychological
drama that has been created for the viewing audiences, and just like
all those people who go to the political caucuses every year, to

'hopefully' find the right candidate who will 'right all the wrongs,' most
indiscriminately educated people keep thinking in their minds, they will
eventually have what they want from someone like them who does not
know anything. It has all been planned very well to fool everyone.
The RealGuides see each person as unique, not as a mass. This is
how The TruReality IS, as apposed to the REPSystems who want
their herds to all think the same and agree to their self-made demands
and coordinates. From all of Human History, where is it that a
politician or the church saved a person in The TruSense?
It can
never happen, because no matter how well a person is educated
here, and how witty and smart they are, they are no match for The
RealGuides. The Belief Systems have marketed the idea that only
someone else can save a person, and for the most part, a person
cannot save themselves, unless they give themselves to the ideas of
the church. It is not hard for anyone to check in their DreamVisions
on the upper levels, if Jesus, or any other saint has anything to do
with the Belief System Businesses on this planet. There are many
notorious entities in the Astral worlds, who in fact impersonate Jesus
and others, as practical jokes. It is more than easy to fool those in the
human state, as this is more than evident with what is taking place on
the earth today. With the social structure of today most people are
simply shoved into a line and given a number, and most are willing to
do it.
The RealGuides watch closely for those who all willing to
'jump the fence,' so to speak, of the standard operating procedures of
the Space-Time Kontrollers. The Great Reality IS Unique, and so it is
that all of us are the very same. Everything in a person's life is very
important, just like all the parts that make a car run, everything about
a person is essential. And so, with all this Wonderful Knowledge that
is being provided here, each and every person can do better.
There has always been a sincere awareness about dreams and their
relationship by people of every order of Life. For the most part, those
who have significant DreamVisions, usually keep them to themselves
for the simple reason of persecution and being different. Here again,
we have the social consciousness, which has been driven by the

REPSystems to consider Life in particular grooves and considerations

according to the authoritativeness of an official position. Those who
have a RealAwareness of providing a RealBenefit must always exhibit
a 'stepping forwardness' and stand up for what they have experienced
and discovered.
As one learns to interpret their own intuition about
their life, they will not be concerned over the illusionary conditioning of
those who continually agree with the standards that have been
established by those who cling to their demise. The RealGuides say
very little as they demonstrate RealTruth, for those who are ready to
PerSeeve it. What they present and what I am presenting here is not
for the faint at heart, but for those who want the adventure of living
they have always been looking for. Life IS a wonderful and beautiful
serene moment, and Always Right Now.
In ancient times, there were professionals who perceptively worked
with dreams among the Babylonians, Assyrians, Arabs and Egyptians.
So many of these people had achieved status in the arts and sciences
of the times, and who were not superstitious barbarians. Here again,
a comparison comes into play, as those who were sincere seekers in
the unknown areas of dreams, verses the church and their view about
others who would be their competition. There really is no 'verses' one
with the other or competition, but this is the thinking on the part of the
Ancient Belief Systems, as they ruled with an iron fist and a ruthlessness of destruction.
As they have embedded fear into most
people over the ages, it is really them who are so afraid of at least
being equal to others, so they must rule and be number one. As The
RealGuides have taught their students through Human History, and
those brave enough to go out and weather the storm, what they
presented to the public was usually shunned and those who
attempted to continue were gotten rid of.
Anything which did not
agree to present religious dogma at the time was branded evil and
superstitious. So, we have the old church and what it has brought
with it through thousands of years, and that is the actual and original
'superstition' from ancient times itself. If religion is a true actuality,
then blatant fear, intimidation, historical murder, the fear of god,
rewritten dogmatic doctrine, and cursed upon hell and damnation

have become the higher attributes of this life and the one beyond.
How can this make any sensible sense? Where is RealFreedom
without restriction ever mentioned or demonstrated overall?
The
Belief Systems have created your typical business model for the
unscrupulous, as they Kontrol the political arena of men. This is not a
criticism, but actualities from their own historical accounts.
There have been so many in Human History who have tried to provide
a RealBenefit to mankind, yet the Power Mongers have always
suppressed the most vital of information, so as to keep people slaves
to those with the ball and chain psychoses. Each and every person
has the right to discover their own TruAbility and Genuine Value,
which is who they really are already. Because the masses have been
taught to look to others, they feel so insecure to finally have the right
and Real Information to figure out their own lives for themselves. I
see everyone as unique, even those dolts who ploy others with their
sophistication of worthless values. Those who have built monuments
to themselves, are usually the ones who are the most notorious, and
are at some point in history, always found out.
An example is,
President Roosevelt, who very well knew the Japaneses were going
to bomb Pearl Harbor prior to World War ll. It was all a ploy to get into
the war and American lives meant nothing, yet these historical figures
are praised for what they have done. I could go through history like
you wouldn't believe, but that will be another book. For those who are
sincere and want to know RealTruth, they will be shown The
UNUversal Files by The Real UNUversal Guides.
Certain unique individuals in the past, tried to create a bridge between
The DreamArena and the civilizations of the time. In the past, many
of the kings, queens and emperors listened to those who knew the
secrets of The DreamRealms. There was no real scientific technology
then, only a more simplified lifestyle.
The medical field was very
different, and so people looked to those means which were more
natural and made sense.
Today, society is of the 'privileged,' and to
make sense of one's own experiences, unless 'officially authorized' by
a 'diplomatic personage,' does not seem to make sense of one's own

experiences, which are with them all the time. The 'old quests,' such
as searching for the Holy Grail, the DaVinci Code, and many others
like it, are more along the lines of educated scholars, who know
nothing about The Real Adventure LifeIS, nor The Real Secrets of
THE ALLIS.
The unaware public is always mystified by the
acrobatics of over-educated Literalists and their constant bombbombardment of way too many ideas that do not relate to Reality at
all.
These are the same people who created the legal system,
which was invented for the purpose as a takeover, and to outsmart the
common person. The RealGuides are RealBeings, and they do not
associate with those who waste their lives on phenomena and artificial
official agreement. Most children have more sense than do overeducated adults. Children themselves see within themselves, the
wonder of their experiences and what most grown-ups have lost. The
average adult trains their children to be smart and not MoreAware, so
what they are really doing is modeling their offspring after them and to
follow in the footsteps of their own demise. A good life is no life at all,
if one cannot risk exploring who they really are. The information that
is found with the six o'clock news and the REPSystems will never
reveal RealTruth, as they are both hypnotically politically Kontrolled.
In the Christian Bible, which is a professionally edited collection of
other people's supposed experiences, we have ancient Jacob and his
adventure of ascending into a heaven by the means of a ladder. I'm
sure that Mr. Jacob was a good fellow and really did have this
experience, because I have had many myself along the same lines.
His steps or ladder led up to the Astral Worlds, and mine go directly to
THE IS. I have seen The UNUversal Files on many of the proposed
ancient stories and the experiences of those from Human History, and
some are close to being true. Then, there are those that have been
creatively mastered to sound really good. My interest does not lie in
the fact of being a detective and finding out what others have decided
to be their 'truths,' but one of providing a RealService with a Real
Education. I suggest that each person 'test' what I am presenting, and
when they start having RealExperiences in their DreamVisions, they
will know for themselves, that Human History is a lot of 'interesting

stuff,' but nothing compared to what they can do with their own life
Now. I really do respect those story tellers who have put together so
many marvelous tales of fun and adventure. I have always loved
Peter Pan, Superman and Green Lantern. On the earth, which by the
way is the strangest place to live compared to The Real UNUverses,
people want to accept the hardest of all situations for themselves, but
this does not have to be so. Of course, the earth is what it is, but as
one learns about all The Real Possibilities which supersede this dusty
RoundWorld, they begin to see where their heart and Being can
Always BE. All of us need a confirmation of something really great,
because we are more than worth it! So, it is time to Dream Big!
The Ancient Texts have their value as one learns to see the real side
of them in relation to their own identity.
The business part of their
identity is something else. Mr. Jacob, climbing the ladder into his
decided heaven gives people a great view of the possibility for
themselves, this is what all RealExperience is about. Mr. Jacob's
experience had nothing to do with religion or the church, they simply
took the idea and marketed to the public. But here is where it gets
sticky, and that is, just like HarOld of Krone Korp, and Darwin of
Atom.org, they have taken something of value, and then propose it to
others with no RealExperience of their own, or they are simply
gathering people to them for the sake of popularity and support.
Pretty words do not make a RealLife for anyone, only Real Experience
does, and it is individually confirmed for ourselves. The RealGuides
do not back those who are taking advantage of others, besides, The
Great Reality IS AlwaysNU, everything else is way outdated. When
Paul Twitchell left this place, he assigned the next two caretakers to
handle things until I was to come along. Well, lo and behold, they
decided to take things into their own hands, and so today, they are a
yawn to The RealGuides, who only stand with THE NUWAVIS.
The experiences of Joseph, who interpreted dreams for the Pharaoh
at the time, shows what anyone can do if they try. I would say he led
a very interesting life and had fun at what he did. It seemed he was
very popular and got along well with almost everyone. Here was a

time in Human History where people were paying attention to

something other than their daily routines. At some point, the church
got wind of his experiences and decided to use them for themselves.
Here again is a confirmation about a unique individual and his
contribution, but of course the conglomerate 'ruling factors' come
along and take what they will. As I provide this Journey to Real
Freedom for the public, they will begin to see all the steps involved
and how things and ideas have procured to this day. Why would it be
that Jacob and Joseph were the ones having these experiences? Its
really very simply, they were open to them and being taught by The
RealGuides from The Unseen Worlds. Of course, the church decided
it was 'their gods' which provided all the information, the gods who are
standing in the clouds ready to toss lightening bolts on those who do
not comply. The church has always used their 'fear driven tactics' to
get people to pay attention and contribute as they pass the plate
around.
Many people have beautiful experiences with The Real
Guides, but they have no RealKnowledge to go by, and so this
becomes My Real Adventure to provide The RealGuidance and The
RealEducation for RealSurvival.
Robert Louis Stevenson gave credit to his dreams for many of his
stories. During the night while his body slept, he would slip out of his
body and roam the Astral and Mental Worlds, as he was being
directed by The Boys to collect the information he needed to put his
literature together. When people learn to see what is happening from
The RealSide, and not just the outer shell this world is, they will have
a huge understanding of how Life works on all the various levels.
With all the modern technology of sorts, the various governments of
this world have secretly studied dreams and the movement of a
person's awareness to the other levels. Most of the governments of
the world have their own psychics and Seers they rely on to see future
events and mainly to spy on others. Remote Viewing, better known
as Astral Projection, is used all the time by the military and many local
police agencies, but of course, they do not tell the viewing public this.
I like the TV show, The Mentalist, he's a fun character that says it like
it is, while his coworkers stand around looking 'officially dah.'

Onlookers to those unique individuals who really make a difference

are mainly all the same, they love their self-restricting considerations
of everything they have come to know. Life is The Great Adventure,
not a Sunday School Regime, but a Great LUV Affair with ALL That IS.
And so as Paul started his teaching for all the beginners of his time, I
am providing The NUNowness and The Greatest Adventure Ever.
Modern day psychologists study the ancient manuscripts of dreams.
They want to know what takes place with a person in their sleep and
also during their waking hours, so they are prepared for those people
who are ready to go over the edge. Of course, the information they
have acquired is always outdated and from a secondary source, but
no matter, they have the impressive looking office and they dress
really high class, so a convincing outer front is all that is really
needed. Money seems to be no object for those who want someone
to talk to, and I would say it does sound like a fun experience to meet
someone new who likes to charge one a whole lot for just listening.
And yes, there are so many documented cases where people are
helped and feel very satisfied as they once again return to their
Passing Dream Life, and end up knowing really nothing about Real
Freedom, just like everyone else who is standing in line at the office
door. The RealGuides, already have the answer for every situation
possible, but The Authoritarians and their gods would disagree.
Sigmund Freud was an interesting fellow during his time, and highly
respected for what he presented. Anyone who proposes something
so convincingly and gets others to agree, no matter what the reality of
it is, of course is a genius. Freud and Jung, had their own areas of
interest when it came to dreams, and to this day many study what
they created.
I admire anyone who has The RealCourage to do
something others will not even consider, such as Evil Kinevil and all
the outlandish daredevil motorcycle stunts he did, but what did he
really contribute overall? And so it is with Freud and Jung, they did
scratch the surface, but they didn't pay attention to The RealGuides
for the most part. I must admit, it is a rather difficult transition to
perform as one has experiences in the other worlds and then tries to

coordinate a meaning for them here, but then again many people are
on an emotional and mental level, and so they never have Reality to
compare with. It really does take a particular person to provide a
RealService, as Paul Twitchell and Rebazar Tarzs are doing.
The Christian Church who promotes their wares to the public, and in
every which way contrives convincing scenarios to make sure their
followers and onlookers alike are paying attention, is continually
selling information about dreams, yet they do not at all address the
issue. Politically rehearsed people have their way about them and
they always squeeze around certain issues until they are fully
exposed and then they beg for forgiveness or get Presidential
Pardons. As I am drawing this map for the onlooking audience, it
becomes like the game of Clue or The Wheel of Fortune, eventually
others start to see what is really taking place, and yes there are many
conspiracies going on and they are not theory. In The NUNowness of
THE IS, it is time to have The Real SuperKnowledge available for
everyone. The Belief Systems have hidden most of the pertinent
information about a lot of things from the public. Someone in The
Great Scheme of Marketing Magic put together a thing called 'The
Secret.'
They have made it look like a really important idea that
everyone should have. Of course, through proper investigation it will
be found it is another way to look at the very same thing that has
always been around. What part of it refers to RealFreedom?
Then, we have the Judea-Christian tradition, who gave their approval
to the art and science of The DreamArena. The Old, Old Testament
draws a veil over the idea of certain dreams, and so we find they were
more interested in those dreams that helped consolidate Judaism,
which had deep impressions upon public opinion by their accuracy
and brilliance with there interpretations. And so it was, that The Old,
Old Testament only mentioned dreams which confirmed the coming of
a Messiah and the confirmation by the Jewish God, The Lord
Governor of the Astral Realm.
The RealGuides do not manipulate
Human History, or ploy people into swaying them a certain direction.
They know, ALL RealTruth stands on its own and does not need the

assistance of fools who portray themselves to be Masters and Gurus,

Saviors and Saints.
There have been, and are many sincere
individuals who have brought a message for the masses from beyond
this world, and here again is where a confirmation can be investigated
and sought through the proper areas of one's own DreamVisions.
Those who have been involved with The Contrived Works of Ancient
Wisdom, are paying today with the Lords of Karma in the lower Astral
levels, and many more will be with them. I have seen some of these
people, and to this day they still bellow out the same old rhetoric to all
the silly fools who will listen, as they are still programed as being like
stock brokers, who keep predicting a better market to buy into.
In one of my RealSide Experiences, I had the opportunity to go back
in time to an era somewhat like the Mid-Evil days of Human History. I
was shown by Yauble Sacabi, many of the rituals and incantations of
who help to invent the ceremonial rites of worshiping various invented
deities, which were mainly for the purpose of subjecting others to their
abusive control. It is well known that those running for political office
in today's Kontrolled society, must first be a part of a Satanic Cult, and
becoming initiated. These people have to pass the test to see if they
are willing to be Kontrolled by those who's only ambition is to
dominate the entire human race, like in the movie, 'Lord of The Rings.'
It is so vital to know and understand the concepts of the conscious
and unconscious parts of one. What I am referring to is the anatomy
of the emotional and mental self, these inner bodies, and is different in
respect of what western psychologists have trained themselves with.
They have decided their arena of business as they see it, but have not
been able to get above into the other levels, as they do not seem to
have the courage to go beyond what is so literally agreed to by other
scholars.
They are feverishly trying to figure out what The Real
Guides already know, but what most PHD personnel do not realize is,
only those with a TruHeart will gain The RealKnowledge and
experience of THE ALLIS. In dreams, most people have the identity
of an omnipotent personage, personality or some form of identity or
god who is protecting one while they sleep. This is the idea of 'The

Lord's Prayer' before one goes to sleep. I remember my Grandma

making me recite it. My mother never put much faith in it. When one
looks over the words to the prayer, it does seem to make sense to the
unaware, but The RealGuides do not use such elementary means.
Everything is a step, that is for sure, but a six foot boat in seas with
waves as high as a hundred feet will not last long, because the
voyage and journey to The Real UNUverses is huge. So many of the
parables of Jesus were to the effect of warning people, not so much
about the so-called 'false prophets,' which the church actually
implemented, but that of an overview of the principles that already
exist within the various psychic realms.
Some people are afraid of
the dark, and to go to sleep each night for fear of not waking up into
this world again. Those who are The NUStudents of THE NUMAN
are always protected by The Real Universal Guides, as they will
continually meet each other in their Dream Arenas.
The issues with most people are rooted in the part of the mind of
which there are four basic divisions. The first aspect, which Paul
called the Chitta, takes cognizance of form, such as beauty, color,
rhythm, harmony and alike perspectives. The second area is the
Manas, which is more of the mind stuff, that which is constantly
created even while the individual is not aware of it. Third is the
Buddhi, which is the instrument of intellect, thought, discriminating and
deciding. The fourth faculty is the Ahankar, which executes the
orders. These four areas are what Paul Twitchell referred to. The
Ahankar, accepts the decisions of the other faculties which are
handed down by the Buddhi, and executes its mandates. This is also
the I-ness of the individual. It is by which the individual differentiates
the self from all else. It is the faculty which enables the individual to
distinguish between his own self interest and that of others. When
this faculty becomes unduly exaggerated, it then portrays the ideas of
vanity and egotism.
The Buddhi is the area of the mind where
dreams originate and give birth to our imaginary fantasies. These
dreams are passed on by the Buddhi to the Ahankar, but there is
nothing to act upon, for none or at the least few have anything for
manifestation in the physical world.
Sometimes the dream is

prophetic, or it has a symbolic meaning for the person to deal with.

This means the individual has an action part of the dream or in it. One
might then dream out their future, and in doing so, acts as the cause
for the latter affect in the outer world. One may also go through their
DreamArena for an ailment which is bothering them. And so,
whatever has bothered the person within their other bodies or worlds
is now healed, and so the physical counterpart is also healed.
There are those who have dreams of the coming of certain masters or
teachers, but the most important DreamVision is the one who will be
chosen by The TruReality to have THE NUWAVIS THE ROD OF
PURITY. Since August 2001, when The Rod of Power was passed to
Duane, there have been thousands who have had RealSide
Experiences showing them THE NUWAVIS THE NUMAN, who is
young and is a blond surfer in California. There are many who have
developed themselves as masters, gurus, saints and so on, but these
people are mainly from the Astral and Mental Worlds, and work with
the governors on these realms. HarOld and Darwin of Paul's Creation
were given this opportunity, but they decided to with their Personality
to the MemberShrimps for the sake of the money and have not
provided The RealAwareniss Knowledge of THE ALLIS. Here is the
case of agreeable agreement to the Personal Side. Most, do not
want to be The RealBeing for RealTruth, because even those who do
know 'What IS Real Now,' they must pay the price so to speak, and
not be accepted by all, and so most will take a place as TapLining
HeadMasters. In today's world, because THE NUWAVIS here, those
who still follow the 'god' idea have made themselves very obvious as
to where they are positioned with the DualForces and Creation only.
Prophetic Dreams are a way of life to many cultures, but only a very
few have these experiences, as they were usually a part of the many
mystical orders hidden from public sight. Joseph dreamt of an angel
who told him of the coming of Jesus, who also showed him what his
trials and tribulations would be. Buddha's mother had a series of
dreams which showed her new son. Mohammed was a profound
dreamer, and The Koran was revealed to him along with its possible

future, but as it is seen today, it also has been edited for the public,
and has now become a weapon in the hands of those in Kontrol.
Most Christians do not see the same correlation with their Bible, but it
is more than obvious how humans play to their own will with their
Invented Gods. There are others in the past, such as St, Francis of
Assisi, St, John of the Cross and St. Augustine. There are actually so
many others in Scriptural History, but unfortunately, the church has
hidden so much from the public, so as to keep them docile to their will
and obsessive power. My very good friend Kathy from Idaho, who
likes to be called the Shadow Woman, had a wonderful series of Real
Experiences I called 'The Five Waves.' In Book Four, 'The Adventures
of Rebazar Tarzs,' I start out providing The Five Waves, which show
the coming of THE NUMAN and his NUAdventures of RealCourage.
THE NUMAN was destined and chosen by The TruReality and The
Real UNUversal Guides, just as Paul Twitchell was in 1965. A great
drama in this realm has played itself out since that time, and there is a
lot more to come. This again is the reason most people will choose
something in agreement with the Established Systems and not Real
Truth, as they are afraid of the Created Fear of the REPSystems, and
their dysfunctional mannerisms of power and Kontrol. Why would
people fear anything here once they know The TruReality is an ALL
PURISNESS? Most masters and gurus already know the masses do
not want RealTruth, but only Personal Truth, because the Belief
Systems have condemned such practices for Kontrol, but want to be
bottle fed with their pretty words and have their emotions excited.
Very few will exert the courage to live an Indiana Jones, James Bond
type lifestyle and climb to the top of The Mountain of THE ALLIS.
All who have had a destiny in the public view have had dreams of their
own life and forecasting events to come. Many saw their trumpets
and even their own demise and death in their dreams. All the various
avenues of religious, political, cultural, art, philosophy, science and
literature, are revealed in a person's DreamVision, once one learns to
Recognize what is taking place. Many have dreams of Jesus and the
other saints from the past. Sometimes this can be so, but many
times it is entities in the Astral Worlds playing tricks on the humans.

These experiences can be tested out with The NUSound, The NU-U.
When YU are in a dream and YU want to Test who YU are with, simply
Sing The NU-U several times, and if they are a RealGuide, they will
stay, and if they are one of the many Fake TapLining Masters, they will
go away or disappear. Simply Sing... NU-U-U-U, then keep repeating
this for as long as it takes. With The RealGuides, one experiences a
continual expansion of their RealAwareniss, and hears The Real
Sound of Life, and is set into The RealLight. Paul and Rebazar told
me about THE ROD OF POWER, and the first Being to have it, as he
created The World Dream.
Paul and Rebazar work with me very
closely today, and are very specific about what is taking place and
what will be implemented with The NUPresentation. Paul has said
that what he did in the past with his creative presentation has become
a one-dimensional TapLining Business that has been taken over by
Reptilian Joanny, and that HarOld nor Darwin never properly had THE
ROD OF POWER.
Those who are sincere in their quest for
RealTruth will be shown What IS Real Now, while everyone else can
stay with their TapLining HeadMasters to worship them and their gods.
There are Real UNUversal Guides who have taken a woman's body,
but are not always mentioned, because it is usually the man's body
which has more stamina for what has to be done in the lower levels.
One such person is referred to as the mother of The Real UNUversal
Guides. She works with those in their Deep Dreams. I find this rather
humorous myself, but in Life, there is something for everyone. On
earth, we have what we have, but as one learns to explore the higher
realms, and then into The Real UNUverses, they find there is so much
that dwarfs everything that is here.
People are stuck here with
agreement and have been taught to be afraid to explore beyond their
secondary provisions provided by the 'know-it-alls' who we know as
the Authoritarians and their Doctrines of Restricting Regulations of
Kontrol. All societies are FearBased, it is a truth that prevails here,
and should never be confused with RealTruth with THE ALLIS.
RealTruth IS Absolutely Unique, and not to be found here with this
common place world and its lifestyles. The REPSystems have made
sure most people are continually confused, because only stupid

people support corrupt systems, even if the system has a good front
which appears to be helpful, it will surely be found out at some point in
time, because this is a world of change, and as the seed is planted the
stem shall rise and be exposed. No matter how a person holds to
their 'belief' and 'hopes' things will be so according to their 'faith' they
will someday be shown What IS Real and what is not. Some people
are a lot more stubborn than others, and even when all the evidence
is right in front of them and their dreams show them the proof, they will
still go with all their Created Emotional Attachments and want to be
'right' in their own minds and 'Think' they know more than Life ITSelf.
For the longest time the ideas of a Trinity have been implemented into
the Created Consciousness of what the Belief Systems have devised
to Kontrol the masses. Their trinity goes along the lines of the 'Father,
the Son and the Holy Ghost.' These are the Creator, his Created Son
and the DualForces of the Secondary Light of Creation that of Cause
and Effect, which I term as the PsycRealms.
Most of the Political,
Religious and Spiritual Programmings have this as their principle main
event, or better known as their created 'Front' to the unaware and
purposely blinded masses. These 'Ideas' have become a 'Sacred
Ritual' like that of WitchCraft, which is where all rituals have come
from. The idea of WitchCraft has always been to create some kind of
ceremony and ritual that conjurers up the DarkForces so that those
who are doing the Ritualism can have their earthly riches and Kontrol
over others. This has been the same basic idea thru all of Human
History, because the Original Creator or Creators has been the Alien
Reptilians who were first here and created the Humanoids as slaves.
What the public is getting from the Created Systems is a lot of 'Hot Air'
and nothing else. Rituals, no matter how well dressed the participants
are with what they are doing all means nothing. It is only when a
person 'Agrees' to the Ritualism does it make it so as a reality to each
person. All of us decide what our life will be with our Free Will. There
is no institution, program, rule or regulation that can hold any of us to
this Dirt World, unless there is an Agreement to do so. YU Decide!
The idea of The DreamArena and Your DreamVisions is to first study it

on every level of Life all the way to THE ALLIS, then take an active
part and Explore what YU have never known before. LifeIS ALL
about Becoming MoreAware, this IS Real, and so an awakening is
continually happening with The TruReality, in ITS Own Endlessniss.
IT, uses RealSound to communicate with ALL of What IT IS, which is
every Utun, which is part of The Endless Aliveness IT IS. When the
reality of one becomes so, The RealU, it then starts the process of its
journey from the furthest point, or decided position, of The TruReality.
The NU, which is termed in the Literal Sense as, 'soul,' and as the
religious orders refer to it, must be put through various cycles of
experience to 'wake it up' to Life, and this is just the start. The NU,
The RealU, goes through all the various stages of embodiments we
experience here, such as microscopic things, germs, plants, and then
eventually more capable forms such as animals, fish and birds, and
then eventually the human person. Of course, the narrow view and
experiences the Scientific and Religious Systems have from their own
shortsightedness and creative distortions, will surely disagree or not
'believe' this to be so, but the fun part is anyone can prove it to
themselves. Reality is all about Your RealAwareness and Becoming
MoreAware. And so eventually as one gets The RealConnection to
The SoundLight Reality, The RealGuides begin The RealJourney of
each Utun, beyond what they can ever imagine in a physical body.
This section is about The Health Dream. Over the years, I have had
many instances where I was shown by The RealGuides what my
physical body needed to better operate.
Sometimes, I would be
shown to eat oranges or grapefruits for their natural Vitamin C
content, which the body needs everyday, and has been proven to be
one of the most beneficial natural means of healing.
I have been
shown to drink grape juice and make my own lemonade using honey,
and not processed sugars, such as GMO corn sweeteners, or the new
rage, Splenda and Aspartame.
Splenda is not natural; it is a
chlorinated chemically devised artificial sweetener, and very harmful
and addictive.
As an example, issues have been raised about
Splenda in a new study from Duke University, not to mention what Dr.
Mercola says about it. Splenda, suppresses beneficial bacteria and

directly affects the expression of the transporter P-gp and cytochrome

P-450 isozymes that are known to interfere with the bioavailability of
drugs and nutrients. Furthermore, these effects occur with Splenda
doses that contain sucralose levels, that are approved by the FDA for
use in the food supply. Here again are Government Agencies
approving what is 'okay and best' for the masses, which is not real at
all. The RealGuides, do not recommend this product and so many
other socially acceptable marketed items that are nothing more than
'Selling Taste' to the unaware.
I like to juice at times, and I use
carrots, beets and add Spirulina and Chlorela, and apples as a basic
combination.
I also add other green powders and plants, never
table salt, as it creates many body disfuntions and is very unhealthy.
My basic diet is raw fruits and vegetables, and Tuna once in awhile.
Because of the marketing environment all of us live in, almost
everything becomes a snack or so-called food. All packaged foods
are processed and mainly GMO, and created for the microwave. It is
suggested to keep the processed 'stuff' to a real minimum and not to
ever microwave, but use it for storing things. Microwaving 'Nukes'
everything and turns it into a 'Carcinogenic Nightmare!' Even Water!
Paul Twitchell provided information about doing a brown rice diet for a
certain amount of time as a body cleanser.
I have done many
different cleansers myself, and there are lots of different ways a
person can figure out their own methods. With the Internet, there is
huge amounts of information available. Paul also pointed out the fact
while he was here, about the Rulers and Kontrollers, the politicians of
tomorrow being on drugs, and so here it is Now. There is so much
more going on behind the scenes the public does not know about their
'elected officials.'
Some of the ancient mystery cults induced
mystical visions in their followers sleep with drugged wine and other
potent plants. There are Secret and Public Cults that are still around
today who use these same methods and have discovered many other
drugs of an artificial nature, as they continually attempt to see beyond
the veil of this world. And as usual, they are going about it all the
wrong way. Those who use any artificial substance, unless it can
directly benefit the user, are held to the lower Astral Realms and the

karmic health Issues involved, along with sacrificing their own life and
others. In the Flower Child Era, it was thought that LSD and other
related stimulants produced some sort of God Realization, which
would be true to some respect, because there are many gods and
demons who rule over mankind, and so those on hallucinogenics
would surely meet some of these creatures from other dimensions,
who would gladly agree to being their god. Humans love to pay to be
stupid, such as with alcohol, which is probably the biggest misused
substance in the world. Most people are not aware of the fact many
religious and political people use dangerous drugs to Kontrol others,
and of course they create scenarios which make it look as though they
are for the best of intentions. The Psychiatric World loves to inject
lethal drugs into people. The School Systems must also prescribe
them to children who are acting out of the ordinary. As the future of
this world unfolds, so will the evidence of what has occurred in Human
History soon show up with those involved today. The Lords of Karma
know everything that is going on, as each person is automatically their
own 'Cause and Effect' in action, and they will be the administrators
for all the idiots associated with the deadly manipulation of others,
according to their so-called legalized policies. People will find the
drugs of the past were mild compared to what is taking place today,
along with the Political Corruption of the past, it is all a lot worse Now!
Crystal Meth or Meth, which is short for Methamphetamine, has
become a very popular drug, both in the United States and around the
world.
This drug was used almost three times more than crack
cocaine in 1999. In 1893, Meth was first developed from ephedrine.
A chemist, Nagayoshi Nagai, was responsible for its creation. It
wasnt until 1919, that Meth was turned into its crystallized form by
Akira Ogata. Ogata, was able to do this by reduction of ephedrine
using iodine and red phosphorous.
Amphetamine, a related drug
which first came into existence in 1887, by a Lazar Edeleanu in
Germany. Meth manufacturing initially began in the US, in Hawaii in
the 1960s. One of the earliest uses of Meth occurred during World
War II. The German military dispensed Pervitin, which was Meth. It
was freely administered to both tank crews and aircraft personnel.

Chocolate was often dosed with Meth and given to tank crews and
pilots. For the last three years of Adolf Hitlers life, 1942 to 1945, he
received daily IV injections of Meth by his doctor, Theodor Morell.
This was done as a treatment for depression and fatigue. Historians
have speculated that this was done to treat Parkinsons disease.
However, it is unsure as to whether Hitler had Parkinsons or if the
Parkinson like symptoms (pill rolling finger movements, ataxia or
unsteady gait) were due to abuse of Meth plus others substances he
was taking.
After World War II, Meth became known as Shabu, an
amphetamine, which became largely available in Japan. This came
to be, because the Japanese military no longer utilized the drug. In
1951, Shabu became prohibited by the Japanese Ministry of Health
and banned. The banning of the drug is thought to have contributed
to the overproduction of Meth in Japan. Even today, Meth is strongly
associated with international crime and the Japanese underworld is
one of many countries who make and sell it to the unaware public.
In the 1950s, Meth became a more commonly prescribed drug. It was
often prescribed for narcolepsy, alcoholism, obesity and others. By
the 1960s, there was a more significant use of illegally manufactured
Meth by users within their own homes. Crystal Meth is made from
everyday household chemicals, and common household components,
to make it easy to manufacture. Today, instructions for making Meth
can be read on websites.
Until quite recently, Sudafed, a major
component of Meth, could be purchased in bulk without question. An
ounce of Meth worth up to $1000, is made with eighty dollars of
products from your local hardware and pharmacy. In the 1980s, use
of Meth peaked. In fact, San Diego, California was considered The
Meth Capital of North America by Economist Magazine. The United
States passed laws in 1983 prohibiting possession of equipment and
precursors for Meth Production.
Canada passed The Controlled
Substance Analogue Enforcement Act to decrease the growing rate of
designer drugs, both in use and production. Regardless of efforts,
Meth has expanded throughout the US. It is in rural places where
clandestine labs are often set up. This is because production of Meth
causes toxic smells that can dispel unnoticed.
For every pound of

Meth created, there is five to six pounds of toxic waste produced.

Despite efforts by law enforcement, Meth use is still alive and raging
throughout the United States and the world. It is a serious issue
which will take much more work and effort to combat, but with all the
money involved it could last until the end of the earth. For this reason,
it is quite feasible that in a few more years, Crystal Meth will
continually appear in the news, creating an even more devastating
history for itself than it has now. Adolph Hitler instructed the use of
Meth for his soldiers during World War II to give them a leg up on the
enemy. Indeed it makes sense, that Hitler wanted to use substances
to enhance his soldiers with their readiness and abilities, as he liked
them alert and ready for battle, which of course is a lame and idiotic
ideal to create. Just like an athlete may wish to use steroids, there
are long term affects of these drugs and there are people at young
ages having heart attacks, along with bone and tissue deterioration
due to Meth use.
Meth, among other unessential intakes, will
overwhelm the health care system as the use continues in the future.
There are those who suggest legalizing Meth, but legalizing Meth is
definitely a nightmare scenario. The US Military has a synthesized
drug to keep their troops and pilots alert for longer periods of time
from extreme exhaustion, or war when they cannot sleep.
The
euphoria, which comes with such drugs maybe well and good for
those in their private lives which I would not suggest at all, but to
condone the use of any such drugs while on the job is altogether
incomprehensible and irresponsible. The governments of the world
are playing a deadly game they think they have control of, but they are
far from any such truth, no matter how 'official' they invent the rules to
be for themselves. Such lethal drugs as Meth and Viruses have
actually been created by the One WorldOrder Governments to
manipulate and Kontrol the public, and as Law Enforcers handle the
situations, they are many times part of the distribution of these drugs.
All truth passes through three stages. First, it is ridiculed. Second,
it is violently opposed. Third, it is accepted as being self-evident.
The RealGuides are here to help mankind with their present fate, but it

will be as it has always been, as a very scarce few will really listen. I
live in Huntington Beach, California, and one of the most spectacular
things for me is to see the Sun in the blue sky. Everyday I am truly
amazed at how Real it is compared to everything else. As I have said
many times, the Sun is a perfect shining example and representative
of The TruReality, shining upon all and asking nothing. And so it is,
mankind has the Free Will to be Radiant and Free, but will he choose
RealFreedom or will he continue to stay with his gods who have been
a part of all the fallen civilizations in Human History? Yes, the Sun in
the sky to me as a human while I am here is ever so important, but as
I look into the sky, I many times see the ChemTrails lingering in the
atmosphere. Most feel they are just jet trails, but far from it, they are
lethal ingredients purposely put into the skies. I would think the pilots
have families they love and are more important than any high paying
job for the military. What I am providing here are only a few examples
and barely scratching the surface, so I suggest RealTruth Seekers to
look to their DreamVisions and get Your RealGuidance Now.
Among the most important things for life on this planet is RealWater,
but some people still do not understand this. And so, what is being
constantly dumped into the water supply should be closely looked at.
First of all, it needs to be stated that the substance referred to as
'Fluoride' is a misnomer, as there is no such substance listed in the
periodic chart of elements, nor in the prestigious CRC handbook, nor
in the sacred 'bible' of the pharmaceutical industry, the illustrious
Merck Index. Instead, we find a gas called Fluorine, and from the use
of this gas in various industries, such as aluminum manufacturing and
the nuclear industry, certain toxic byproducts are created which have
captured fluorine molecules. One such toxic poisonous byproduct is
called, Sodium Fluoride, which according to the Merck Index, is
primarily used as 'rat and cockroach poison,' and is also the active
ingredient in most toothpastes, and as an additive to drinking water.
And so there is so much more to this sordid tale, as Sodium Fluoride
is also in the ChemTrails we see in the skies, which the public is told
one of many tales are for the reflection of Solar Rays upon the earth.

Sodium Fluoride, is also one of the basic ingredients in both PROZAC

(FLUoxetene Hydrochloride) and Sarin Nerve Gas (Isopropyl-MethylPhosphoryl FLUORIDE)
The same Sarin Nerve Gas that terrorists
released on a crowded Japanese subway train! Sodium Fluoride is
nothing more than a hazardous waste by-product of the nuclear and
aluminum industries.
In addition to being the primary ingredient in
rat and cockroach poisons, it is also a main ingredient in anesthetic,
hypnotic, and psychiatric drugs as well as military nerve gas Why is it
allowed to be added to toothpastes and drinking water? Historically,
this substance was quite expensive for the worlds' premier chemical
companies to dispose of, but in the 50's and 60's, Alcoa and the entire
aluminum industry, with a vast overabundance of the toxic waste,
somehow sold (paid off) the FDA and US Government Officials, on the
insane and highly profitable idea of buying this poison at a 20,000%
markup, and then injecting it into our water supply as well as into the
nation's toothpastes and dental rinse.
When Sodium Fluoride is
injected into drinking water, its level is approximately 1 part-per-million
(ppm).
The hazardous chemical literally goes down the drain, and
the chemical industry has not only a free hazardous waste disposal
system, but the public pays for the process, also with their heath.
Independent scientific evidence over the past 50 plus years has
shown that Sodium Fluoride shortens one's life span, promotes
various cancers and mental disturbances and most importantly, makes
humans stupid, docile, and subservient, all in one neat little package,
and so this is a huge 'hint' as to why it is being used on the public.
There is evidence, that aluminum in the brain is a causative factor in
Alzheimer's Disease and points towards Sodium Fluoride's strong
affinity to bond with this dangerous aluminum, (a byproduct of
aluminum manufacturing) and also it has the ability to trick the bloodbrain barrier by imitating the hydrogen ion, thus allowing this chemical
access to brain tissue. Honest scientists who have attempted to blow
the whistle on Sodium Fluoride's mega-bucks propaganda campaign,
have consistently been given a dose of professional 'black-listing' and
thus their valid points disputing the current vested interests of huge
chemical companies, has never received the acknowledgment they
deserve in the national press. In 1952, a PR campaign rammed the

concept of fluoridation through The Public Health Departments and

various Dental Organizations, yet it has still survived all these years
without most people knowing about it.
Sodium Fluoride has
continued in the same vein right up to the present day, and so the use
of Sodium Fluoride has now become a standard with today's lifestyle.
The very first occurrence of purposefully putting Sodium Fluoride into
drinking water was in the German ghettos and in Nazi Germany's
infamous prison camps.
The Gestapo had little concern about
Sodium Fluoride's 'supposed' effect on children's teeth; instead, their
reason for mass-medicating water with SF was to sterilize humans
and force the people in their concentration camps into calm, bovine,
submission. October 1954, from a research chemist named Charles
Perkins, regarding a statement in his book, 'The Truth about Water
Fluoridation,' to the effect the idea of water fluoridation was brought to
England from Russia by the Russian Communist Kreminoff. In the
1930's, Adolph Hitler and the German Nazis envisioned a world to be
dominated and Kontrolled by a Nazi philosophy of Pan-Germanism.
The German Chemists worked out a very ingenious and far-reaching
plan of Mass Kontrol, which was submitted to and adopted by the
German General Staff.
This plan was to Kontrol the population in
any given area through mass medication of drinking water supplies.
By this method they could Kontrol the population in whole areas and
also reduce population by water medication that would produce
sterility in women, and so on.
In this scheme of Mass Kontrol,
Sodium Fluoride occupied a prominent place, as it does today. There
are many people from countries who are protesting SF in their
drinking water, but the 'officials' for the most part are not listening,
because there is a bigger picture, that of the World HQ at Ratican City,
Rome, that rules the earth by Reptilian Design, does not want the
poisoning of people to stop, because they want Absolute Kontrol.
Repeated doses of infinitesimal amounts of Sodium Fluoride will in
time reduce an individual's power to resist domination, by slowly
poisoning and narcotizing a certain area of the brain, thus making one
submissive to the will of those who wish to govern them. The real
reason behind water fluoridation is not to benefit children's teeth, as
this is the ploy to the public, so they will accept what is given them.

The real purpose behind water fluoridation is to reduce the resistance

of the masses to domination and Kontrol and loss of liberty. When
the Nazis under Hitler decided to go to Poland, both the German
General Staff and the Russian General Staff exchanged scientific and
military ideas, plans, and personnel, and the scheme of Mass Kontrol
through water medication, and was seized upon by the Russian
Communists, because it fitted ideally into their plans to communize
the world. Sodium Fluoride water solutions are the cheapest and
most effective rat killers known to chemists, as they are colorless,
odorless, tasteless. There is no antidote, no remedy, no hope. It is
an instant and complete extermination of rats and cockroaches, and
perfectly suited for humans by Mad Scientists with high paying jobs.
Another lethal and common product is that of Chlorine. Chlorine in
drinking water seems so normal. Chlorine kills bacteria and viruses. It
is not only chlorine that is not needed in drinking water, there are other
drugs found in drinking water whose long term effect on health is also
detrimental.
Some scientists even link chlorine and all the other
drugs found in drinking water with everything from increased cancer
rates to increased rates of birth defects. Part of the problem with
chlorine is it can form compounds called trihalomethanes when it's
exposed to organic material. Trihalomethanes are thought to be
carcinogens. A possible solution is to substitute chloramine for
chlorine. There are a few problems with this, though. Chloramine is
not as strong an oxidant as chlorine. Also, it can form deposits on
pipe walls, not to mention the millions of dollars it would cost the
municipal water systems to convert from using chlorine to chloramine.
Converting to cloramine would help with the problem of chlorine in
drinking water, but it would do nothing for other drugs found in drinking
water. A solution to chlorine in drinking water is to filter your own
water in your own home.
There are several popular methods of
purifying water such as distillation, ultraviolet, reverse osmosis, and
carbon and ceramic filtration. What YU need now is an informative
website where you can learn more about this important health issue.
Chlorine was invented as a gas in World War l, to kill people, and
today it is in almost all drinking water and people use it in their
swimming pools. In Europe they us Ozone and chlorine is illegal.

There are so many options of assistance and even cures within this
world and also with the individual's personal awareness. I personally
do not recommend anything synthetic, as I have learned and taught
myself about all the wonderful and Natural Wonders on each level of
Life. I suggest looking to The RealGuidance and See what takes
place in Your DreamVisions. Those things which have been invented
have their purpose, but today and into the future, the humans on this
planet will continually experience the misuse of so much that has
been created from the minds of the unaware. The basics for survival
here are very important as each person develops themselves to
Become MoreAware. The MoreAwareniss Position is one of gaining
a Real Perception with ALL The Levels of Life and how they apply to
each of us, and working with The Natural Environment.
YOUR DREAMVISIONS PART EIGHT
The Various Levels of Life and how they apply are basically this...
The PhysicalMaterial Realm, which is the lowest place in Life, and is
known as 'The Passing Dream,' as it is solid matter and other stuff of
this nature. Because, The RealAwareniss is hidden so deeply within
its boundaries, the encumbrance of the mind and emotions overlaps
the Perceptive Recognition of The RealU. On all The RoundWorlds,
everything is formulated from the dirt, which is the lowest vibratory
aspect of The SoundLight Reality.
And so, as each individual
awareness (Utun / NU) goes through their PsycProcess of material
unawareness, they gain enough experience to eventually Become
Aware of the fact they are part of a much bigger and unseen picture.
After millions of various embodiments, including the physical vehicle,
The RealU is eventually ready to move from being an unaware soul
into Becoming NU. Through the PsycProcess of all that exists here
such as, business, religion, politics, brutality, rulership, loneliness,
metaphysical teachings, and whatever else one becomes involved
with during each incarnation, The RealU becomes tempered to finally
meet with The Real UNUversal Guides. This is when The NULife for
The RealU begins. All that one has experienced has led up to The
NUNowness of THE ALLIS, and has simply brought The RealU in a

position to start Your Own Journey to RealFreedom.

The second arena relates to... The Astral Worlds and all the various
levels contained within it. This is what I call The First Heaven of Man.
The RealU has a body here which is the emotional senses and faculty
of this area. It is not that a person just pops over into the best part of
this area, just like where a person lives on the earth, because there
are hundreds of levels to the Astral Realm. From the bottom of the
Astral Realm are the purgatories and gruesome areas the people of
earth relate to as Hell. YU can find Travel Brochures for just about
any place YU want to go on the earth, but there are none for Hell.
Those who have done dastardly deeds with their physical life will be
sentenced for their term by the Lords of Karma and the courts of their
judgment, which there is no plea bargaining, so all those smart
lawyers who think they are getting away with something, just because
they follow the corrupt laws that have been invented by sleazy
politicians, will soon find themselves paying the price. Of course,
most humans have been drugged with the idea of 'belief,' so they
really do not think what I am presenting applies to them, but when
they get to their appointed position they will find that the idea of 'belief'
does not apply to anything.
Fortunately, not everyone will have to
experience the lowest parts of Life, because there are truly wonderful
areas in this Astral Heaven, which many people will enjoy until they
have to return to earth or another RoundWorld to complete their
PsycProcess and figure out their karmic baggage. Those who have
developed themselves with The RealGuides, get to bypass this lower
heaven and move higher in Life. The lord and ruler here is the bother
of the Kalaum God of the Mental Worlds. Jot, is also known by many
names according to the worshiped god of humans, such as Jehovah
of the old scriptures. Jot is one of the governors who sent to earth the
saviors and saints from the past, and threw down lightening bolts now
and then to keep mankind in submission to his commandments.
The third PsycRealm is... The Causal Level is a wondrous area that is
part of the Mental Worlds, and so much more wondrous and
expansive than the Astral Worlds. There are numerous heavens here

and beyond any belief imaginable.

This area corresponds to one's
memory body where the seeds and experiences of many past lives
are kept.
Those who are of a psychic nature enter the Astral and
Causal Realms to verify certain people or events that have taken
place on the earth. The LordGovernor of this realm rules under the
jurisdiction oftThe Kalaum God, Lord of The Two Heavens of Man.
The fourth level is... The MindPower Worlds, home of The Lord God of
all the Belief System Businesses. This is the great realm of the
REPSystems and those those who they persuade into their Marketing
Ploys.
The Kalaum God of Regulations and Obedience rules here
and all the levels below, mainly over those who are the most unaware
and susceptible to his mistress, The Influence.
Kalaum is better
known as, The Three Headed God by The Real UNUversal Guides.
The first and most prominent face is that of The Benevolent Head, the
side he likes to show most with his followers and the onlooking public.
It is the happy head which appears to be humble and gracious to all
who come to him. When Kalaum wants his way and looks to subdue
those who are not in agreement to his whims of power, if the happy
face does not work, then he uses the second head, The Serpent.
The Serpent Head drives fear into ones very being, as one sees this
diabolical creature, which many have seen in their nightmares and
portrayed as Gargoyles and other creatures experienced on the earth.
This is the reason most people fear their god, because The Serpent
Head will make sure all the unaware worship the Kalaum God through
erroneous love, fear, hate or whatever it takes to have their will bent to
his. The third slithering head is known as The Influence. SHE is the
most deceptive of all, because for the most part, very few really
recognize HER. The Influence is the Combined Consciousness of all
the unaware humans and their thoughts, desires, emotions, likes,
dislikes, and anything which is of a lower nature that applies to the
silly unawareness most humans partake in. SHE actually rules the
Kalaum God, as he desires her the most, as does HarOld with his
Reptilian Joanny.
The Mental Worlds are the grand arena of such
wonder and spectacular beauty. It is here a person may spend
thousands of years before returning to The RoundWorlds and 'Think'

they are in their appointed Eternity.

The Lords of Karma rule over
the Kalaum God and The Two Heavens of Man, and so all who have
not made it to The Real UNUverses with The RealGuides will have to
return to the bottom of Life and take on more unconscious lifetimes.
These are the four basic levels of The Passing Dream Worlds in which
all people have experiences whether they are conscious of them or
not. A person's DreamVisions, can occur on any of these levels for
the most part. There are only a very few who will want to enter The
Real UNUverses of RealTruth, which are above these. The last body
of man is The Etheric Realm, the subconscious, which lies in the
upper Mental Worlds. The Etheric Worlds are beyond belief, as they
are like fairy lands of the most wondrous exquisiteness. It is on this
level The Real UNUversal Guide brings their NUStudents and reveals
The RealU, without the encumbrances of the lower bodies. This is the
first stage of RealEnlightenment and TruSpiruality, as one experiences
themselves as a Being of Light, brighter than the sun in the sky. The
'spiritual' sense of the four lower realms is that mainly of a 'business,'
which is very clearly demonstrated on the earth, and has nothing to do
with Reality Itself.
All the lower worlds from this wondrous Etheric
Level are now Seen clearly as to what they really are and what is
actually taking place, as one encompasses all the true and needed
knowledge of the lower realms from this marvelous position.
It is
from here The NUStudent decides if they will enter The Real
UNUverses and become a NULeader with THE NUMAN and The Real
Guides to promote THE NUWAVIS of The NUPresentation, to all the
worlds of the unaware. It is also on this level that one is presented
with the testing of being a White or Black Magician. This is the
furthest HarOld and Darwin achieved, as they decided to take on the
'appearance' of White Magicians, but have become the Black Ones.
What I have termed as... The Sixth Level is actually The Deep Dark
Border, between the PsycRealms and The Real UNUverses of The
SoundLight Reality. This area is the dividing line between the lower
realms of Simulated Life and limited embodiments, and The Great and
Brilliant UNUverses of TruRealness of The TruReality, THE ALLIS. It

takes The Radiant Light of The RealGuides to penetrate this area and
deliver one into The RealLight beyond all deception and darkness of
The Gods of Man and their Authoritarian Ruling DarkBrat Buddies.
The Seventh Level is The RealHome of The RealU! It is The First
Perfect Endless UNUverse of The SoundLight Reality.
On earth,
one's body is sustained by breathing, where as in The Seventh Level,
ALL That IS can only be The TruAliveness LifeIS. YU are a Being of
Light beyond all the suns of the lower realms. Beyond this level there
are numerous RealPositions until one eventually enters into The Most
Secret and Hidden Position where resides The Great Reality ITSelf,
THE ALLIS. Very few will venture this far into Reality, for it takes The
Greatest Courage and Adventuresome Being to do so. No matter, all
who enter The Seventh Level are finally beyond the Gods of Man and
obtain RealFreedom Forever. So, it only makes sense for one to pay
attention to their DreamVisions and humbly acknowledge The Great
Guidance one can personally have with those who know Life the best,
Rebazar Tarzs and The Real UNUversal Guides. They Are Real!
It doesn't seem to be enough that we are all on a planet that is in deep
dark space with seemingly endless dastardly situations that can occur
at anytime, but the Educated BlockHeads that Kontrol the earth with
their Monetary and Korporate Structures, find it very necessary to
create things that destroy The Natural Environment and most people a
lot faster than ever. To some, it makes more sense to build one's
house and life on the side of an active volcano, and the earth is the
same, as anything can happen here. YU can always decide better!
Dream books began to appear in great numbers in the sixteen century
after more than a thousand years of medieval mixups. Most of the
dream books at that time were secondary copies of those which
appeared centuries before, as in the Egyptian Golden Era and before
the change of the Christian calender. It was during the Middle Ages
where the church put their attention on the importance of dreams.
There were many who claimed miraculous cures from the meeting of
their favorite saint while they were dreaming. In those times, people

were very superstitious, as this is where the foundation for today's

Belief Systems stem from. It would be wiser for the church to take a
new approach with their followers, but for the most part, they figure
whatever has worked before will continue to do so. In those ancient
days, people would retire early, because the nighttime was dark and it
was believed the Devil would roam at night looking for his victims. So
in those times, people looked to the Astral God, Jehovah who had
made his mark in the minds of the superstitious. It is not hard for one
to see where the idea of 'belief' started, as mankind has evolved
through his elementary stages with the same rhetoric today. I have a
great compassion for people and how they are so strung out with their
faith, hope and belief in something, which is very limited and based
upon fear and basically myth. Just because a lot of people agree to
something does not make it Real, but only a personal truth from this
realm of experience. And so, the Devil creature liked to pester the
good folks of the day if they stayed out too late past dark, as the story
goes.
So much of the time people actually scare themselves and
then begin to tell stories and pretty soon the same tale is told all over
the world, and then for thousands of years. Some stories can be fun,
but when they become a way of life, then they really can be scary.
The Revelations that were produced from these ancient dream books
and were taken as fact are from such sources as Oracles. Very few
people would question the 'written authority,' as long as there were
many who did agree, and so as time passed, so did the stories and
tales, but the church continually intervened and created new policies
to suit their needs of Kontrol.
Because of the brutal times, the
interpretation of dreams was very important, so much so that people
would actually become violent and torture the person giving the
reading and even burn buildings and houses.
If the dream
interpretation involved the end of some personal pleasures and
warnings of such nature, the Oracle was flogged and sometimes
killed. Tiberius Caesar, the Roman Emperor of 14-37 A.D., always
had a professional dreamer with him to avoid any uprisings, and many
times an astrologer quartered in his palace. Tiberius would make sure
the one interpenetrating were to the public's liking, or he would have

them executed, and so he solved the problem immediately. If the

prophecy was in his favor, he would announce it, and so it was there
were very few bad dreams or prophecies that were not to his liking.
The basic mental personality of one is the ego and the unconscious
conditioned inner self, which has mainly come about from the parents
and their upbringing. The attributes of the person's parents have a
bearing, as they are established in the subconscious, as this is what
psychologists see when they examine one, but what they do not see
is The RealU, which lies behind the scenes.
And so, a person's
personality is so much of the time formed from their parents and what
they projected onto their off spring. In times past, there were certain
cultures which taught their children about how Nature worked, instead
of just a lot of intellectual sayings and memorization which takes place
today. Like the legal system of invented ideas, so is the intellect an
invention of itself. On earth, it applies somewhat to the business
world mainly, but in Reality, which IS this Nowness, it makes no sense
and does not exist, but few will PerSeeve this.
As one gains
momentum in their life and goes out onto the world, they carry with
them the ideals which they have been brought up with. Somethings
things do work out, but I see so much of what people teach others and
it reminds me of high school and all the unessentials I learned. High
school was forced upon me as I lived with my mother, so to please her
up until the time I decided different I went, but I would have rather
been at the beach with my MerMaid friends. And so, because of
ones upbringing their primordial cravings have to be repressed, as in
my case of wanting to be at the beach instead of listening to boring
teachers talk about subjects they only read about. The Indians had
the right idea, they lived every adventurous moment until the white
man came along and set up his social structure. Each person is
wanting to have their total gratification according to the life they lead,
and so this is why even after years of earnest and diligent working and
supporting one's family, a person may just one day never return home.
Each person is trying to connect with their RealAwareness and finding
it impossible to do with what the REPSystems propose. Why have

the priests raped children through the years, if they were not mainly
frustrated at being confined with their ideals? Time is running out for
those who are under the hypnotic emotional behaviors of the world's
HeadMasters. Much of this world is hypnotized without their really
knowing it, as they agree with the hidden brutal agendas that have
become common place. Just about the only thing which does make
sense on this earth is what Nature is doing, because mankind for the
most part has already proven his value, but The RealAware must deal
with the nonsense of bratty grownups who do not care about anyone.
There are many laboratories around the world which use people to
experiment with dreams. Mainly, the government agencies have had
these programs going on for decades without the public ever being
aware. They use natural sleep and also induce people with various
drugs to find their reactions and if an alteration of one's awareness will
take place. They experiment with ESP and other psychic endeavors,
such as Remote Viewing. They have been successful in some of the
areas of the dimensional dream worlds, but mainly that of the lower
Astral.
Dreaming always depends upon the individual and their
formed consciousness.
As these experiments are done, those
involved will experience an influx of negativity as their protective aura
is pierced. Any unnatural drugs will do the same thing and attract
lower forms of entities into one's aura field. Ever since science has
been developed, it has created things which have scared it and
others, even to death sometimes. The science fiction movies that all
of us have seen are not far off from what has and is taking place
without most people's knowledge. Science is many times into the
scary 'imaginative boundaries' and what can be discovered. To most
of the susceptible public, who is usually looking for their next thrill from
the Techo-Noyds, most do not realize the dangers being produced.
Cell phones are one of the most harmful things on this planet, yet they
have become a way of life.
Most government agencies have
technology greater than what they are revealing. HAARP is one such
devised which can cause more damage than any nuclear blast. It is a
secret weapon devised by the US for military purposes, even though
they claim different. The Internet has all kinds of information on what

I am referring to here. This world is in a state of urgency, and if the

masses want to believe the governments of this world and the Mad
Scientists they are using to figure ways to moreso Kontrol people,
then it will be all those who do not pay attention who will come face to
face with their creations. Atlantis was in this very same position as
this social structure is today and it destroyed itself. I have no real
concern for what the Secret Agencies of this world are doing, because
I already know, as I am here to teach people about RealFreedom.
Each moment is the 'drop of a hat.' What I mean is, as one looks at
their age right now, as an example, they are what they are, and with
this relationship there is no time or space as perceived, there is only
Now. So, when the person was ten years old and thought about being
twenty, they were actually already twenty, they merely had not
perceived it yet. As one looks at their life and where they are Now, it
is a 'snap of the fingers' to where they are Now, and so it will be the
same when the very moment comes to leave this place, it is already
Here and Now. Once one properly grasps what I have just referred to,
they should begin to notice from all they have experienced what holds
the most value in their life, and that should be Becoming MoreAware.
Because most people really do not have any RealExperience of what
lies beyond this world, even though they may have a belief or read
something or whatever, they really have no RealExperience at all.
When we are in our youth we see a kind of foreverness before us, but
in a very shot time, say maybe forty or fifty years later, all of a sudden,
its like this Life has passed us by, as we are now looking at youth from
a different angle, which is a memory. All of us do stay young in our
RealAwareness. And so of all that has value, Becoming MoreAware
takes first place, yet most people are not into Becoming MoreAware,
but actually becoming more attached to their own illusions and a past
that will always be out of reach and gone from their grasp. When a
person has acquired The Real Talent of Becoming MoreAware, they
will know where they are going as they leave their physical body.
The indifference of the unconscious to death is explained as soon as
one recalls its nature. The subconscious or unconscious, is not only

the nocturnal residue of the waking life, but also a huge reservoir of
inherited, ancestral and collective factors. It can contain phenomena
of temporal inversion, even as disturbing as those seen in a horror
film, and also exalted beauty beyond description. The extrasensory
perception can challenge the categories of the SpaceTime Frames,
and all that has cause within these perceivables. And so it is that
what is termed as death, according to human understanding of being
an end to all, is nothing more than a position of recognition according
to the point of perception of the individual involved. As each one of
us move along in years, we draw a line from one point to the other,
from eight years old to fifteen to twenty one and so on, is a way to
look at this. This line exists within out imaginary reality as we create
and relate an association with it. As soon as we come into this world
we are on our way out, is true of this place, but the mind and senses
does not want to relate in the same fashion as to what is taking place,
so it invents scenarios to keep itself busy with its own fabricated
reality, and many times not self-admitted. And so a huge build-up of
the endless ideas of one are created, so is their lifespan so to speak.
The final moment will always be the same, and that is with whatever
the person has Become MoreAware of, so be it. As I have presented
so far, these are the many parts to ourselves most do not pay the
least amount of attention to. Life is all about a Sensible Survival, not
an illusionary lifestyle which will vanish at a moments notice.
Not all people live to a rip old age even if they think they will, because
most people already have their preset destiny from past life karma set
into motion and it will supersede all until Recognized for what it is.
This physical situation is not a RealLife, but a mocked-up simulator of
an existence in an animated and holographic position. And so it is,
our conscious and unconscious life, and our prismatic view and
relation to it is characterized by a relativity which, as one would have
studied physics, is a dimension of this realm and others in relation, so
to the subconscious mind, the idea of death is merely a periphery in
the flow of transformations, whose phenomena it is continually
recording, because it is only the physical body which ceases, as the
other bodies continue on for their own durations. So, when a person

takes on a new body and mind within this realm, they also have what
they have always had as far back as they were once were from their
beginning. The RealAwareniss of each person is staggering to the
intellect and cannot be properly evaluated according to the standards
and measurements of any physical proportions which exist here from
the invented officialness.
For anyone to truly comprehend The
TruReality LifeIS, they must learn to step completely outside of their
own organized consciousness. Each person judges their existence
by the standards already set forth as they experience each new
personal life, but this becomes a conditioned boundary and not one of
a Real Involvement, so what each person has brought into their range
of awareness cannot be used to PerSeeve Reality, it can only be used
to locate other phenomena according to the invented relations
involved. To the unconscious mind, the idea of an end to life for one
has no more meaning than the beginning, because there is a constant
flow to it where there is never a beginning or an absolute ending, and
so it experiences an uninterrupted succession of births and deaths
and records them as it sees them. This is why one can experience
their past lives in dreams and also under professionally monitored
hypnosis, whereas the conscious mind cannot. The conscious mind
in both cases is put aside and the other parts of one is exposed.
To the professional community, Crib Death is one of the bigger
mysteries as to why it happens and what is really taking place. Many
times the unaware soul may change its mind about entering the body,
because the body may not be developing the way one wants, or there
could be a karmic debt to be paid off, such as the person having killed
others in previous lives, or it can also be an unseen virus among other
things.
With this information and so much more from one's own
DreamVisions, a person can have an objective understanding and not
just a material view of Crib Death. As I became older and able to
read, at some point I looked at my Birth Certificate, and read that my
mom had a birth prior to mine she never told me about. I never asked
her, because I knew she was a very emotional person, besides it
would have been like asking a sheet of drywall, as she had no Real
Experience, but just her emotional attitudes about things which were

her own agreeable considerations. And so, I asked Rebazar about

my mom's birth death and he told me that it was premature and there
needed to be a new one made for me. I never really looked into it,
because it didn't really interest me, but there are a lot of people who
get so unglued over the idea of Crib Death, and so for them they can
now know the soul will reenter at a later date if it so wants to. Having
children is always an agreement between two people and the person
coming in as the new born, as it takes all involved to make it happen.
People with sleep disorders includes bedwetters and sleepwalkers.
Nocturnal bedwetting is more common than the public realizes and
not only affects children, but many adults as well. As an example,
within the Armed Services are those who are discharged for various
psychiatric sleep disorders, especially those who have seen battle.
Millions of people all over the world are sleepwalkers. It has been
found that those who are in a deep sleep are hard to awaken, but
once awake they can become very lucid immediately and give a good
account of their dream experiences.
Sleepwalkers are rather
deceptive to those who experience them. Their eyes are usually open
while their other senses are shut to the external world and fully
recognizing what is taking place. They are sometimes directed to a
specific goal or destination as they walk about trying to figure their
way along, all the while seeing within themselves and even talking to
someone. For the most part, the dream can be a nightmare and also
frightening to the person involved, yet it is like they are held helpless
to the whims and will of their encounter. Many people have died in
their sleep due to the fearfulness of entities and actual monsters who
are gathered around them as they make their way with the direction of
these creatures. This is the reason sleepwalkers have been known to
fall down stairs, go out windows and even do themselves harm with
knives or guns, these entities are persuading them in one's dreams to
do so.
Paul relates two examples, as he knew a woman who was
always being threatened by her deceased girl friend who had
committed suicide, as she would appear to this woman in her dreams
violently threatening her to do the same thing and come into the
nightmarish world she was in. The second case was a woman who

had nightmares from the experience of being beaten into physical

unconsciousness by her overly violent boyfriend. The dream would
reoccur constantly showing a man with terrible rage in his face and
standing over her bed with his fists ready to pulverize her. These two
dreams are extreme cases, but there are millions who suffer such
damages and do not know where to turn. Paul mentioned the fact he
took care of both these situations and hundreds more, because he
had THE ROD OF POWER and was able to assist many people.
So, as I have drawn out here, it is easy to see how one becomes their
own world of agreement in a world of manufactured goods. As I have
said, the Gods of Man and their authoritative earthly representatives
control the three lower levels of Influential Maya. They have packaged
everything to be neat and tidy for all those they want as their support,
not only for this time around, but for as many future lifetimes as
possible.
The Gods of Man are very aware of reincarnation and
karma, because they Kontrol the prison camps where this reality
exists. With RealGuidance, The RealGuides connect a person to The
SoundLight Reality, which is The ALLAliveness of THE IS, not The IS
ITSELF, but that which is the essence and body of IT. This is the
whole idea and function of what Paul Twitchell called THE ROD OF
POWER, as I have renamed it THE NUWAVIS. The Real UNUversal
Guides choose the person they have developed to take on this
position and this Centralized Reality of The ALLAliveness, becomes
installed in that person as a RealLight for this world along with all the
realms and UNUverses up to THE ALLIS. As one becomes involved
with The NU-U Sessions, they will begin to have their RealAwareniss
opened up to where they begin to See and experience THE NUMAN
and The RealGuides. Those who were with Paul, Darwin, or even
HarOld in the past do have their experiences, but as each NUMAN
enters The RealPosition, so it is that THE ALLIS can only BE NUNow,
and never what IT was with those who either had THE ROD OF
POWER, or those who were the caretakers and have stepped back
from it. Paul Twitchell had THE ROD OF POWER and there has been
no one since THE NUMAN in 2001, even though it has been 'thought'
to be with others. Rebazar Tarzs is The Officiator for THE ALLIS, and

it is he alone who decides who will stand in The RealPosition, and not
those who have their 'Marketing Front' with an Earthly Korporation.
Whether a person sleeps or is awake with their physical senses, The
RealAwareness continues as it always has. Here again is where a
Real Perception must take place before one can identify who they
really are. As one sees themself human only and thinks to be so, this
is only partly right, because The Reality of Life is not based upon
thinking, belief, or faith of any kind, but that of BeingReal. The Real
Awareniss can only BE in Reality, but must be shown how to
PerSeeve the position. Here again Free Will is always involved. One
must choose to Become MoreAware and then proceed with doing so
in a True and Realistic manner. Just reading this written material is
the first step, as one must wholeheartedly decide their own direction
with Life, or they continually stay where they are. This is why no ritual,
ceremony, baptism, holy scripture, belief, hope, or faith will resolve the
perplexity of the personal position of one in relation to their Real
Awareniss. All written and verbal material can only be a 'reference'
and not the actuality. Some material is better than others, but for the
most part, basically everything found on the earth is pretty useless,
unless those providing the knowledge are Real. Here again is where
the subconscious rules and not The RealAwareniss in relation to the
conscious mind or person, because all of us have been here many
times before, and seen and heard the same sermons from those who
really know nothing about The TruReality, yet they continually imply
they do. The Traditional Contrived Systems, which I refer to as the
REPSystems, have been around for thousands of years and longer,
so with all the lifetimes one has heard and acquired the knowledge of
the Invented Systems, it is no wonder the masses continue to look to
them for their sustenance. I would say everyone has the right to do
so, but it all leads nowhere, but into more emotional attachments of
demise as the future continues to appear for each person involved.
As The NUStudent and NULeader is instructed by THE NUMAN and
his NUPresentation, and most importantly The RealGuidance which
begins to take place immediately in their DreamVisions, they are on

their Journey to RealTruth, RealFreedom and a PerSeeved position of

BeingISness. All the systems of the earth and the lower realms are
very 'common place' and this will soon be Seen as one enters The
Real UNUverses, where The TruReality is Unconsiderably Unique.
The Great Reality IS so Incredibly Perfect and Astounding that IT
cannot even be considered by what any human mind could ever
imagine. For those with the smallest bit of courage to move forward
with The RealGuides, will after many years of RealExperience begin
to get a very minute glimpse of The TruRealness That Always IS. This
world is based upon Power and Kontrol, sex and money, which are
workable items on this dirt enslaved planet, but what a person
accomplishes here in the way of a lifestyle will soon be gone as they
venture into their own unknown consciousness and meet what they
have created from an unconscious level. The Gods of Man look
down upon the humans as dweebs who have succumb to their every
whim, and so it is as all the ancient empires have fallen, so shall all
those that are now in existence, and it would seem that there are
many who cannot wait for this to happen. Mankind has created his
own doom, and The RealGuides have The RealCure For ALL.
The DreamVision for the most part should be a confirmation of Real
Experience, and the symbolism at best should be taken lightly as each
person learns about their own RealAwareniss. The end result is to
become TotallyAware of Reality, and then from there continue on into
The Perfect Nowness of The TruReality. On earth there is DAH
(Diplomatic Association of Hooligans), these are the hidden agenda to
the REPSystems, and are at one with the Space Gods, as apposed to
The Real UNUverses where ALL are Magnificent Beings of Radiant
Light. So it is that one's DreamVisions challenge the RealAwareniss
of a person to where they hunger for The Truness of themselves.
There is no difference between what comes before birth or afterward,
as it is all according to the level of awareness each person has for
themselves. As when we were children and our parents would talk
with us and show us things like toys and colorful books, we did not
have the experience to properly relate to what they presented, but it
was so they were there to provide guidance, so we eventually could

understand. This is how it is with The RealGuides as they teach The

RealU about all there is in life and how to eventually become SelfSufficient. For most, as long as they are not completely awakened
from the sleep of this life they will wish to remain and continue on with
this Passing Dream. Very few are really ready to Become MoreAware
of themselves and soon after eventually The TruReality, this is why the
REPSystems are actually good for a lot of people, because they need
help, and so these Welfare Systems provide what is needed for now.
Because it is human nature to be arrogant and obstinate, those who
battle the conspiracies and bad guys of this world need to work out
their cause within themselves before they can move higher in life, and
so for those who want to be 'right' with the social order of things there
will always be plenty to do. The RealGuides use The MoreAware
approach instead of confrontation. They are in a great state of Real
Freedom, so they have nothing to prove nor correct.
If mankind
destroys himself here it has been his choice. The RealGuides simply
then go elsewhere and start something NU and Fun once again.
Eventually, a person can learn to dream consciously and move into
the upper levels with complete control as though they were driving
their car. As one becomes more adapt at controlling themselves and
proves to be harmless, The RealGuides allow them to move higher in
life. Rebazar and The Boys are like the police, as they sometimes
dress the part. The idea is to practice watching yourself go to sleep
and wanting to Become MoreAware of the other worlds. It is a good
idea to use The NU-U Session as much as possible, for it sets up a
connection to The SoundLight Reality in one. In the various states of
dreams and through different levels and positions one gains Real
Experience with Direct Perception. At some point it is unnecessary to
have any symbols and concepts, because one becomes used to the
reality of where they are at. The lower world of one's DreamVisions is
part of the overall and endless areas of life, but not to be mistaken for
Reality ITSELF. And so we find that visions in dreams are that of a
projection on the screen of the subconscious, the Etheric Level within
one. All forecasted events are always in this present moment with
The RealAwareniss, and this is based upon one's temperament as a

person and they will have these experiences sooner or later.

As I have mentioned before, those who venture out into the unknown
and use drugs and even some of the PsycSciences, risk the danger of
having to deal with the lower entities, of which there are millions upon
millions everywhere about the earth. It is not hard to see from the
lifestyle all of us are in today, as multitudes of people pass over into
the Astral Realm many of them are stuck in certain areas, because of
their experiences here or at the time of death. Many of these people
are desperate Souls who cannot control their unawareness and so
they go around bothering humans who still have physical bodies.
Because this world is into so much more of the drug related elements
and people are dying everyday from this and their involvement with
criminal activities, these same people have many emotional issues to
deal with before they can rise higher from the lower Astral and make
the complete transition. None of the systems here provide a
RealBenefit, and so for the most part if one has nightmares and
intrusions they will seek medical help and many times be prescribed
lethal drugs which will hinder the person and in no way resolve their
personal experiences with their dreams. The RealGuides only step in
when they are asked to do so. They keep an eye on those who
practice The NU-U Sessions who are their NUStudents. Before going
to sleep each night, simply lie down and say The NU-U out loud for
about fifteen minutes and think about what you would like to
experience in your dreams or any questions you would like answered.
You can call upon Rebazar Tarzs and Duane if YU like. The NU-U is
a Protective Sound and can be used all the time, as it balances out a
lot of unnecessary interference. RealProtection is so valuable as this
world and many people are under inside and outside Kontrol. Learn
to watch Your DreamVisions with The NU-U Sessions and Become
MoreAware and Free! Simply get relaxed with your body to go to
sleep and start singing... NU-U-U-U Repeat this NUSound slowly
and dream. I have done all this for YU, Now YU can do it for Yourself!

DUANE THE GREAT WRITER

www.DuaneTheGreatWriter.Info

SOME OF THE NUDEFINITIONS FOR YU TO BE FREE

THE GREATEST ADVENTURE OF ALL...History has provided all of
us with a lot of experience and knowledge to try and better understand
ourselves and why we are here. The REPSystems have attempted to
put together what they seem to think is the right course for all humans
to go by and attain, but this is in no way true. Once a person is able
to leave their personal embodiment and explore The Real UNUverses
of Unseen Endlessness, they will see this world as a speck in the
spectrum of the material realms along with those idealisms that have
plagued mankind for centuries. The Real UNUversal Guides provide
Real Experience to show each person what is 'actuality' with
themselves and not just relating ideas to 'believe' in. The Great
Adventure is The Real RiskTaker Position of experiencing what most
people will not. Beyond all that can be had here, there is so much
more that will never be known from the human awareness alone.
Those who are fortunate to meet with The Real UNUversal Guides will
discover What IS Real Now. Take The Risk... YU will be glad YU did!
THE NUPRESENTATION...This is The TruCompleteness provided as
a RealService by THE NUWAVIS THE NUMAN for those who are
ready for The Greatest Adventure of their life and REAL FREEDOM.
THE TRUCOMPLETETION COURSE...This is The Great Gift of THE
NUMAN AND THE NUWAVE. Everyone has access to The NUSound,
The NU-U, and use the service, but for those who become The
NUStudents, they will have Unseen Wonders given to them as they
begin to take their Journey to RealFreedom. This IS Real Now.
Simply test The NU-U Sessions and decide to Take The Risk!
THE UNIVERSAL FILES...Secret and accurate documentation of all
historical and present events which are accessed by The RealGuides
only. All The Real Evidence of the REPSystems can be experienced
by those who are granted access. YU can do this for YU!
BEINGREAL...This NUPresentation cannot be defined with the old
labels and categories of the past and those that have come along

from the inventions of the personal mind. Beyond all that is good, bad
and different, IS BEINGREAL. This position is like Being the Sun,
shining upon all and asking for nothing, because once a person has
attained and lives The RealLight of BeingISness with the assistance of
The Real Universal Guides, they will live in any world or universe they
wish without any restriction and always have Total Freedom wherever
they go. It is possible this lifetime...GUARANTEED!!
REBAZAR TARZS AND THE REAL UNUVERSAL GUIDES...Great
Beings from The Real UNUverses of The TruReality, THE ALLIS, who
are here to assist their NUStudents past the PsycRealms and The
Space Gods into a TruReality so much better than anything created.
THE SILENCE OF THE IS...This is where ALL That Will Ever BE and
Ever IS comes from, which IS ALL Here & Now. YU IS THE IS NOW!
PAUL TWITCHEL...Received THE ROD OF POWER in 1965 from
Rebazar Tarzs, then Paul started Eckankar, The Ancient Science of
Soul Travel. Paul left this realm in 1971, and The Real Guides asked
Darwin Gross and then Harold Klemp to step in. Both of these men
created EEkonkar, Science of Astral TapLining to be a Godly Religion.
The RealGuides have stepped back from them as Paul's original
creation has become another watery path of no concern and no Real
Freedom. In the presence of Harold and his subdued Reptilian
Joanny, Duane was given The Rod of Power from Paul Twitchell in
2001, as Rebazar Tarzs & The Real UNUversal Guides were present.
YAUBLE SACABI, GOPAL DAS, FUBBI QUANTZ, LAI TSI,,,These
are some of Real UNUversal Guides who assist THE NUMAN in
presenting The NUPresentation to this world and many others.
THE NUWAVIS THE NUMAN...Rebazar Tarzs taught Paul Twitchell
and Duane for lifetimes to come into this present era to provide The
NUPresentation.
Paul decided his title as he established his
presentation, and Now Duane is THE NUMAN. Rebazar gave Paul
THE ROD OF POWER in 1965, then Paul gave it to Duane in 2001,

for the first time. In 2007, Rebazar Tarzs gave Duane THE NUWAVE
for the second time. THE NUMAN AND THE NUWAVIS are The Real
Connection to The TruReality LifeIS, THE ALLIS.
THE ALLIS...This IS The TruReality everyone is looking for. IT lies
somewhere hidden behind the fronts and scenes that have been
manufactured by the REPSystems who are at the mercy of the Gods
of Man and the Lords of Karma. There is more to Life than Creation.
THE REALCONNECTION...Once a person has been accepted as a
NUStudent by The RealGuides, after their initial trial period, they are
then taken to The Seventh Level of the first Real UNUverses and
exposed to The PurSound and Light of THE ALLIS.
REALFREEDOM...This is the position all The Real UNUversal Guides
have with The TruReality LifeIS, and they are making this opportunity
available right Now to others. The RealGuides take over the karma of
their NUStudents from the Lords of Karma and make sure it is worked
off in this lifetime. The RealGuides provide The RealGift for ALL!
THE NU~U SESSIONS...When Paul was here he had his techniques,
and so it is with The NU-U Sessions. Doing The NU~U Sessions at
least once a day before bedtime connects one in their DreamVisions
to The RealGuidance. Sit in silence for 15 to 30 minutes and just
relax without doing anything. Look for The RealLight and listen for
The Sound of THE IS, then softly Sing... NU~U~U~U and draw it out
NUSTUDENT...One who is studying the written works of THE NUMAN
and practicing The RealConnection, The NU-U Sessions.
THE NU / UTUN...The RealAwareniss, The RealU that Becomes NU
when The RealConnection is made by The Real UNUversal Guides. A
soul is unaware until they become 'NU.' Also 'Utun & YU'
REALGUIDANCE...Unlike the systems of the earth and what is taught
here, The RealGuides provide a directness and assurance not found
amongst the REPSystems with their dictators and rulers. There are

many levels of guidance, but only Rebazar Tarzs and The Real
UNUversal Guides are direct with THE ALLIS.
REAL EXPERIENCE...This is where we are shown What IS Real Now
as apposed to just reading something and then 'believing' it to be so.
With RealExperience we eventually have our own life without any
restrictions from the three lower levels and the Authoritarians.
DREAMVISIONS...These are the nightly experiences and episodes
one has with The RealGuides where The NUStudent is taken to
Unseen Worlds and shown The UNUversal Files and all that is Real
and True. This is the first steps to The Real UNUverses of THE IS.
THE THREE HEADED GOD...First off is The Benevolent Head, which
is the one most seen by the public. It shows itself as humble and
caring and bestows a supposed concern for all, while in the unseen
background lurks the two other supporting heads. The Hard Head,
known as the evil one or the serpent. This head comes out when
people need to be intimidated into 'believing' in it and what it is
deciding. Then as it has its say, The Benevolent Head once again
returns to the surface to continue the daily politics. The Influential
Head, is the most devious and cunning of the two and actually rules
them. It never really shows itself in the same manner as the two
others, but is always present as it binds those who are in agreement
to its influences. This world is mainly operated by The Influence.
THE THREE LOWER LEVELS...These positions entail the physical
material RoundWorlds of human residence and unawareness as the
lowest reality of phenomena in life. Above this is the Astral Heaven
where most people go after their departure from the earth or other
RoundWorlds, where the brother of the Kalaum God rules as Lord
Jehovah and other identities bestowed upon him. Above The First
Heaven of Man is the Causal and Mental Worlds ruled by Lord
Kalaum, the god of all faiths and beliefs of the lower levels. The Two
Heavens of man reside as the destined destinations of all unaware
Souls who will 'meet their maker,' so to speak in their afterlife and be

directed by the Lords of Karma as to where they must go and continue

their lower process until they one day meet with The Real UNUversal
Guides to take them into The TruReality LifeIS.
THE GODS OF MAN...These entities are the governors, the lords and
rulers within the Two Heavens of Man that most of the unaware keep
thinking is The TruReality. These creatures oversee The Dualistic
Powers of good and bad and they do not promote The Real
Connection, The SoundLight Reality of THE ALLIS. These gods are
also known as the Space Gods, as their job is to make sure all Souls
stay unaware of The Real UNUverses of Real Freedom and PurLight.
THE TWO HEAVENS OF MAN...The Astral and Mental Worlds above
the physical realm. Wonderful places to visit, but without The Real
Guides, one will be returning for more lifetimes of searching for The
RealLight of THE IS. THE NUWAVIS HERE & NOW!
THE ROUNDWORLDS...The lowest order of life on small and
insignificant rocks in black space unaware humans think of as Life, but
are actually a 'Place in Life' for educational experiences like prisons
for captives. RealGuidance & RealEducation allows one to escape.
THE REPSYSTEMS...Religious, Educational, Political and SciFiSocial Systems that have been established by the whims of the
human mind. Because these systems use the best resources, they
have the best fronts to present to the unaware public. It is for sure an
honest mistake most people are making, but one of choice.
THE KALUAM GOD...The Lord God of all the followers of the Belief
Systems on earth and up to The Mental Worlds. His identity will differ
from faith to faith, but they are all still him. He is The Three Headed
God with the Deceptive Faces of Benevolence, Fear and Influence.
JEHOVAH...Brother of The Kalaum God, ruler and god of The Astral
Worlds. He is a little bit nicer than his brother, the Kalaum God.
THE AUTHORITARIANS AND BRUTALITARIANS...These people

(The REPSystems) and their contrived agencies are The TaskMasters

for The Gods of Man on earth. They make all the rules and
regulations to make sure all the unaware humans stay asleep to The
TruReality and never escape the drudgery of reincarnation and karma
and their 9 to 5 boring jobs. In our modern society these offenders
burden people as slaves to paperwork as one way to keep them
confused along with all the worthless political issues of the day.
These stinkers especially love people who are couch potatoes.
TAPLINING...These are the unseen connections made by the Dark
Forces and their Korporate Krones to Kontrol unsuspecting souls who
rely on their ignorant position of looking to the Invented REPSystems
and their Gods of Men for their livelihood. TapLines are placed in
mainly the Astral Body as people 'Agree' to deception, such as the
HeadMasters of Korporations who lure people into MemberShrimps.
DREAMARENA...This is usually a person's own Dream Worlds and
their decided areas of experience besides their physical life.
THE LORDS OF KARMA...Assigned to make sure each unaware
Soul gets their due rewards and punishments in the three lower levels.
SPIRITUAL...A term widely used for eons as the identifying label as
something divine, and so it is with those who practice all the religious,
political, occult and various psychic sciences, but has nothing to do
with The TruReality LifeIS, THE ALLIS, nor The Real UNUversal
Guides. The RealGuides do not recognize the shortcomings of what
humans have invented and look to as Something Real. The
RealGuides provide What IS Real, moreso than anything spiritual.
SOUL...Those lost and unaware individuals who are originally from
The TruReality LifeIS, THE ALLIS. Until one Becomes NU with The
RealConnection, they will continue to recycle into brand new bodies
unconsciously until they meets The Real UNUversal Guides. YU Now
have a Real Opportunity like never before to Become MoreAware and
Totally Free, but YU must take The Risk or stay the same!
BELIEF, FAITH AND HOPE...These three are The Trinity of the

REPSystems, those who have established these ideas firmly in the

subconscious of their followers for lifetimes. They only apply to the
first three levels of life and do not exist in The Real UNUverses where
there is only REALTRUTH & REALFREEDOM, THE ALLIS.
HUMAN HISTORY...The events of the past that all of us have been
through and lived before. When our present Human History of this
earth is looked at closely it is seen that many of the establishments of
today were directly from Purposely Planned conflicts and takeovers
that have become common place. The decisions that were made way
back when are Now what most people are living and Waking Up to.
TAPLINING ALIENS... This world is finally Waking Up to what has
been taking place for eons, TapLining! As each one of us have our
own journey, those who have become the most Deceptive and Corrupt
are now living a life they never wanted, but they have become the
Effect of what they have created for themselves, and because they
have, they are trapped into a continual downward spiral. They are the
Reptilian Alien TapLiners and they have been in Kontrol of the earth!

FOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUT WAKING UP NOW...

'THE ADVENTURIS SERIES'

'THE TRUCOMPLETENESS COURSE'

EMAIL DUANE&EVA...
DUANETHEGREATWRITER@INBOX.COM

www.DuaneTheGreatWriter.Info
www.TheNUPresentation.Info

THE NUPRESENTATION FOUNDATION

ALLHUMANITARIAN DEVELOPERS AND EDUCATORS

SEE US ON YOUTUBE & FACEBOOK...

DUANE THE GREAT WRITER / ASK EVA NOW

THE ADVENTURIS SERIES

NUBook One
FROM THEN TO NOW
NUBook Two
A JOURNEY TO REAL FREEDOM
NUBook Three
THE REAL FAR COUNTRY
NUBook Four
THE ADVENTURES OF REBAZAR TARZS
NUBook Five
'THE NUWAVIS THE REALROD OF PURITY
NUBook Six
'YOUR DREAMVISIONS'
NUBook Seven
'REBAZAR TARZS AND THE GOLDENGUIDES'
NUBook Eight
'BLUE SKY ISLAND'

www.DuaneTheGreatWriter.Info
DUANETHEGREATWRITER@INBOX.COM